S800 I O Modules Ans800 - I - O - Modules - and - Termination - Unitsd Termination Units

S800 I/O
Modules and Termination Units

System Version 5.1
Power and productivity

for a better world
TM
S800 I/O
Modules and Termination Units
System Version 5.1
NOTICE
This document contains information about one or more ABB products and may include a
description of or a reference to one or more standards that may be generally relevant to
the ABB products. The presence of any such description of a standard or reference to a
standard is not a representation that all of the ABB products referenced in this document
support all of the features of the described or referenced standard. In order to determine
the specific features supported by a particular ABB product, the reader should consult the
product specifications for the particular ABB product.
ABB may have one or more patents or pending patent applications protecting the intellectual property in the ABB products described in this document.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be
construed as a commitment by ABB. ABB assumes no responsibility for any errors that
may appear in this document.
In no event shall ABB be liable for direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential
damages of any nature or kind arising from the use of this document, nor shall ABB be
liable for incidental or consequential damages arising from use of any software or hardware described in this document.
This document and parts thereof must not be reproduced or copied without written permission from ABB, and the contents thereof must not be imparted to a third party nor used
for any unauthorized purpose.
The software or hardware described in this document is furnished under a license and
may be used, copied, or disclosed only in accordance with the terms of such license. This
product meets the requirements specified in EMC Directive 2004/108/EC and in Low
Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
TRADEMARKS
All rights to copyrights, registered trademarks, and trademarks reside with their respective owners.
Copyright 2003-2013 by ABB.

All rights reserved.
Release:
Document number:
February 2013
3BSE020924-510 B
Table of Contents
About This User Manual
General ............................................................................................................................11
User Manual Conventions ...............................................................................................11
Feature Pack .........................................................................................................11
Warning, Caution, Information, and Tip Icons ....................................................12
Terminology.....................................................................................................................13
Related Documentation ...................................................................................................14
Released User Manuals and Release Notes.....................................................................15
Section 1 - Introduction
Product Overview ............................................................................................................18
Module Termination Units and Terminal Units ...................................................18
S800 I/O Modules ................................................................................................29
S800L I/O Modules..............................................................................................38
Prerequisites and Requirements ......................................................................................41
Section 2 - Configuration
Module Termination Units (MTU) ..................................................................................43
I/O Modules.....................................................................................................................46
S800 I/O Modules ................................................................................................46
S800L I/O Modules..............................................................................................46
Section 3 - Maintenance
Preventive Maintenance...................................................................................................47
Hardware Indicators ........................................................................................................47
S800 I/O Module LEDs .......................................................................................47
3BSE020924-510 B
Table of Contents
S800L I/O Module LED ...................................................................................... 51

Error Messages................................................................................................................ 53
Fault Finding and User Repair ........................................................................................ 53
S800 I/O Module Replacement............................................................................ 53
S800L I/O Module Replacement ......................................................................... 57
Appendix A - Specifications
General S800 I/O Specifications ..................................................................................... 61
Features
............................................................................................................ 61
Description........................................................................................................... 61
Technical Data ..................................................................................................... 63
AI801 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA .................................................................... 64
AI810 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA, 0(2)...10 V................................................. 70
AI815 Analog Input Module ........................................................................................... 84
AI820 Differential Analog Input Module,
+/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V (4...20 mA, 2...10 V, 1...5 V) ................................. 96
AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module ............................................................ 105
AI830/AI830A RTD Input Module............................................................................... 112
AI835/AI835A Thermocouple/mV Input Module ........................................................ 123
AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module ...................................................................... 134
AI845 Analog Input Module, single or redundant ........................................................ 144
AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module ................................................... 159
AO801 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA .............................................................. 172
AO810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA............................................. 178
AO815 Analog Output Module ..................................................................................... 187
AO820 Galvanically Isolated Bipolar Analog Output Module ..................................... 196
AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module, Single or Redundant .................................. 205
DI801 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sinking..................................................... 215
DI802 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c, Current Sinking...................................... 220
DI803 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c, Current Sinking...................................... 226
DI814 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sourcing................................................... 255
3BSE020924-510 B
Table of Contents
DI818 Digital Input Module, 24 v, Current Sinking......................................................265

DI820 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c..................................................................276
DI821 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c..................................................................285
DI825 Digital Input Module, 125 V d.c with SOE........................................................294
DI828 Digital Input Module ..........................................................................................304
DI830 Digital Input Module, 24 V d.c. with SOE,
Current Sinking ..................................................................................................312
Current Sinking ..................................................................................................324
DI840 Digital Input Module ..........................................................................................335
DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module ..................................................................348
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE,
Current Sinking ..................................................................................................361
DO801 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sourcing.....................................371
DO802 Digital Output Module, 24-250 V, Relay Normally Open................................376
DO810 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A Current Sourcing......................................382
DO814 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sinking.......................................391
DO815 Digital Output Module 24 V, 2 A, Current Sourcing........................................401
DO818 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sinking.......................................411
DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open ................................................421
DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed ..............................................430
DO828 Channel Relay Output Module .........................................................................439
DO840 Digital Output Module......................................................................................446
DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module ..............................................................456
DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module ...................................................................468
DP840 Incremental Pulse Counter Module ...................................................................488
TU805 Terminal Unit ....................................................................................................504
TU810/TU810V1 Compact MTU .................................................................................507
TU813 Compact MTU ..................................................................................................522
TU818 Compact MTU ..................................................................................................536
3BSE020924-510 B
Table of Contents
TU819 Compact MTU .................................................................................................. 541

TU830/TU830V1 Extended MTU ................................................................................ 548
TU833 Extended MTU ................................................................................................. 561
TU834 Extended MTU ................................................................................................. 567
TU838 Extended MTU ................................................................................................. 590
TU839 Extended MTU ................................................................................................. 596
TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU ............................................................................. 602
TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU.................................................................................. 607
TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU.................................................................................. 617
TU850 Extended MTU ................................................................................................. 622
TU851 Extended MTU ................................................................................................. 628
TU852 Redundant Horizontal Dual MTU .................................................................... 633
TY801 Shunt Stick ........................................................................................................ 645
TY804 Shunt Stick ........................................................................................................ 647
TY820 Temperature Sensor .......................................................................................... 649
Appendix B - Certifications
Certifications ................................................................................................................. 651
INDEX
Revision History
Introduction ................................................................................................................... 663
Revision History............................................................................................................ 663
Updates in Revision Index A......................................................................................... 664
Updates in Revision Index B......................................................................................... 665
3BSE020924-510 B
Safety Summary
Electrostatic Sensitive Device
Devices labeled with this symbol require special handling precautions as
described in the installation section.
GENERAL
WARNINGS
Equipment Environment
All components, whether in transportation, operation or storage, must be
in a noncorrosive environment.
Electrical Shock Hazard During Maintenance
Disconnect power or take precautions to insure that contact with energized parts is avoided when servicing.
SPECIFIC
CAUTIONS
3BSE020924-510 B
Page-56: Since the module has normally closed relay contacts the field
power must be removed before replacement. It may be necessary to set the
process device manually to a safe state before the module is extracted.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the module, that is, relay contacts
will close.
Safety Summary
10
3BSE020924-510 B

General
Any security measures described in this User Manual, for example, for user
access, password security, network security, firewalls, virus protection, etc.,
represent possible steps that a user of an 800xA System may want to consider
based on a risk assessment for a particular application and installation. This risk
assessment, as well as the proper implementation, configuration, installation,
operation, administration, and maintenance of all relevant security related
equipment, software, and procedures, are the responsibility of the user of the
800xA System.
This book provides a description of S800 I/O modules and termination units.
It provides instructions for site planning and installation, start-up and shutdown
procedures, and information regarding capacity and performance. This book is not
intended to be the sole source of instruction for the S800 I/O system.
User Manual Conventions

Microsoft Windows conventions are normally used for the standard presentation of
material when entering text, key sequences, prompts, messages, menu items, screen
elements, etc.
Feature Pack
The Feature Pack content (including text, tables, and figures) included in this
User Manual is distinguished from the existing content using the following
two separators:
3BSE020924-510 B
11
Warning, Caution, Information, and Tip Icons
Feature Pack Functionality______________________________________________________________________
<Feature Pack Content>

___________________________________________________________________________________________
Feature Pack functionality included in an existing table is indicated using a

table footnote (*):
* Feature Pack Functionality
Feature Pack functionality in an existing figure is indicated using callouts.

Unless noted, all other information in this User Manual applies to 800xA Systems
with or without a Feature Pack installed.
Warning, Caution, Information, and Tip Icons

This User Manual includes Warning, Caution, and Information where appropriate to
point out safety related or other important information. It also includes Tip to point
out useful hints to the reader. The corresponding symbols should be interpreted as
follows:
Electrical warning icon indicates the presence of a hazard that could result in
electrical shock.
Warning icon indicates the presence of a hazard that could result in personal
injury.
Caution icon indicates important information or warning related to the concept
discussed in the text. It might indicate the presence of a hazard that could result
in corruption of software or damage to equipment/property.
Information icon alerts the reader to pertinent facts and conditions.
Tip icon indicates advice on, for example, how to design your project or how to
use a certain function
12
3BSE020924-510 B
Terminology
Although Warning hazards are related to personal injury, and Caution hazards are
associated with equipment or property damage, it should be understood that
operation of damaged equipment could, under certain operational conditions, result
in degraded process performance leading to personal injury or death. Therefore,
fully comply with all Warning and Caution notices.
Terminology
A complete and comprehensive list of terms is included in System 800xA System
Guide Functional Description (3BSE038018*). The listing includes terms and
definitions that apply to the 800xA System where the usage is different from
commonly accepted industry standard definitions and definitions given in standard
dictionaries such as Websters Dictionary of Computer Terms. Terms that uniquely
apply to this instruction may be included here as part of this document.
Term
Description
FCI
The Fieldbus Communication Interface (FCI) device

contains the interface to the fieldbus (for example
PROFIBUS or AF100).
G3 compliant
The module withstand more severe environmental

conditions according to ISA-S71.04.
I/O cluster
An I/O cluster can have up to 12 I/O devices.
I/O device
A complete I/O device consists of one MTU and one I/O

module.
I/O module
Is an active, electronic and signal conditioning unit. Can

be a part of an I/O device or a S800L I/O module.
I/O station
An I/O station consists of one or two FCI(s), 1-7 I/O

clusters and up to 24 I/O devices.
ModuleBus
Is an incremental, electrical or optical, bus for

interconnection of I/O devices.
3BSE020924-510 B
13
Related Documentation
ModuleBus master
ModuleBus master can be a controller (AC 800M) or a

FCI. A ModuleBus master contains a ModuleBus
interface and power regulators. The FCI module can
manage 24 I/O devices and the controller up to 96 I/O
modules (up to 12 directly and to the others in 1 to 7 I/O
clusters).
MTU
The Module Termination Unit is a passive base unit

containing process terminals and a part of the
ModuleBus.
OSP
Outputs Set as Predetermined. A user configurable

action on an output module when communications is lost
to the FCI or Controller
RTD
Resistance Temperature Detector
SOE
Sequence of events. Time stamping of status changes

for digital inputs.
TC
Thermocouple
Related Documentation
The following is a listing of documentation related to the S800 I/O system.
Table 1. List of Documents Related to S800 I/O system
Title
14
Description
S800 I/O Getting Started
Describes the general installation and

configuration information for the S800
I/O system.
S800 I/O Modules and Termination

Units with Intrinsic Safety Interface
Describes the modules and termination

units with I.S. interface in the S800 I/O
system.
S800 I/O Fieldbus Communication

Interface for AF100 Users Guide
Describes the AF100 FCI in the S800

I/O system.
3BSE020924-510 B
Released User Manuals and Release Notes
Table 1. List of Documents Related to S800 I/O system (Continued)

Title
Description
S800 I/O Fieldbus Communication

Interface for PROFIBUS-DP/DPV1
Describes the PROFIBUS-DP FCI in the

S800 I/O system.
S800 I/O PROFIBUS_DP Fieldbus

Communication Interface Reference
Manual
Describes the memory mapping on

PROFIBUS for the S800 I/O system.
Interference-free Electronics
Describes the rules for the installation of

equipment to ensure the correct
operation of equipment in environments
where disturbance are present.

A complete list of all User Manuals and Release Notes applicable to System 800xA
is provided in System 800xA Released User Manuals and Release Notes
(3BUA000263*).
System 800xA Released User Manuals and Release Notes (3BUA000263*) is
updated each time a document is updated or a new document is released. It is in pdf
format and is provided in the following ways:
Included on the documentation media provided with the system and published
to ABB SolutionsBank when released as part of a major or minor release,
Service Pack, Feature Pack, or System Revision.
Published to ABB SolutionsBank when a User Manual or Release Note is

updated in between any of the release cycles listed in the first bullet.
A product bulletin is published each time System 800xA Released User Manuals
and Release Notes (3BUA000263*) is updated and published to ABB
SolutionsBank.
3BSE020924-510 B
15
16
3BSE020924-510 B
Section 1 Introduction
The S800 I/O is distributed as modular I/O that communicates with numerous
controllers over Advant Fieldbus 100 (AF100), PROFIBUS-DP, or directly.
The S800 I/O provides easy installation of the I/O modules and process cabling.
It is highly modularized and flexible so that I/O modules can be combined to suit
many applications. The S800 I/O can be mounted in many configurations to fit most
requirements.
Figure 1. S800 I/O with Fieldbus Communication Interface CI801 and I/O Modules
Mounted on Compact Type of Termination Units.
3BSE020924-510 B
17
Product Overview
Product Overview
The S800 I/O provides easy installation of the I/O modules and process cabling.
It is highly modularized and flexible so that the I/O modules can be combined to suit
many applications, including most types of signals, HART and Intrinsic Safety
Interface. The S800 I/O modules and a Fieldbus Communication Interface (FCI) are
combined to form an I/O Station. The S800 I/O can be used in both single and
redundant applications.
In general, all S800 units are G3 compliant. G3 compliant modules withstand more
severe environmental conditions according to ISA-S71.04. The following S800
units are G2 compliant - SD821, SD822, SD823, SD831, SD832, SD833, SD834,
SS822, SS832, TB811 and CI830. G3 compliant versions of SD822 and SS822 are
also available (refer to SD822Z and SS822Z).
All modules are marked with a bar code that shows the serial number, article ID and
the product revision number. A separate bar code strip is also enclosed along with
the module for placing on the module, if needed. The bar code is of type
Bar-code 128.
For more information, refer to S800 I/O Getting Started(3BSE020923*) manual.
The S800 I/O can be categorized into:
Module Termination Units (MTU)
I/O modules S800 I/O modules and S800L I/O modules.

S800 I/O modules are designed to be used together with a Module Termination
Unit.
S800L I/O modules are designed to be directly mounted on a standard DIN rail.
The module also contains terminals for connections.
Module Termination Units and Terminal Units

The Module Termination Units (MTU) are passive base units used to house the I/O
modules. They contain the process wiring terminals and a section of the
ModuleBus.
The Module Termination Units (MTU) distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module
and to the next MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O module by
shifting the outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
18
3BSE020924-510 B
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that
keeps the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The top part of the MTU can be removed to replace the termination board even with
the system running. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
The MTUs are available in tree versions (Compact, Extended and Redundant).
The Compact MTU version typically provides for a compact installation of the I/O
modules using 1 wire connections.
The Extended MTU version provides for a more complete installation on the MTU,
including 3 wire connection, fuses and field circuit power distribution. See Figure 3
and Figure 4 for an illustration of the MTUs together with the I/O modules.
The Redundant MTUs are used in redundant I/O applications. There is space on the
MTU for two I/O modules on separate ModuleBuses. See Figure 5.
3BSE020924-510 B
19
The Terminal Unit is a passive unit that enables 2- and 3-wire connections of
process signals. The Terminal Unit is mounted direct on an S800L I/O module. See
Figure 2, S800L I/O module with terminal unit TU805.
58.5
Figure 2. S800L Module with TU805
20
3BSE020924-510 B
See Table 2 for information about the combination between MTU and I/O modules
and to specifications in Appendix A, Specifications for more information.
127 mm
FE
99.5 mm
(3.92)
FE
B
C
F
R
W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
67.5 mm
(2.66)
(4.8)
B
C
162 mm
(6.37)
7 mm
(.27)
DI810
24V
7 mm
(.27)
58.5 mm
(2.3)
40 mm
(1.57)
5 mm
(0.2)
31.5 mm (1.24")
Figure 3. Typical Compact MTU with I/O Module
3BSE020924-510 B
21
67.5 mm
(2.66)
46.5 mm
(1.85)
FE
FE
F
R
W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DI810
24V
B
C
109 mm
(4.3)
B
C
5 mm
(0.2)
7 mm
(.27)
45 mm
(1.77)
127 mm
(4.8)
7 mm (.27)
31.5 mm (1.24")
120.5 mm
(4.74)
80 mm
(3.15)
Figure 4. Typical Extended MTU with I/O Module
22
3BSE020924-510 B
126
Figure 5. Typical Redundant MTU with I/O Module

TU805 Terminal Unit for 50 Volt Applications
The TU805 is a 16 channel terminal unit. Used to enable 2- and 3-wire connections
on DI801 or DO801. The Terminal Unit is mounted direct on DI801 or DO801.
TU810/TU810V1 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications
The TU810 is a 16 channel compact module termination unit. The TU810 has three
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connections.
3BSE020924-510 B
23
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection.
TU812/TU812V1 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications and 25 pin D-sub for
Process Connections
The TU812 is a 16 channel compact module termination unit. The TU812 has a 25
pin D-Sub connector for field signals and process power connections.
TU813 Compact MTU for 250 V Applications
rows of crimp snap-in connectors for field signals and process power connections.
rows of crimp snap-in connectors for field signals and process power connections.
TU818 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications
The TU818 is a 32 channel compact module termination unit. It consists of 40 pole

screw-terminals for process connections.
TU819 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications
The TU819 is a 32 channel compact module termination unit. It consists of two

D-sub 25 pole connector for field signals and process power connections, which
enables connection to the Phoenix Varioface, ABB interfast and so on.
TU830/TU830V1 Extended MTU for 50 Volt Applications
The TU830 is a 16 channel extended module termination unit. The TU830 has three
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection.
24
3BSE020924-510 B
TU831/TU831V1 Extended MTU for 250 Volt Applications
The TU831 is a 8 channel extended module termination unit. TU831 has two rows
of terminals for field signals and process power connection.
TU833 Extended MTU for 50 Volt Applications
The TU833 is a 16 channel extended module termination unit. The TU833 has three
rows of spring-case terminals for field signals and process power connection.
The TU834 is a 8 channel extended module termination unit. The MTU has two
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. The MTU has
place for 8 replaceable shunt sticks (i.e one shunt stick per channel) for conversion
of the input current signal to a voltage signal.
TU835/TU835V1 Extended MTU, Individually Fused per Channel for 50 Volt
Applications
The TU835 is a 8 channel extended module termination unit. The TU835 has two
rows of terminals for process power connection and a single row of field signal
connections. Each channel has one fused (3 A max.) transmitter power outlet
terminal and one signal terminal. Process voltage can be connected to 2 individually
isolated groups.
Applications
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. Each channel has
one fused (3 A max.) power outlet terminal and one signal return terminal. Process
voltage can be connected to 2 individually isolated groups.
The standard fuse holder that comes with the TU836 can be changed to an
indicating fuse holder. This indicating fuse holder can be ordered from Phoenix
Contact:
15-30 VDC type, order 3118119
110-250 VAC type, order 3118106.
3BSE020924-510 B
25
Standard
fuse holder
Optional fuse holder with

fuse status indication for
15-30 VDC or 110-250 VAC
Figure 6. Exchange of Standard Fuse Holder for Indication Type

Applications
one fused (3 A max.) power outlet terminal and two signal terminals. Process
voltage return can be connected to two individually isolated groups.
TU838 Extended MTU, Individually Fused per Channel for 50 Volt Applications
one fused (3 A max.) transmitter power outlet terminal and one signal terminal.
Process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups.
of terminals for field signals and process power connection. Each channel has one
sensor power outlet terminal and two signal terminals. Process voltage can be
connected to two individually isolated groups.
26
3BSE020924-510 B
TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU for 50 V Applications
The TU842 is a 16 channel redundant module termination unit. The TU842 has
three rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection.It is intended
for mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. There is space on the MTU for two I/O
modules connected to separate ModuleBuses.
TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU for 50 V Applications
The TU843 is a 16 channel redundant module termination unit. The TU843 has
three rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. It is intended
for mounting on a vertical DIN rail. There is space on the MTU for two I/O modules
connected to separate ModuleBuses.
The TU844 is a 8 channel redundant module termination unit. The TU844 has two
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. It is a intended for
mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. The MTU has place for 8 replaceable shunt
sticks (i.e one shunt stick per channel) for conversion of the input current signal to a
voltage signal. There is space on the MTU for two I/O modules connected to
separate ModuleBuses.
TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU for 50 V Applications
The TU845 is a 8 channel redundant module termination unit. The TU845 has three
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. It is intended for
mounting on a vertical DIN rail. The MTU has place for 8 replaceable shunt sticks
(i.e one shunt stick per channel) for conversion of the input current signal to a
voltage signal. There is space on the MTU for two I/O modules connected to
separate ModuleBuses.
TU850 Extended MTU, Individually Current Limited and Disconnectable per
Channel for 50 V Applications
of terminals for field signals and process power connection. Each channel has one
current limited sensor/transmitter power outlet terminal and one signal terminal.
Process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups.
3BSE020924-510 B
27
The TU851 250V Extended MTU Which allows a maximum of 16 isolated I/O
channels and process voltage connections. It has a 32 pole screw-terminal for
process connections.
The TU852 is a redundant module termination unit for up to 16 channels. The

TU852 has a two 25 pin D-Sub connector for field signals and process power
connections. It is a intended for mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. There is space
on the MTU for two I/O modules connected to separate Modulebuses.
he TU854 is a 8 channel redundant module termination unit. The TU854 has a 25

pin D-Sub connector for field signals and process power connections. It is a
intended for mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. The MTU has place for 8
replaceable shunt sticks (i.e one shunt stick per channel) for conversion of the input
current signal to a voltage signal. There is space on the MTU for two I/O modules
connected to separate ModuleBuses.
TY801 Shunt Stick
The TY801 is a shunt stick for current or voltage signals together with AI845 or
AI880 and TU844 or TU845.
TY804 Shunt Stick
The TY804 is a shunt stick for NAMUR signals together with DP840 and TU844 or
TU845.
TY820 Temperature Sensor
The TY820 can be used with AI835/AI835A and AI843 to measure cold junction
temperature.
28
3BSE020924-510 B
S800 I/O Modules
S800 I/O Modules

The I/O modules have open ventilated plastic enclosures. On the front of all I/O
modules there are at least three LEDs (FAULT, RUN and WARNING) indicating
the module status. Additionally some modules have LEDs indicating OSP or
PRIMARY, see Table 3 and Table 4.
I/O modules may be replaced in a fully operational I/O station. Mechanical keying
on modules and MTUs protect I/O modules from being inserted in positions where
they could be damaged by excessive voltage or current. An electronic type
designation ID in each module keeps the I/O module from being taken into
operation by the ModuleBus master, if a modules ID doesnt match the configured
module type definition. There are modules for both single and redundant
applications.
Refer to specifications in Appendix A, Specifications for more information.
AI810 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA, 0...10 V
The AI810 Analog Input Module has 8 current and voltage inputs. The inputs are
independent for each channel, in that either voltage or current can be measured.
The current input is able to handle a short circuit to the transmitter supply without
damage. The input withstand HART communication.
Nominal input ranges are: 0(4)... +20 mA, 0(2)... +10 V.
AI815 Analog Input Module, 0..20mA, 0..5V, HART
The AI815 Analog Input Module has 8 analog inputs. The inputs can be configured
for voltage or current.
The module has HART pass-through functionality.
Nominal input ranges are: 0(4)...+20 mA, 0(1)...+5 V.
AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V
The AI820 Differential Analog Input Module has 4 differential, bipolar

current/voltage inputs. This module is suitable for applications requiring high
common mode rejection ratings, and/or bipolar voltage or current inputs. Nominal
3BSE020924-510 B
29
S800 I/O Modules
input ranges are: -20...+20 mA, 0(4)...+20 mA, -10...+10 V, 0(2)...+10 V,

-5...+5 V and 0(1)...+5 V.
AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module, -20...+20 mA, 0(4)...+20 mA, 10...+10 V, 0(2)...+10 V
The AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module has 4 individually galvanic
isolated channels. This module is suitable for applications requiring galvanic
isolated channels, and/or bipolar voltage or current inputs. Nominal input ranges
are: -20...+20 mA, 0(4)...+20 mA, -10...+10 V, 0(2)...+10 V.
AI830/AI830A RTD Input Module
The AI830/AI830A Analog Input, RTD Module has 8 RTD (Pt100, Cu10, Ni100
and Ni120 and resistor) inputs. The inputs allow 3-wire connection to RTDs. Inputs
are monitored for open-circuit, short-circuit. Reference channel and internal supply
are also monitored.
AI835/AI835A Thermocouple/mV Input Module
The AI835/AI835A Analog Input, Thermocouple/mV Module has 8 differential

inputs for TC/mV measurements. One channel (channel 8) can be configured for
Cold Junction (ambient) temperature measurement, thus serving as the CJchannel for the other channels on the module. All 8 channels can be used if no CJtemperature measurement is needed. The inputs can be connected to a variety of
thermocouples with the following characteristics: B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S and T also
D, L and U for AI835A.
AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module, for Single or Redundant Applications
The AI843 Analog Input, Thermocouple/mV Module has 8 differential inputs for
TC/mV measurements. A separate channel is used for Cold Junction (ambient)
30
3BSE020924-510 B
S800 I/O Modules
temperature measurement. The input can be connected to a variety of

thermocouples with the following characteristics: B, C, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T and U.
AI845 Analog Input Module, for Single or Redundant Applications
The AI845 Analog Input Module has 8 analog inputs. Each channel can be either a
voltage or current input. The module has advanced on-board diagnostics and HART
pass-through functionality. It can be used in both single and redundant application.
Nominal input ranges are: 0(4)...+20mA, 0(1)...+5V.
AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module for Single or Redundant
Configuration
The AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module is TV certified for

IEC 61508 SIL3, and EN 954-1 Category 4.
The AI880/AI880A has 8 analog inputs. The channels are for current input. The
module has advanced on-board diagnostics. It can be used in both single and
redundant configuration.
The AI880/AI880A complies with the NAMUR recommendation NE43, and
supports configurable over- and under range limits.
AI880A has support for HART pass-through communication. Nominal input range
is 0(4)...+20mA.
A0810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA
The AO810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module has 8 current outputs. State of

outputs can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communication error is
detected. Nominal output range is: 0(4)... 20 mA.
AO815 Analog Output Module, 4...20 mA, HART
The AO815 Analog Output Module has 8 analog outputs. State of outputs can be set
to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communication error is detected. The module
has HART pass-through functionality. Nominal output range is 4...20 mA.
3BSE020924-510 B
31
S800 I/O Modules
AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module, -20 mA...+20 mA, -10 V...+10 V
The AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module has 4 bipolar current or voltage outputs.
The choice of either current or voltage output is configurable per channel. Outputs
are individually galvanically isolated. State of outputs can be set to a predetermined
(OSP) value if a communication error is detected. Nominal output range are:
-20... +20 mA, 0(4)... +20 mA, -10... +10 V, 0(2)... +10 V.
AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module, for Single or Redundant Applications
The AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module has 8 analog outputs. State of outputs
can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communication error is detected. The
module has advanced on-board diagnostics and HART pass-through functionality.
It can be used in both single and redundant applications. Nominal output range is:
4...20mA.
DI810 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sinking
The DI810 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. digital inputs.
The inputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage
supervision input for each group. Each input channel provides current limiting,
EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.
The inputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage
ModuleBus.
DI814 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sourcing
The DI814 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. current source
digital inputs. The inputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with
a voltage supervision input for each group. Each input channel provides current
limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.
32
3BSE020924-510 B
S800 I/O Modules
The DI818 Digital Input Module has 32 channels for 24 volt d.c. digital inputs. The
inputs are divided into two isolated groups of 16 channels with a voltage
ModuleBus.
DI820 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c.
The DI820 Digital Input Module has 8 channels for 120 volt a.c./d.c. digital inputs.
The inputs are individually isolated. Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervisor for
channels 2 - 4, and channel 8 can be used for channels 5 - 7. If voltage supervision is
disabled, channels 1 and 8 can be used as normal inputs. Each input channel
provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator, noise filter
and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
channels 2 - 4, and channel 8 can be used for channels 5 - 7. If voltage supervision is
disabled, channels 1 and 8 can be used as normal inputs. Each input channel
provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator, noise filter
and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
DI825 Digital Input Module, 125 V d.c. with SOE
The DI825 Digital Input Module had 8 channels for 125 V d.c. digital inputs and
sequence of events (SOE) handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp
has a resolution of 0.4 ms for each input channel. The inputs are individually
isolated. Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervisor for channels 2 - 4, and channel
8 can be used for channels 5 - 7. If voltage supervision is disabled, channels 1 and 8
can be used as normal inputs. Each input channel provides current limiting, EMC
protection, input state LED indicator, noise filter and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 B
33
S800 I/O Modules
DI828 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c \ d.c
channels 2 - 8, and channel 16 can be used for channels 9 - 15. If voltage
supervision is disabled, channels 1 and 16 can be used as normal inputs. Each input
channel provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator, noise
filter and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
DI830 Digital Input Module, 24 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
The DI830 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. digital inputs and
has a resolution of 0.4 ms for each input channel. The inputs are divided into two
isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage supervision input for each group.
Each input channel provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
The DI831 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 48 volt d.c. digital inputs and
has a resolution of 0.4 ms for each input channel. The inputs are divided into two
isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage supervision input for each group.
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
DI840 Digital Input Module, for Single or Redundant Applications
The DI840 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 V d.c. digital inputs and
has a resolution of 1 ms for each input channel. Each input channel provides current
limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus. The module has advanced on-board diagnostics. It can be used in both
single and redundant applications.
34
3BSE020924-510 B
S800 I/O Modules
DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module, for Single or Redundant

Configuration
The DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module is TV certified for

IEC 61508 SIL3 and EN 954-1 Category 4.
The DI880 has 16 channels for 24 V d.c. digital inputs and sequence of events
(SOE) handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp has a resolution of
1 ms for each input channel. Each input channel provides current limiting, EMC
protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.The
input voltage range is 18 to 30 V d.c. and the input current is 7 mA at 24 V d.c. The
module has advanced on-board diagnostics. It can be used in both single and
redundant configuration.
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V/48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
The DI885 Digital Input Module has 8 channels for 48 volt d.c. digital inputs with
or without open-circuit monitoring (wire break supervision), or 24 volt d.c.
electronic inputs without open-circuit monitoring; and sequence of events (SOE)
handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp has a resolution of 1 ms
for each input channel. The inputs are arranged in one group of 8 channels.
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. The DI885 also has the
capability to monitor an internal or external sensor power supply (60 V d.c. max.).
DO810 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sourcing
The DO810 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c., 0.5 A, digital
outputs. The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with a
voltage supervision input for each group. Each output channel provides protection
against short circuits to ground, over-voltage, over-temperature, EMC protection,
output state LED indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of
outputs can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost error is
detected.
DO814 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 A
The DO814 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c., 0.5 A, current
sinking digital outputs. The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight
3BSE020924-510 B
35
S800 I/O Modules
channels with a voltage supervision input for each group. Each output channel
provides protection against short circuits to power supply, over-temperature, EMC
protection, output state LED indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
State of outputs can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost
error is detected.
DO815 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 2 A, Current Sourcing
The DO815 Digital Output Module has 8 channels, 24 volt d.c., 2 A, digital outputs.
The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of four channels with a voltage
supervision input for each group. Each output channel provides protection against
short circuits to ground, over-temperature, EMC protection, output state LED
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of outputs can be set to a
predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected.
DO818 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sinking
outputs. The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of 16 channels with a
voltage supervision input for each group. Each output channel provides protection
against short circuits to ground, over-voltage, over-temperature, EMC protection,
output state LED indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of
outputs can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost error is
detected.
DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open
The DO820 Digital Output Module has 8 channels for 230 volt a.c./d.c. relay
outputs. The outputs are individually isolated. Each output channel provides a relay
contact (NO - Normal Open), EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of outputs can be set to a predetermined
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected. Internal voltage is
supervised.
DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed
The DO821 Digital Output Module has 8 channels for 230 volt a.c./d.c. relay
36
3BSE020924-510 B
S800 I/O Modules
contact (NC - Normal Closed), EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
supervised.
The DO828 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 250 AC / 125V DC relay
contact (NO - Normal Open), EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
supervised.
DO840 Digital Output Module, for Single or Redundant Applications
The DO840 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 V d.c. The maximum
continuos output current is 0.5 A. The module has advanced on-board diagnostics. It
can be used in both single and redundant applications.
DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module, for Single or Redundant
Configuration
The DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module is TV certified for

IEC 61508 SIL3 and EN 954-1 Category 4.
The DO880 has 16 channels for 24 V d.c. The maximum continuous output current
is 0.5 A. The module has advanced on-board diagnostics. It can be used in both
single and redundant configuration.
DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module
DP820 is an two-channel pulse counting module for incremental pulse transmitters

up to 1.5 MHz. Each channel contains counters and registers for position/length and
speed/frequency measurement. Each channel provides three balanced inputs for
connection of a pulse transmitter, one digital input and one digital output.
Pulse transmitters with RS422, +5 V, +12 V, +24 V and 13 mA interfaces can be
connected to DP820.
3BSE020924-510 B
37
S800L I/O Modules
DP840 Incremental Pulse Counter Module, for Single or Redundant

Applications
DP840 has 8 channels and each channel can be configured for pulse count or
frequency measurement. The maximum frequency of input signals is 20 kHz. The
inputs can also be read as digital input signals.
Input signal range NAMUR, 12 V and 24 V.
S800L I/O Modules

The I/O modules have open ventilated plastic enclosures and a bottom of sheet
metal. On the front of each I/O module there is one LED (STATUS) indicating the
module status and digital I/O modules have one status LED for each channel. Refer
to Hardware Indicators on page 47 for the status indication of the LEDs.
An electronic type designation ID in each module keeps the I/O module from being
taken into operation by the ModuleBus master, if a modules ID doesnt match the
configured module type definition.
Refer to specifications in Appendix A, Specifications for more information.
The module can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. The module is locked to the
DIN rail by using the locking screw.
The process connection is done via detachable connectors.
38
3BSE020924-510 B
S800L I/O Modules
The I/O module distributes the ModuleBus to the next module. It also generate the
correct address to the next module by shifting the outgoing position signals.
58.45 mm (2.3)
67.5 mm
(2.66)
Center of
DIN rail
110 mm (4.3)
86.1 mm (3.4)
136 mm
(5.35)
DO801
46.5 mm
(1.83)
5 mm
(0.2)
57.2 mm
(2.25)
Figure 7. Dimensions for S800L Modules

AI801 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA
The AI801 Analog Input Module has 8 current inputs.

damage. The input withstands HART communication.
Nominal input ranges are: 0(4)... +20 mA.
AO801 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA
The AO801 Analog Output Module has 8 current outputs. State of outputs can be
set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications error is detected. Nominal
output range is: 0(4)... 20 mA.
3BSE020924-510 B
39
S800L I/O Modules
One input channel can be used for sensor voltage supervision. Each input channel
provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical
isolation from the ModuleBus.
DI802 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c., Current Sinking
Channel 8 can be used for sensor voltage supervision. Each input channel provides
current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation
from the ModuleBus.
DI803 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c., Current Sinking
Channel 8 can be used for sensor voltage supervision. Each input channel provides
current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation
from the ModuleBus.
DO801 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 V, Current Sinking
outputs. Each output channel provides protection against short circuits to ground,
over-voltage, over-temperature, EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected.
DO802 Digital Output Module, 24-250 V, Relay Normally Open
The DO802 Digital Output Module has 8 channels for 24-250 volt d.c., digital
outputs. Each output channel provides protection against short circuits to ground,
over-voltage, over-temperature, EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected.
40
3BSE020924-510 B
Prerequisites and Requirements

When the S800 I/O is used with controllers as part of their I/O system, the
controllers need to have an interface to the fieldbus network. The fieldbus network
connects to a Fieldbus Communications Interface (FCI) with S800 I/O installed.
3BSE020924-510 B
41
42
3BSE020924-510 B
Section 2 Configuration
Each MTU is used with certain types of I/O Modules. Refer to Table 2 that shows
the relationship between MTUs and I/O Modules. Each MTU has two mechanical
keys that have to be set for the type of I/O module that is installed on it.
TU838 Extended
TU850 Extended
TU851 Extended
X -
AI815
X -
AI820
AI825
X -
AI830/
AI830A
X
-
AI835/
TU839
Redundant
TU836 TU837
TU844 TU845 TU854
TU835 Extended
Redundant
TU834 Extended
Extended
TU831 Extended
Extended
TU819 Compact
TU830 TU833
TU818 Compact
Compact
TU812 TU814 Compact
AI810
Module
Type
TU811 TU813
TU810
TU842 TU843 TU852
Table 2. MTU Usage and Key Settings

Mech.
Key
Setting
Key Key
1
2
AI835A
AI843
AI845
X -
3BSE020924-510 B
43
TU850 Extended
TU851 Extended
- X
AI880A
- X
AO810/
Redundant
TU839
TU844 TU845 TU854
TU838 Extended
Redundant
TU836 TU837
Extended
TU835 Extended
TU831 Extended
TU811 TU813
TU834 Extended
TU819 Compact
Extended
TU818 Compact
TU830 TU833
TU812 TU814 Compact
AI880
Module
Type
Compact
TU810
TU842 TU843 TU852
Table 2. MTU Usage and Key Settings (Continued)

Mech.
Key
Setting
Key Key
1
2
AO810V2 X
AO815
AO820
AO845
AO845A X
44
DI810
DI811
DI814
DI818
DI820
X -
- X
DI821
X -
- X
DI825
X -
- X
DI828
DI830
DI831
DI840
3BSE020924-510 B
TU851 Extended
X(2)
DI885
DO810
DO814
X -
DO815
Redundant
TU850 Extended
TU844 TU845 TU854
TU839
Redundant
TU838 Extended
TU842 TU843 TU852
TU836 TU837
Extended
TU835 Extended
Extended
TU830 TU833
X(2)
Compact
TU811 TU813
TU819 Compact
X X(1) X
TU818 Compact
DI880
Module
Type
TU810
TU834 Extended
Mech.
Key
Setting
TU831 Extended
TU812 TU814 Compact
Table 2. MTU Usage and Key Settings (Continued)
Key Key
1
2
(3)
DO818
DO820
X -
DO821
X -
DO828
DO840
DO880
DP820
DP840
(1) If single Compact MTUs (TU810, TU812 or TU814) are used, refer to the Technical Description
3BSE050455.
(2) If the outgoing sensor supplies are not used to feed the sensor in the field, refer to the Technical Description
3BSE050455.
(3) TU812 is not recommended due to the maximum rated current.
Connecting an MTU to the ModuleBus master, cluster modem or to another MTU,

automatically sets up the address selection of that MTU. There are no jumpers or
switches that need to be set before installing an I/O module.
3BSE020924-510 B
45
I/O Modules
MTUs are placed on the DIN rails, and then connected to the preceding MTU,
ModuleBus master or cluster modem. Once connected, the MTU is locked in place
by the bottom latch which also bonds it to the chassis ground.
I/O Modules
S800 I/O Modules
Each I/O module is installed on an MTU. Table 2 shows the MTUs that can be used
with each I/O module type. I/O modules do not have any jumpers or switches that
need to be set before installing on an MTU. Refer to Appendix A, Specifications for
more information.
I/O modules are installed by aligning the connectors of the MTU and I/O module
and then pushing the units together. After connected to the MTU, the I/O module is
then locked in place by the I/O Module Lock/Switch which also activates a switch
to enable power to the I/O module.
S800L I/O Modules

The I/O modules are installed directly on the DIN rail and locked with the locking
screw. The process signal are connected to a pluggable connector on the module.
There are no jumpers or switches that need to be set.
The I/O module automatically set up the address for the next I/O module.
To enable 2- and 3-wire connection to 16 channels DI and DO modules, TU805 is
used. TU805 is mounted directly on the module.
46
3BSE020924-510 B
Section 3 Maintenance
Preventive Maintenance
For preventive maintenance, refer to S800 I/O Getting Started (3BSE020923*)
manual.
Hardware Indicators
S800 I/O Module LEDs
Figure 8 shows examples of front panels for different types of I/O modules.
On the front of all I/O modules, there are at least three LEDs (FAULT, RUN and
WARNING) indicating the module status. Additionally, some modules have LEDs
indicating OSP or PRIMARY, see Table 3 and Table 4.
Each digital channel has one LED indicating the current state (on/off).
3BSE020924-510 B
47
Table 3. Standard LEDs on S800 I/O Modules

Marking
Color
Description
F (FAULT)
Red
Fatal internal module error is detected

(Error State) or I/O module is in any of the
start-up states (Init State or Not Configured
State). (1)
R (RUN)
Green
I/O module is running in Operational State.
W (WARNING)
Yellow
Internal or external channel error is

detected, (module continues to run).
O (OSP)
Yellow
I/O module is in OSP (Output Set to

Predetermined) State where the outputs
are driven to the OSP value. OSP State is
entered upon demand from the master (e.g.
Profibus) or automatically due to lack of
incoming communication.
PRIM
(PRIMARY)
Yellow
I/O module is primary within a redundant

pair.(2)
Channel status
Yellow (red)
Indicates the current state (on/off). On

some modules this LED also indicates
channel error (red).
(1) The FAULT LED is turned on at power-on and restart. The LED is turned off after the first
successful access to the module in Not Configured State. If a module with advanced diagnostics
detects a fatal internal error, it enters Error State and turns on the FAULT LED.
(2) In a redundant configuration, the primary I/O module is scanned at the specified cycle time to
supply input values to the application, while the backup I/O module is scanned at a lower cycle
for diagnostic purpose. The input values from the backup module are not used by the
application.
48
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 4. S800 I/O Module LED Indications in Different States

Module
state
Init
Run
Fault
Warning
OSP
Primary
Off
On
Off
Off
Off
DI On/Off (1),
DO Off
On/Off
On/Off
Off
Off
DI On/Off (1),
DO Off
DI On/Off,
DO Off
Not
Flashing/
Configured
Off
Ready
(2)
Channel status
Flashing/
Off
Off
On/Off
Off
Off
Operational
On
Off
On/Off
Off
On/Off
On/Off
OSP
On
Off
On/Off
On
On/Off
On/Off
Error
Off
On
On/Off
Off
Off
DI On/Off,
DO Off
(1) The DI signal status for module DI830, DI831, DI880, DI885, DP820 is only OFF.
(2) Will be switched off after the first successful access to the module.
3BSE020924-510 B
49
Normally when an I/O module has been removed from the configuration, the
ModuleBus master will do a restart of the module. The module will end up in the
NOT CONFIGURED state.
F
R
W
O
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DO810
F
R
W
F
R
W
O
F
R
W
F
R
W
O
PX1
UP1
ST1
DI1
SY1
DO1
TP1
UL1
PX2
UP2
ST2
DI2
SY2
DO2
TP2
UL2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DI810
AO810/AO810V2
AI810
DP820
Figure 8. Examples of S800 I/O Module LED Locations
50
3BSE020924-510 B
S800L I/O Module LED

Figure 9 shows examples of front panels for different types of I/O modules. On the
front of each I/O module there is one LED indicating the module status.
See Table 5 and Table 6 for information on the meaning and indications for these
modules.
Each digital channel has one LED indicating current state (on/off).
Table 5. Standard LED on S800L I/O Modules
Marking
Color
S (Status)
Description
Red
Fatal internal module error is detected

(ErrorState) or I/O module is in any of the
start-up states (Init State or Not Configured
State). (1)
Green
I/O module is running in Operational State

or OSP State.
(1) The Status LED is indicating red at power-on and restart. The LED is turned off after the first
successful access to the module in Not Configured State. If a module with advanced diagnostics
(for example, AI/AO) detects a fatal internal error, it enters Error State and turns on the FAULT
LED.
Table 6. S800L I/O Module LED Indications in Different States

Module state
3BSE020924-510 B
Status
Channel status
Init
Red
Off
Not Configured
Red/off (1)
Off
Ready
Off
DI On/Off, DO Off
Operational
Green
On/Off
51
Table 6. S800L I/O Module LED Indications in Different States (Continued)

Module state
Status
Channel status
OSP
Green
On/Off
Error
Red
DI On/Off, DO Off
(1) Will be switched off after the first successful access to the
module.
S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16
STATUS
STATUS
Normally when an I/O module has been removed from the configuration, the
ModuleBus master will do a restart of the module. The module will end up in the
NOT CONFIGURED state.
AI801
0(4)...20 mA
DO801
24 V 0.5 A
L+ L- 24 V
L+ L- 24 V
+
I +
3
+
I +
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Figure 9. Examples of S800L I/O Module LED Locations
52
3BSE020924-510 B
Error Messages
Error Messages
Refer the relevant controller manuals.
Fault Finding and User Repair

S800 I/O Module Replacement
General
All I/O modules can be exchanged online and with the process power supply
connected, except for relay outputs with normally closed contacts. This is possible
because the module deactivates when the I/O module lock switch is turned to
unlock.
Replacement of an S800 I/O module affects all channels on the module. In some
cases, it indirectly affects the outputs through some application function, on
another module.
The system software in the ModuleBus master checks automatically that all I/O
modules function correctly. In the event of module fault, and module exchange, the
module and associated signals are marked as faulty.
The system software checks that the module that is inserted is correct. If this is the
case, the F(ault) LED is turned off, and after the initial configuration, and the R(un)
LED activated, and the module resumes its normal function.
The following topics contain general instructions for replacement of modules, and
Table 7 gives additional information about handling the replacement of individual
modules.
Practical Execution
Before replacing the faulty I/O module:

1.
Refer to S800 I/O Getting Started (3BSE020923*) manual.
2.
As special restrictions apply to each module type, see the descriptions in

Table 7 for useful information on individual module types.
3.
Check if the new module can be a suitable replacement.
3BSE020924-510 B
53
To replace the module:

1.
Loosen the module locking.
2.
Grip the module firmly and extract the module.
3.
Insert the new module carefully.
4.
Store extracted modules in envelopes.
5.
Ensure that the module contacts connect properly with the contacts in the
MTU, and then lock the module in place.
The module is initialized automatically by the system, and the F(ault) LED is
turned off and the R(un) LED is activated.
6.
Perform a function test on the new module.
Additional Information for Replacement of Individual S800 I/O Modules
Table 7 lists S800 I/O modules and provides additional information for replacement
of the modules.
Table 7. Replacement information for S800 I/O Modules
Module Type
Settings
AI810, AI815,
AI820, AI825,
AI830, AI830A,
AI835, AI835A,
AI843, AI845,
AI880, AI880A,
AI890, AI895
Analog Input
No settings
AO810, AO815,
AO810V2, AO820,
AO845, AO845A,
AO890, AO895
Analog Output
No settings
Comments
Replacement with power applied is
possible.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.

possible.
It may be necessary to set the process
device manually to a safe state before the
module is extracted.
module.
54
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 7. Replacement information for S800 I/O Modules (Continued)

Module Type
Settings
DI810, DI811,
DI814, DI820,
DI821, DI890
Digital Input
No settings
DI825, DI830,
DI831, DI840,
DI880, DI885
Digital Input with
SOE
No settings
DO810, DO814
DO815, DO840,
DO880, DO890
Digital Output
No settings
Comments
possible.
module.
possible.
module.
possible.
module.
If DO880 is removed from the MTU, the
connected output is automatically turned to
safe state (de-energized).
DO820
Digital Output
No settings

possible.
module.
3BSE020924-510 B
55

Module Type
DO821 Digital
Output
Settings
No settings
Comments
Replacement with system power applied is
possible.
Since the module has normally
closed relay contacts, the field
power must be removed before
replacement.
It may be necessary to set the
process device manually to a safe
state before the module is
extracted.
Turning locking mechanism
deactivates the module, that is, the
relay contacts close.
56
3BSE020924-510 B
S800L I/O Module Replacement

Module Type
DP820, DP840
Pulse Counter
Settings
No settings
Comments
possible.
module.
TU810/TU810V1,
TU811/TU811V1,
TU812/TU812V1,
TU813,
TU814/TU814V1,
TU830/TU830V1,
TU831/TU831V1,
TU833, TU834,
TU835/TU835V1,
TU836/TU836V1,
TU837/TU837V1,
TU838, TU839,
TU842, TU843,
TU844, TU845,
TU850 MTUs
No settings
Cannot be replaced or repaired with power

applied.
Disconnecting an MTU breaks the
ModuleBus communications bus and
removes power to the MTUs that follow.
MTUs mounted in the middle (between the
ModuleBus master, cluster modem and the
number 12 MTU) need to have the
preceding or following MTUs moved in
order to disconnect the ModuleBus
connector.

General
I/O modules can not be replaced online. The power must be switched off to the I/O
station and the module, before replacing the I/O module.
A power switch off to an I/O station affects all modules and channels in the
station. It also sometimes indirectly affects the outputs in other I/O stations
through some application functions
3BSE020924-510 B
57
The system software checks that the module that is inserted is correct. If this is the
case, the color indication on the S(tatus) LED turns from red to no color, and then to
green, and the module resumes its normal function.
The following topics contain general instructions for replacement of modules, and
Table 8 gives additional information about handling the replacement of individual
modules.
Practical Execution
Before replacing the faulty I/O module:

1.
Refer to S800 I/O Getting Started (3BSE020923*).
2.
As special restrictions apply to each module type, see the descriptions in

Table 8 for useful information on individual module types.
3.
Check if the new module can be a suitable replacement.
To replace the module:

1.
Switch off the power to the I/O station.
2.
Remove the power supply connector from the I/O module.
3.
Remove the process connector from the I/O module.
4.
Loosen the module locking.
5.
Slide the module to the right and extract the module.
6.
Insert the new module.
7.
Store extracted modules in envelopes.
8.
Ensure that the module contacts connect properly with the module to the left,
and lock the module with the locking screw.
9.
Switch on the power to the I/O station.
10. Connect the power supply to the I/O module.

11. Connect the process connector to the I/O module.
58
3BSE020924-510 B
The new module is automatically initialized by the system, and the color of the
S(tatus) LED turns from red to off, and then to green indicating that the module
is in normal operation.
12. Perform a function test on the new module.
Additional Information for Replacement of Individual S800L I/O Modules
Table 8 lists S800L I/O modules and provides additional information for
replacement of the modules.
Table 8. Replacement information for S800L I/O Modules
Module Type
Settings
Comments
AI801, DI801,
DI802, DI803
No settings
Switch the power off before replacement.
AO801, DO801,
DO802
No settings
Switch the power off before replacement.
TU805
No settings
3BSE020924-510 B

the power switch off.
Can be replaced with power applied. It may
be necessary to set the process device
manually to a safe state before replacing
the TU805.
59
60
3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications
General S800 I/O Specifications
Features
The following are the general features of S800 I/O modules:
16/8/4/2 channels per I/O module.
Isolation from ground, per channel or group of channels.
Hot swappable (not valid for S800L).
Module status LEDs.
Input/output state LEDs (digital I/O modules only).
Output Set to Predetermined function (output modules only).
EMC protection.
DIN rail mounting.
G3 compliant.
Description
There are two types of S800 I/O modules:
Standard S800 I/O, which is mounted on MTU's.
S800L, which is mounted directly on the DIN-rail.
The two types of S800 I/O modules can co-exist on the same bus. The main
difference is that the standard S800 I/O is hot swappable, and it offers many type of
field connection alternatives through the different type of MTUs that are used.
3BSE020924-510 B
61
Description
On the front of all standard S800 I/O modules, there are at least three LEDs (RUN,
WARNING and FAULT) indicating the module status. Additionally output I/O
modules have one LED indicating OSP (Output Set to Predetermined) and some
input modules have one LED indicating PRIMARY. Digital I/O modules have one
LED per channel indicating the current state (on/off) and pulse counter I/O modules
have two or more LEDs per channel. S800L I/O module has one dual color LED
(STATUS) indicating the module status.
All I/O modules have user parameters that can be configured using the engineering
tool.
The reset circuitry keeps the I/O module in Init State until the bus master indicates
that the Modulebus power supply is valid. In addition, the standard S800 I/O
modules are kept in Init State until the module locking mechanism (on the MTU) is
in the locked position.
All output I/O modules implement the Output Set to Predetermined (OSP) function.
The outputs of the I/O module are set to a predetermined value, if the OSPwatchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is received.
The watchdog timer is set by the controller (OSP timer) and is used for ModuleBus
supervision. The watchdog timer is re-triggered every time the correct node address
is decoded (or broadcast). If the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState
command is received, the module enters the OSP state and the active outputs (if
any) are set to their OSP values. The OSP value can be either configured as a
predefined value or set to use the last good value sent.
The output values are kept as long as the module stays in the OSP state. To change
the outputs, the module first has to leave this state. When re-entering Operational
State, the outputs are still kept with their OSP value until new valid values are
written.
62
3BSE020924-510 B
Technical Data
Technical Data
Table 9. Technical data of S800 I/O modules
Feature
Data
G3 compliant(1)
According to ISA-S71.04
Maximum ambient temperature
55/40C (131/104F)(2)
Equipment class
Class I according to IEC 61140

(earth protected)
Protection rating
IP20 according to IEC 60529
Width
S800: 45 mm (1.77")
S800: 86.1 mm (3.4")
Depth
S800: 102 mm (3.8"), 111 mm

(4.2") including connector
S800L: 58.5 mm (2.3")
Height
S800: 119 mm (4.7")

S800L: 110 mm (4.33")
Weight
S800: 0.2 kg (0.44 lbs.)

S800L: 0.24 kg (0.53 lbs.)
(1) Following S800 units are G2 compliant - SD821, SD822, SD823, SD831, SD832,
SD833, SD834, SS822, SS832, TB811 and CI830. G3 compliant versions of SD822
and SS822 are also available (refer to SD822Z and SS822Z).
(2) 400C (1040F) applies to compact MTUs with I/O modules or S800L modules
mounted on vertical DIN rail.
3BSE020924-510 B
63
AI801 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA

Features
8 channels for 0...20 mA,

4...20 mA d.c., single ended
unipolar inputs.
1 group of 8 channels isolated

from ground.
12 Bit resolution.
Input shunt resistors protected

to 30 V by PTC resistor.
Analog inputs are short circuit

secured to ZP or +24 V.
The input withstand HART

communication.
Process and power

connections via detachable
connectors.
STATUS
AI801
0(4)...20mA
L+ L- 24V
Description
3
+
The AI801 Analog Input Module

has 8 channels for current input.
The current input is able to handle
a short circuit to the transmitter
supply at least 30 V d.c without damage. Current limiting is performed with a PTC
resistor. The input resistance of the current input is 250 ohm, PTC included.
64
3BSE020924-510 B
The module distributes the external transmitter supply to each channel. This adds a
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2-wire transmitters. There are no
current limiting on the transmitter power terminals. All eight channels are isolated
from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input stages is converted from the
external 24 V.
Technical Data
Table 10. AI801 Analog Input Module Specifications at 25 C

AI801
Analog Input Module
Feature
Number of channels
Type of input
Unipolar single ended
Measurement range
0...20 mA, 4... 20 mA(1)
Under/over range
-0% / +15%
Input impedance (at current input)

(including PTC)
230 , 270
Maximum field cable length
600 meters, (656 yd.)
Voltage input, maximum non-destructive 30 V d.c.

NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
>40 dB
Error
Max. 0.1%
Resolution
12 bit
Temperature drift
Typ. 50 ppm/ C
Max. 80 ppm/ C
Update cycle time
1 ms
Current consumption 24 V (process

power supply, UPx)
30 mA
Current consumption 5 V (Modulebus)
70 mA
Power dissipation
1.1 W
3BSE020924-510 B
65
Table 10. AI801 Analog Input Module Specifications at 25 C (Continued)

AI801
Analog Input Module
Feature
Input filter cut off frequency
Second order filter
3.5Hz
Input filter (rise time 0-90%)
140 ms
Isolation
Groupwise isolated from ground
Rated insulation voltage
50 V
Dielectric test voltage
500 V a.c.
Acceptable wire sizes
Solid: 0.05-2.5mm2, 30-12 AWG

Stranded: 0.05-1.5mm2, 30-12 AWG
Recommended torque: 0.5-0.6Nm
Stripping length: 6-7.5 mm, 0.24-0.30 in
(1) 4...20 mA handled by the FCI or controller
66
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram AI801
STATUS
Pos
1+
1I
LP
Block
2+
2I
LP
Mux
MBI
#
5VS
5V
0V
7I
LP
Power_ok
8+
8I
LP
L+
L-
EM
Figure 10. AI801 Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B
67
Process Connections
Table 11. AI801 Process Connections

Process
Terminal
Process Connection
68
Ch1, L1+
1+
Ch1, Current Input
1I
Ch 2, L1+
2+
Ch 2, Current Input
2I
Ch 3, L1+
3+
Ch 3, Current Input
3I
Ch 4, L1+
4+
Ch 4, Current Input
4I
Ch 5, L2+
5+
Ch 5, Current Input
5I
Ch 6, L2+
6+
Ch 6, Current Input
6I
Ch 7, L2+
7+
Ch 7, Current Input
7I
Ch 8, L2+
8+
Ch 8, Current Input
8I
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 11 shows the process connections for the AI801.
AI801
Process
L1+
1+
0 - 20mA
Ch1
1I
L1+
2+
0 - 20mA
Ch2
2I
L1+
3+
Ch3
3I
L1+
4+
Ch4
4I
L2+
5+
Ch5
5I
L2+
6+
Ch6
6I
0 - 20mA
0 - 20mA
0 - 20mA
0 - 20mA
0 - 20mA
L2+
7+
Ch7
7I
Mux.
8+
0 - 20mA
Chx I = Current Input
Ch8
8I
+24v
L+
0v
L-
EM
Figure 11. AI801 Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
69
AI810 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA, 0(2)...10 V

Features
8 channels for 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA, 0...10 V

or 2...10 V d.c., single ended unipolar inputs.
1 group of 8 channels isolated from ground.
12 Bit resolution.
Input shunt resistors protected to 30 V by PTC

resistor.
Analog inputs are short circuit secured to ZP or +24

V.
The input withstand HART communication.
Description
The AI810 Analog Input Module has 8 channels. Each

channel can be either a voltage or current input.
The current input is able to handle a short circuit to the
transmitter supply at least 30 V d.c without damage.
Current limiting is performed with a PTC resistor. The
input resistance of the current input is 250 ohm, PTC
included.
The voltage input is able to withstand an over or undervoltage of at least 30 V d.c.
Input resistance is 290k ohm.
Transmitter supply can be connected to L1+, L1- and/or L2+, L2-.
70
3BSE020924-510 B
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2- or 3-wire transmitters. There are no
current limiting on the transmitter power terminals. Fused MTUs TU830, TU835
and TU838 provides groupwise and channelwise fusing. TU850 provides
channelwise current limitation on transmitter power terminals.
All eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input
stages is converted from the 24 V on the ModuleBus.
Nine different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830/TU833 Extended MTU
enables nine wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage inputs,
but requires external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the field
devices. TU818 provides connection to 2-wire sensors without external marshaling.
The extended MTU, TU835, and TU838 provides a fuse (3 A max.) per channel for
the outgoing transmitter supply. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin
(male) connector for connection to the process. TU850 provides one disconnectable
PTC fused sensor/transmitter power outlet terminal per channel.
3BSE020924-510 B
71
Technical Data

AI810
Analog Input Module
Feature
Number of channels
Type of input
Measurement range
0...20 mA, 0...10 V,

4... 20 mA(1), 2... 10 V (1)
Under/over range
-5% / +15%
Input impedance (voltage input)
290k ohm
Input impedance (current input)
230....275 ohm
600 meters, (656 yd.)
72
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
>40 dB
Error
Max. 0.1%
Resolution
12 bit
Temperature drift Current
Typ. 50 ppm/ C
Max. 80 ppm/ C
Temperature drift Voltage
Typ. 70 ppm/ C
Max. 100 ppm/ C
Update cycle time
8 ms
40 mA
70 mA
Power dissipation
1.5 W
Voltage supervision
Internal power supply
Fusing of transmitter supply
on MTU (TU830 max 1 AT per group)
3BSE020924-510 B

AI810
Analog Input Module
Feature
Sensor power distribution
Max 1 A per connection
140 ms
Isolation
Module termination units
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU818, TU830,

TU833, TU835, TU838 or TU850
MTU keying code
AE
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) Handled by the FCI or controller.
3BSE020924-510 B
73
Block Diagram AI810
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
L1+
ZP
L1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
Pos
LP
Block
Mux
FCI
LP
#
5 VS
5V
0V
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
Power_ok
LP
+UPInt
ZP
-UPInt
+24 V
0 V 24 V
LP
L2+
ZP
EM
74
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU812
TU810
D-Sub 25
TU830/
TU818
TU835
TU838
TU850
male
TU833
(or TU814)
Terminal
Terminal Terminal Terminal
Terminal
Terminal Connector
(1)
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
Ch1, L1+
C1, A1
B1, B2
11 (F1)
A1 (F1)
A1, A2
Ch1, Voltage Input C1
D1
C1
B1
B1
Ch1, Current Input B1
16
B1
C2
12
B2
B2
Ch1, Return (ZP)
A1
A1, A2
A2
Ch 2, L1+
C2, A2
B3, B4
21 (F2)
A3 (F2)
A3, A4
Ch 2, Voltage Input C2
D2
C3
B3
B3
Ch 2, Current Input B2
17
B2
C4
22
B4
B4
Ch 2, Return (ZP)
A2
A3, A4
A4
Ch 3, L1+
C3, A3
B5, B6
31 (F3)
A5 (F3)
A5, A6
D3
C5
B5
B5
18
B3
C6
32
B6
B6
Ch 3, Return (ZP)
A3
A5, A6
A6
Ch 4, L1+
C4, A4
B7, B8
41 (F4)
A7 (F4)
A7, A8
D4
C7
B7
B7
19
B4
C8
42
B8
B8
Ch 4, Return (ZP)
A4
A7, A8
A8
Ch 5, L2+
C5, A5
B9, B10
51 (F5)
A9 (F5)
A9, A10
3BSE020924-510 B
75
Table 13. AI810 Process Connections (Continued)
Process
Connection
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU810
TU830/
TU818
TU835
TU838
TU850
male
(or TU814)
TU833
Terminal
Terminal Connector
Terminal
(1)
D5
C9
B9
B9
20
B5
C10
52
B10
B10
Ch 5, Return (ZP)
A5
A9, A10
A10
Ch 6, L2+
C6, A6
B11, B12 61 (F6)
A11 (F6) A11, A12
D6
C11
B11
B11
21
B6
C12
62
B12
B12
Ch 6, Return (ZP)
A6
A11, A12 -
A12
Ch 7, L2+
C7, A7
B13, B14 71 (F7)
A13 (F7) A13, A14
D7
C13
B13
B13
22
B7
C14
72
B14
B14
Ch 7, Return (ZP)
A7
A13, A14 -
A14
Ch 8, L2+
C8, A8
B15, B16 81 (F8)
A15 (F8) A15, A16
10
D8
C15
B15
B15
23
B8
C16
82
B16
B16
Ch 8, Return (ZP)
A8
A15, A16 -
A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.
76
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 13 shows the process connections for the Analog Input Module AI810 when
installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
TU830/TU833
Process
+24v
Pwr.
Source
L1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
I2U
I2I
ZP
B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
B11,B12
C11
Ch6 I C12
A11,A12
ZP
L2+
B13,B14
Ch7 V C13
C14
ZP
A13,A14
B15,B16
L2+
Ch8 V C15
C16
ZP
A15,A16
6.3A *
+24v
L2+
L2+
L2- Fuse
0v
L2-
L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP
L1+
2 - Wire
XMTRs
Ch1 I
L1+
4 - 20mA
Ch2 I
0 - 10V
Ch3 V
ZP
4 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 20mA
Ch4 I
ZP
L2+
0 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 10V
0 - 10V
Chx V = Voltage Input

AI810
L1+
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse
L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
0v
4 - 20mA
6.3A *
Ch5 I
ZP
L2+
L-
Mux.
L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-
EM
* Max 1 AT in combination with AI810
Figure 13. AI810 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
77
Figure 14 shows the process connections for the AI810 when installed on a TU810
or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
Pwr.
Sup.
0V
L1+
ZP
Ch1 I
C1
B1
A1
L1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
4 - 20mA
Ch2 I
C2
B2
A2
L1+
I2U
I2I
ZP
0 - 10V
Ch3 V
C3
B3
A3
L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP
4 - 20mA
ZP
ZP
C4
B4
A4
0 - 20mA
Ch5 I
ZP
C5
B5
A5
4 - 20mA
Ch6 I
ZP
C6
B6
A6
0 - 10V
Ch7 V
0 - 10V
Ch4 V
ZP
0 - 10V
Ch8 V
ZP

L1+
L1+
L1-
AI810
Pwr. 24V
0V
Sup.
C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8
L2+
L2+
L2-
Mux.
L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP
L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
ZP
EM
Figure 14. AI810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
78
3BSE020924-510 B
Extended MTU.
L1+
TU835
X11
Fn=100mA
L1+
L1+
L1L1X12
F1
11
Ch1 I
12
L1+
21
Ch2 I
22
L1+
31
Ch3 I
32
L1+
41
Ch4 I
42
L2+
51
Ch5 I
52
L2+
61
Ch6 I
62
L2+
71
Ch7 I
72
Process
+24v
0v
4 - 20mA
2- Wire
XMTRs
4 - 20mA
3- Wire
XMTRs
0 (4) - 20mA
4- Wire
XMTRs
2- Wire
0 (4) - 20mA
4 - 20mA
XMTRs
4 - 20mA
3- Wire
XMTRs
0 (4) - 20mA
81
4- Wire
XMTRs
0 (4) - 20mA
Ch8 I
+24v
0v
82
X13
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
F2
AI810
L1+
L-
L1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
I2U
I2I
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
ZP
L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP
L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
79
Extended MTU.
Process
TU838
L1+
L1+
0v
L1L1F1
L1+
A1
B1
Ch1 I B2
A2
F2
A3
L1+
B3
Ch2 I B4
A4
F3
A5
Ch3 V B5
B6
A6
ZP
F4
A7
B7
Ch4 I B8
ZP
A8
F5
A9
L2+
B9
Ch5 I B10
ZP
A10
F6
A11
L2+
B11
Ch6 I B12
A12
ZP
F7
A13
L2+
Ch7 V B13
B14
A14
ZP
F8
A15
L2+
Ch8 V B15
B16
A16
ZP
L1+
+24v
L2+
+24v
Pwr.
Source
4 - 20mA
2 - Wire
XMTRs
4 - 20mA
0 - 10V
4 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 20mA
0 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 10V
0 - 10V

AI810
0v
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
LL1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
I2U
I2I
ZP
L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP
L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
L-
EM
80
3BSE020924-510 B
Extended MTU.
TU850
Process
+24v
0v
U1
4 - 20mA
Ch1 I
U2
U3
4 - 20mA
Ch2 I
U4
U5
2- Wire
XMTRs
3- Wire
XMTRs
0 (4) - 20mA
Ch3 I
U6
0 (4) - 20mA
Ch4 I
4- Wire
XMTRs
U9
2- Wire
4 - 20mA
Ch5 I
U10
U11
4 - 20mA
Ch6I
U12
XMTRs
0 (4) - 20mA
4- Wire
XMTRs
0 - 10 V
0v
L-
L1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
I2U
I2I
ZP
A5
B5
B6
A6
A7
B7
B8
A8
A9
B9
B10
A10
A11
B11
B12
A12
L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP
L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
L2+
L2+
L2-
Mux.
L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP
L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
A13
B13
Ch7 I B14
A14
U14
A15
B15
Ch8 V B16
A16
+24v
L1+
A1
B1
B2
A2
U13
3- Wire
XMTRs
2A
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse
AI810
2A
Fuse
L2+
L-
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
81
Compact MTU.
1
14
2
Process
Connection
TU812
1 UP1 +24V
14 UP1
2 ZP1 0V
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1 V
16
16 S2
Ch1 I
4 S3
Ch2 V
17
17 S4
Ch2 I
5 S5
Ch3 V
18
18 S6
Ch3 I
6 S7
Ch4 V
19
19 S8
Ch4 I
7 S9
Ch5 V
20
20 S10
Ch5 I
AI810
L1+
LL1+
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
I2U
I2I
ZP
L1+
I3U
I3I
ZP
L1+
I4U
I4I
ZP
L2+
I5U
I5I
ZP
8 S11
Ch6 V
21
21 S12
Ch6 I
9 S13
Ch7 V
22
22 S14
Ch7 I
10
10 S15
Ch8 V
23
23 S16
Ch8 I
11
11 UP2 +24V
24
24 UP2
L2+
I7U
I7I
ZP
L2+
I8U
I8I
ZP
12
12 ZP2 0V
L2+
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
L2+
I6U
I6I
ZP
LEM
Mux.
EM

Figure 18. AI810 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
82
3BSE020924-510 B
installed on a TU818 Compact MTU.
3BSE020924-510 B
83
AI815 Analog Input Module

Features

12 Bit resolution.
Current limited transmitter supply per

channel.
HART pass-through communication.
Description
The AI815 Analog Input Module has 8 channels.

The modules can be configured for voltage or
current inputs. Current and voltage signals
cannot be mixed on the same I/O module.
The voltage and current input is able to withstand
an overvoltage or undervoltage of at least 11 V
d.c. The input resistance for voltage input is
greater than 10 M ohm, and the input resistance
for current input is 250 ohm.
The module distributes the external HART
compatible transmitter supply to each channel.
This adds a simple connection to distribute the
supply to 2-wire or 3-wire transmitters. The
transmitter power is supervised and current
limited.
If an external power supply is used for feeding HART transmitters, the power
supply must be HART compatible.
84
3BSE020924-510 B
The module performs self-diagnostic cyclically. Module diagnostics include:
External power supply, Transmitter power and External shunt error. Error in
these are reported as External channel error.
Analog Read Back, Reference Voltage, Internal Power Supply, Checksum,

Watchdog and Memory. Error in these are reported as Module Error.
All the eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. The power to
the input stages is converted from the 24 V supply on the ModuleBus.
The module has HART pass-through functionality. Only point-to-point
communication is supported.
Eight different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830/TU833 Extended MTU
enables three wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage inputs,
but requires external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the field
devices. The extended MTU, TU835, and TU838 provides a fuse (3 A max) per
channel for the outgoing transmitter supply. TU818 Compact MTU provides
connection to 2-wire transmitters without external marshaling. The TU812 Compact
MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
Shielded field cables for process connections are required, if HART is used.
The parameter Shunt mode should be set to Internal shunt when current input is
required and set to External shunt when voltage input is required.
3BSE020924-510 B
85
Technical Data

Feature
86
Number of channels
Type of input
Measurement range
0...20 mA, 0...5 V,

4... 20 mA, 1... 5V
Over range
+15%
Input impedance (at voltage input)
10 M

(including PTC)
250
600 meters, (656 yd.)
Voltage input, maximum nondestructive
11 V d.c.
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
> 40 dB
Error
Max. 0.1%
Resolution
12 bit
Temperature drift
Max. 50 ppm/ C
Update cycle time
10 ms
Current consumption 24 V
(Modulebus)
50 mA
100 mA

power supply, UPx)
339 mA (max) (22 mA + transmitter

current * 1.32)
3BSE020924-510 B

Feature
Power dissipation
3.5 W
Transmitter supply:
HART compatible
Voltage: 24 V @ 23 mA
Current: 30 mA + - 10%(1)
Supervision
Module error, if: analog read back,

reference voltage, internal power supply,
checksum, watchdog and memory error
External channel error, if: external power
supply low, transmitter power error
290 ms
Isolation
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU818, TU830,

TU833, TU835 or TU838
MTU keying code
CC
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) If the transmitter need more current to start up, use external power for the transmitter
3BSE020924-510 B
87
Block Diagram AI815
R
W
F
24 V
UP
ZP
U1
T 24 V
I1U
I1I
LP
CPU
MBI
ZP
T 24 V
U8
Mux
I8U
I8I
LP
ZP
Mux
HART
Modem
88
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
With HART signals, shielded cables should be used for current process connections.
Process
Connection
TU810
TU812 D-Sub
TU830/
TU818
TU835
TU838
(or TU814)
25 male
TU833
Terminal
Terminal
Terminal
Terminal Connector (1)
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
U1
C1
B1
11 (F1)
A1 (F1)
Ch1, Voltage Input C1
D1
C1
B1
Ch1, Current Input B1
16
B1
C2
12
B2
Ch1, Return (ZP)
A1
A1, A2
A2
U2
C2
B3
21 (F2)
A3 (F2)
D2
C3
B3
17
B2
C4
22
B4
Ch 2, Return (ZP)
A2
A3, A4
A4
U3
C3
B5
31 (F3)
A5 (F3)
D3
C5
B5
18
B3
C6
32
B6
Ch 3, Return (ZP)
A3
A5, A6
A6
U4
C4
B7
41 (F4)
A7 (F4)
D4
C7
B7
19
B4
C8
42
B8
Ch 4, Return (ZP)
A4
A7, A8
A8
U5
C5
B9
51 (F5)
A9 (F5)
3BSE020924-510 B
89

Process
Connection
TU810
TU812 D-Sub
TU830/
TU818
TU835
TU838
(or TU814)
25 male
TU833
Terminal
Terminal Terminal
(1)
Terminal Connector
Terminal
D5
C9
B9
20
B5
C10
52
B10
Ch 5, Return (ZP)
A5
A9, A10
A10
U6
C6
B11
61 (F6)
A11 (F6)
D6
C11
B11
21
B6
C12
62
B12
Ch 6, Return (ZP)
A6
A11, A12 -
A12
U7
C7
B13
71 (F7)
A13 (F7)
D7
C13
B13
22
B7
C14
72
B14
Ch 7, Return (ZP)
A7
U8
A13, A14 -
A14
C8
B15
81 (F8)
A15 (F8)
10
D8
C15
B15
23
B8
C16
82
B16
Ch 8, Return (ZP)
A8
A15, A16 -
A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
90
3BSE020924-510 B
installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
TU830/TU833
Process
+24v
Pwr.
Source
0v
U1
4 - 20mA
2 - Wire
XMTRs
4 - Wire
XMTRs
Current and
Voltage signals
cannot be mixed
at the same
module
Ch1 I
U2
6.3A
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse
L1B1
C1
C2
A1,A2
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
L-
4 - 20mA
Ch2 I
B3
C3
C4
A3,A4
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
0 - 5V
B5
Ch3 V C5
C6
ZP
A5,A6
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
0 - 20mA
Ch4 I
B7
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9
C9
C10
A9,A10
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
B11
C11
C12
A11,A12
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
B13
U7
Ch7 V C13
C14
A13,A14
ZP
U8
B15
Ch8 V C15
C16
ZP
A15,A16
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
ZP
U5
0 - 20mA
Ch5 I
ZP
U6
4 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 5V
0 - 5V
Ch6 I
ZP
+24v
AI815
0v
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
6.3A
Fuse
Mux.
L2+
L-
EM
Figure 21. AI815 with TU830/TU833 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
91
Process
TU835
X11
+24V
0V
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
L1+
X12
11
Ch1 I
12
L1+
21
Ch2 I
22
L1+
31
Ch3 I
32
L1+
41
Ch4 I
42
L2+
51
Ch5 I
52
L2+
61
Ch6 I
62
L2+
71
Ch7 I
72
L2+
81
Ch8 I
82
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
0V
X13
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
Fn=100mA
AI815
L1+
L-
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-
EM
92
3BSE020924-510 B
TU838
Process
+24V
Pwr.
Source
4 - 20mA
2 - Wire
XMTRs
4 - 20mA
0 - 5V
Current and
Voltage signals
cannot be mixed
at the same
module
4 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 20mA
0 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 5V
0 - 5V

L1+
L1+
0V
L1L1F1
L1+
A1
B1
Ch1 I B2
A2
F2
A3
L1+
B3
Ch2 I B4
A4
F3
A5
Ch3 V B5
B6
ZP
A6
F4
A7
B7
Ch4 I B8
A8
ZP
F5
L2+
A9
B9
Ch5 I B10
A10
ZP
F6
L2+
A11
B11
Ch6 I B12
A12
ZP
F7
L2+
A13
Ch7 V B13
B14
A14
ZP
F8
A15
L2+
Ch8 V B15
B16
A16
ZP
+24V
0V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
AI815
L1+
LU1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
93
installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
Pwr.
Sup.
0V
ZP
Ch1 I
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
4 - 20mA
Ch2 I
C2
B2
A2
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
0 - 5V
Ch3 V
C3
B3
A3
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
ZP
ZP
C4
B4
A4
Ch5 I
ZP
C5
B5
A5
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
4 - 20mA
Ch6 I
ZP
C6
B6
A6
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
0 - 5V
Ch7 V
0 - 5V
0 - 20mA
Ch4 V
ZP
0 - 5V
Ch8 V
ZP

L1+
C1
B1
A1
4 - 20mA
Current and
Voltage signals
cannot be mixed
at the same
module
L1+
L1+
L1-
AI815
C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8
L2+
L2+
L2-
Mux.
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
ZP
EM
94
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
Connection
Current and Voltage

signals cannot
be mixed at the
same module
TU812
1 UP1 +24V
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
0V
Ch1 V
3 S1
16
16 S2
Ch1 I
4 S3
Ch2 V
17
17 S4
Ch2 I
5 S5
Ch3 V
18
18 S6
Ch3 I
6 S7
Ch4 V
19
19 S8
Ch4 I
7 S9
Ch5 V
20
20 S10
Ch5 I
8 S11
Ch6 V
21
21 S12
9 S13
Ch7 V
22
22 S14
Ch7 I
10
10 S15
Ch8 V
23
23 S16
Ch8 I
11
11 UP2 +24V *
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
Ch6 I
0V
AI815
L1+
LU1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-
EM
EM

3BSE020924-510 B
95
AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V (4...20 mA, 2...10 V, 1...5 V)
AI820 Differential Analog Input Module,

+/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V (4...20 mA, 2...10 V, 1...5 V)
Features
4 channels for -20...+20 mA, 0...20 mA,

4...20 mA, -10...+10 V, 0...10 V, 2...10 V, 5...+5 V, 0...5 V, 1...5 V d.c. bipolar
differential inputs.
One group of 4 channels isolated from

ground.
14 Bit resolution plus sign.
Input shunt resistors protected to 30 V d.c.
The input withstand HART communication.
Description
The AI820 Analog Input Module has 4

differential, bipolar current/voltage inputs. Each
channel can be either a voltage or current input.
The current inputs can withstand an accidental
maximum normal mode 30 V d.c. connection. To
protect the current input circuit against
dangerous input levels, that is, by accidentally
connecting a 24 V source, the resistor rating of
the 250 current sense resistors is about 5 Watts.
This is intended only to temporarily protect one
channel at a time.
The module distributes the external transmitter
supply to each channel. This adds a simple connection (with extended MTUs) to
distribute the supply to external 2 wire transmitters. There is no current limiting on
the transmitter power terminals.
All 4 channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input
96
3BSE020924-510 B
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables
three wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or
TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage inputs, but requires
external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the field devices. The
TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the
process.
Technical Data
Table 16. AI820 Differential Analog Input Module Specifications at 25C
AI820
Analog Input Module
Feature
Number of channels
Type of input
Bipolar differential
Measurement ranges (nominal)
-20...+20 mA, 0...20 mA,

4...20 mA (1), -10...+10 V, 0...10 V, 2...10
V (1), -5...+5 V, 0...5 V, 1...5 V (1) d.c.
Over/under range
15%
200k +/ 25% Common mode

800k +/ 25% Normal mode
250
600 meters, (656 yd.)
Max. Differential d.c. input (Fault)
30 V
Common mode voltage input
50 V d.c.
CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
80 dB (>60 dB d.c.)
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
33 dB
Error
Max. 0,1%
Resolution
14 bit plus sign
3BSE020924-510 B
97
Table 16. AI820 Differential Analog Input Module Specifications at 25C

(Continued)
AI820
Analog Input Module
Feature
Temperature drift, Current
Max.50 ppm/ C
Temperature drift, Voltage
Max.70 ppm/ C
Update cycle time (all four channels)
<26 ms
70 mA
80 mA
Power dissipation
1.7W
Voltage supervision
Internal process supply
Input filter (rise time)
40 ms
Fusing of transmitter supply
on Extended MTU
Isolation
TU810, TU812, TU814 or TU830
MTU keying code
BB
50 V
500 V a.c.
98
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram AI820

FAULT
RUN
WARNING
L1+
L1L1+
L1-
Pos
AMP
+
LPF
Block
Mux
PGA
CLK +/MBI-2
G=1/2
L1+
L1-
Data +/-
ModuleBus
I1U+
I1IB
I1I+
I1-
5 VS
I2U+
I2IB
I2I+
I2-
AMP
+
LPF
I3U+
I3IB
I3I+
I3-
AMP
+
LPF
CPU
5V
0V
Power_ok
+UPInt
ZP
-UPInt
+24 V
+0 V 24
L2+
L2I4U+
I4IB
I4I+
I4L2+
L2L2+
L2-
AMP
+
LPF
ZP
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
99
Process Connections

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process Connection
TU830/TU833
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+
1, 14
L1+
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
2, 15
L1-
Ch1, L1+
B1, B2
Ch1V, Voltage Input +
C1
C1
Ch1IB (2)
B1
16
C2
Ch1, L1-
A1
A1, A2
Ch 1, L1+
B3, B4
Ch 1I, Current Input + C2
C3
Ch 1-, Return - (2)
B2
17
C4
Ch 1, L1-
A2
A3, A4
Ch 2, L1+
B5, B6
Ch 2V, Voltage Input + C3
C5
Ch 2IB (2)
B3
18
C6
Ch 2, L1-
A3
A5, A6
Ch 2, L1+
B7, B8
Ch 2I, Current Input + C4
C7
Ch 2-, Return - (2)
B4
19
C8
Ch 2, L1-
A4
A7, A8
Ch 3, L2+
B9, B10
C9
100
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector(1)
3BSE020924-510 B

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process Connection
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector(1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Ch 3IB (2)
B5
20
C10
Ch 3, L2-
A5
A9, A10
Ch 3, L2+
B11, B12
Ch 3I, Current Input +
C6
C11
Ch 3-, Return - (2)
B6
21
C12
Ch 3, L2-
A6
A11, A12
Ch 4, L2+
B13, B14
C13
Ch 4IB (2)
B7
22
C14
Ch 4, L2-
A7
A13, A14
Ch 4, L2+
B15, B16
C8
10
C15
Ch 4-, Return - (2)
B8
23
C16
Ch 4, L2-
A8
A15, A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+
11, 24
L2+
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L2-
12, 25
L2-

(2) When connect current signal current bridge must be connected to the voltage Input. If 2-wire
transmitter also connect Return- to L1- or L2-.
3BSE020924-510 B
101
Figure 27 shows the process connections for the Differential Analog Input Module
AI820 when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Ch1 V
4 Wire
XTMR
Ch1 4 - 20mA
L1+
Ch2V
Ch2IB
2 Wire
XTMR
Ch2 I
Ch2L1-
Pwr.
Source
Ch3V
Ch3IB
0 - 20mA
Ch3 I
Ch3 4 Wire
XTMR
CH4 V
0 - 10V
3 Wire
XTMR
L2+
L2+24v

0v
L1+
I1U+
I1IB
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
I1I+
I1L1-
B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
I2U+
I2IB
L1-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
I2I+
I2L1-
L1-
L2+
I3U+
I3IB
L2L2+
I3I+
I3L2L2+
I4U+
I4IB
L2L2+
I4I+
I4L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
L1+
6.3A
Fuse
L2+
L2-
250W
0v
0 - 10V
6.3A
L1+
L1+ Fuse
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
250W
+24v
AI820
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
250W
Pwr.
Source
TU830/TU833
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
250W
Process
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
250W
Compensation
250W
Compensation
250W
Compensation
250W
Compensation
LPF = Low Pass Filter

EM
102
3BSE020924-510 B
Pwr.
Source
Local
Gnd.
L1+
I1U+
I1IB
L1-
C2
B2
A2
L1+
I1I+
I1L1-
C3
B3
A3
L1+
I2U+
I2IB
L1-
Compensation
C5
B5
A5
L1+
I2I+
I2L1L2+
I3U+
I3IB
L2-
Compensation
Ch3 I
Ch3 -
C6
B6
A6
L2+
I3I+
I3L2-
CH4 V
C7
B7
A7
4 Wire
XTMR
Ch1 4 - 20mA
Ch2V
Ch2IB
Ch2 I
Ch2 L1-
Pwr.
Source
Ch3V
Ch3IB
0 - 20mA
4 Wire
XTMR
0 - 10V
3 Wire
XTMR

L1-
C1
B1
A1
Ch1 V
2 Wire
XTMR
L1+
Ch4 -
+24v
0v
C4
B4
A4
C8
B8
A8
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2+
I4U+
I4IB
L2L2+
I4I+
I4L2L2+
L2-
250W
Compensation
250W
250W
250W
0 - 10V
L1+
L1+
L1-
AI820
250W
TU810
(or TU814)
250W
+24V 0V
250W
Compensation
250W
Process
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF

EM
3BSE020924-510 B
103
Figure 29 shows the process connections for the AI820 when installed on a TU812.
TU812
L1+
2 ZP1 0V
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1 V
16
16 S2
Ch1 IB
4 S3
Ch1 I
17
17 S4
Ch1 R
5 S5
Ch2 V
18
18 S6
Ch2 IB
6 S7
19
19 S8
Ch2 R
7 S9
Ch3 V
7
20
Ch2 I
20 S10 Ch3 IB
L1L1+
I1U+
I1IB
L1-
L2+
I3U+
I3IB
L2-
Compensation
L2+
I3I+
I3L2L2+
I4U+
I4IB
L2-
Compensation
8 S11 Ch3 I
21 S12 Ch3 R
9 S13 Ch4 V
22
22 S14 Ch4 IB
10
10 S15 Ch4 I
23
23 S16 Ch4 R
11
11 UP2 +24V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2 0V
L2+
I4I+
I4L2-
25
25 ZP2
L2+
13
13 EM
L2-
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
250W
Compensation
L1+
I2I+
I2L1-
21
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF
250W
Compensation
L1+
I1I+
I1L1L1+
I2U+
I2IB
L1-
250W
Process
Connection
14 UP1
250W
250W
14
1 UP1 +24V
250W
250W
250W
AI820
Diff.
Amp
+
LPF

EM
104
3BSE020924-510 B
AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module

Features
4 channels individually galvanic isolated inputs

for +20 mA, 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA, +10 V,
0...10 V, 2...10 V.
14 Bit resolution plus sign.
Input shunt resistors protected to 30 V d.c.
The input withstands HART communication.
Description
The AI825 Analog Input Module has 4

individually galvanic isolated, bipolar
current/voltage inputs. Each channel can be
either a voltage or current input.
The module has a direct current input that
withstand up to 6.3 V and a over voltage
protected current input that withstand up to +30
V d.c. The current is limited by a PTC resistor.
Power to the input stages is converted from the
24 V on the ModuleBus.
Three different types of MTUs can be used;
TU831 Extended MTU, TU811 or TU813
Compact MTU. The TU813 Compact MTU has
crimped snap-in connectors for connection to the
process.
3BSE020924-510 B
105
Technical Data
Table 18. AI825 Galvanic Isolated Input Module Specifications at 25C

AI825
Analog Input Module
Feature
Number of channels
Type of input
Galvanic isolated
channel to channel
channel to ground
Measurement ranges (nominal)
-20...+20 mA, 0...20 mA,

4...20 mA, -10...+10 V, 0...10 V,
2...10 V d.c.
Over/under range
15%
Input impedance at voltage input (I x U)
10 M
Input impedance at current input (I x I)
50
Over voltage protected current input (I x

IP)
50 + 125
600 meters, (656 yd.)
Max. Differential d.c. input (Fault)

Voltage input
Over voltage protected current input
Current input
106
30 V
30 V
6.3 V
CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
120 dB
NMRR
>40 dB at 50 Hz, >55 dB at 60 Hz
Error
Max. 0,1%
Resolution
14 bit plus sign
Temperature drift
Max 57 ppm/C ( 20 mA)

Max 34 ppm/C ( 10 V)
Max 78 ppm/C (0...20 mA)
Max 47 ppm/C (0...10 V)
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 18. AI825 Galvanic Isolated Input Module Specifications at 25C (Continued)
AI825
Analog Input Module
Feature
Update cycle time (all four channels)
<10 ms
Typ 90 mA, max 110 mA
Typ 70 mA, max 100 mA
Power dissipation
Typ 2.5 W, max 3.2 W
Voltage supervision
Internal supplies
Input filter (0 to 90%)
130 ms at current input

115 ms at voltage input
TU811, TU813 or TU831
MTU keying code
DA
250 V
3BSE020924-510 B
between channels
1900 V d.c.
channel to ground and MB24V
3250 V d.c.
MB24V to ground
720 V d.c.
107
Block Diagram AI825
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
Pos
I1U
AMP
+
LPF
Block
CLK +/MBI-2
5 VS
I2U
I2IP
I2I
ZP2
Data +/-
ModuleBus
I1IP
I1I
ZP1
CPU
AMP
+
LPF
5V
0V
Power_ok
I3U
I3IP
I3I
ZP3
AMP
+
LPF
#
Ch1
+24 V
Ch2
I4U
I4IP
I4I
ZP4
+0 V 24
AMP
+
LPF
Ch3
#
Ch4
EM
108
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections

TU811
or TU813
Terminal
Process Connection
3BSE020924-510 B
TU831
Terminal
Ch1V, Voltage Input +
B1
B1
Ch1 IP, Current input+ protected
C2
B2
A2
A2
Ch 1-, Return - (ZP1)
A1
A1
Ch 2V, Voltage Input +
B3
B3
C4
B4
A4
A4
A3
A3
B5
B5
C6
B6
A6
A6
A5
A5
B7
B7
C8
B8
A8
A8
A7
A7
109
Figure 31 shows the process connections for the Galvanic Isolated Analog Input
Module AI825 when installed on a TU811/TU811V1 or TU813 Compact MTU.
Process
External
power
supply
External
power
supply
External
power
supply
TU811/TU813
AI825
+10 V Ch1 V
B1
C2
A2
I1U
I1IP
I1I
Ch1 ZP
A1
ZP1
+20 mA Ch2 IP
B3
C4
A4
I2U
I2IP
I2I
Ch2 ZP
A3
ZP2
+20 mA Ch3 I
B5
C6
A6
I3U
I13IP
I3I
Ch3 ZP
A5
ZP3
4-20 mA Ch4 I
B7
C8
A8
I4U
I4IP
I4I
Ch4 ZP
A7
ZP4
EM
Figure 31. AI825 with TU811/TU811V1 or TU813 Compact MTU Process

Connections
110
3BSE020924-510 B
Extended MTU.
Process
B1
B2
A2
I1U
I1IP
I1I
Ch1 ZP
A1
ZP1
+20 mA Ch2 IP
B3
B4
A4
I2U
I2IP
I2I
Ch2 ZP
A3
ZP2
+20 mA Ch3 I
B5
B6
A6
I3U
I13IP
I3I
Ch3 ZP
A5
ZP3
4-20 mA Ch4 I
B7
B8
A8
I4U
I4IP
I4I
Ch4 ZP
A7
ZP4
External
power
supply
AI825
+10 V Ch1 V
External
power
supply
External
power
supply
TU831
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
111

Features
8 channels for RTD (Pt100, Cu10, Ni100

and Ni120 and resistor) inputs.
3-wire connection to RTDs.
14 Bit resolution.
Inputs are monitored for open-circuit, shortcircuit and has a input grounded sensor.
Description
The AI830/AI830A RTD Input Module has 8

channels for measurement of temperature with
resistive elements (RTDs). With 3-wire
connections. All the RTDs must be isolated from
ground.
The AI830/AI830A can be used with Pt100,
Cu10, Ni100, Ni120 or resistive sensors.
Linearization and conversion of the temperature
to Centigrade or Fahrenheit is performed on the
module. Every channel can be individually
configured.
The MainsFreq parameter is used to set mains
frequency filter cycle time. This will give a notch
filter at the frequency specified (50 Hz or 60 Hz).
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The
TU830 Extended MTU and the TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU enables three
wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU812 Compact
MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
Shielded field cables are required for process connections.
112
3BSE020924-510 B
Technical Data
Table 20. AI830/AI830A RTD Input Module Specifications at 25 C

AI830/AI830A
RTD Input Module
Feature
Number of channels
Type of input
3-wire RTD:
Pt100, Cu10, Ni100, Ni120 and resistive
potentiometer
Measurement range
See Table 21
Maximum field cable resistance
55 for AI830 up to PR:F

500 for AI830A and AI830 from PR:G
Error dependent of the field cable

resistance
Rerr = R x (0.005 + R/100)
Rerr =Error in ohm
TerrF = TerrC x 1.8
TerrC = Rerr / (R0 x TCR)
R =Wire resistance
R =Difference in % between resistance
in field cables, see Figure 33.
CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
>120 dB(1)
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
>60 dB
Error (IEC 51-1)(2)(3)
See Table 21
Resolution
See Table 21
Temperature drift
See Table 21
Update cycle time
150 ms + n x 95 ms (4)
50 mA
70 mA
Power dissipation
1.6 W
Supervision
Open-circuit, short-circuit(5),
reference channel, internal power supply
3BSE020924-510 B
113
Table 20. AI830/AI830A RTD Input Module Specifications at 25 C (Continued)

AI830/AI830A
RTD Input Module
Feature
Isolation
Mounting termination units
TU810, TU812, TU814 or TU830
MTU keying code
AF
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) At 10 load, e.g. Cu 10. CMMR is >80 dB at <400 load and >110 dB at 100 .
(2) Without error dependent of the field cable resistance
(3) Activated and not correctly connected channels can have negative influence on the accuracy of
other channels.
(4) n=Number of active channels
(5) For Cu10, not short circuit.
R1
Pt100
R2
AI830/AI830A
R=Difference between
R1 and R2
R1, R2, Rzp=Field cable
resistance
Rzp
Figure 33. Error dependency of the field cable resistance
114
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 21. AI830/AI830A Signal Range

Temperature
Range
Sensor
Type
Max Error
50 Hz
MaxTemp
Drift
50 Hz
60 Hz
0.11 C
0.025 C
0.030 C
0.0017 C/ C
0.18 F
0.20 F
0.046 F
0.055 F
0.003 F/ F
Pt100(1)
0.15 C
0.16 C
0.026 C
0.031 C
0.0028 C/ C
-328...482 F
Pt100(1)
0.27 F
0.29 F
0.046 F
0.055 F
0.0050 F/ F
-200...850 C
Pt100
(1)
0.31 C
0.34 C
0.056 C
0.067 C
0.007 C/ C
-328...1562 F
Pt100(1)
0.57 F
0.61 F
0.10 F
0.12 F
0.013 F/ F
-60...180 C
Ni100(2)
0.10 C
0.12 C
0.031 C
0.037 C
0.0021 C/ C
-76...356F
Ni100(2)
0.19 F
0.21 F
0.056 F
0.067 F
0.0038 F/ F
-80...260 C
Ni120(3)
0.27 C
0.29 C
0.022 C
0.026 C
0.0029 C/ C
-112...500 F
Ni120(3)
0.49 F
0.51 F
0.039 F
0.046 F
0.0053 F/ F
-100...260 C
Cu10(4)
1.0 C
1.2 C
0.26 C
0.31 C
0.024 C/ C
-148...500 F
Cu10(4)
1.8 F
2.2 F
0.46 F
0.56 F
0.0043 F/ F
0...400
Resistor
0.083
0.091
0.020
0.024
0.0020 / C
-200...880 C(5)
Pt100
0.29 C
0.32 C
0.056 C
0.067 C
0.007 C/ C
-328...1616 F(5)
Pt100
0.53 F
0.58 F
0.10 F
0.12 F
0.013 F/ F
-200...880 C(6)
Pt100
0.30 C
0.32 C
0.055 C
0.066 C
0.007 C/ C
-328...1616 F
Pt100
0.53 F
0.58 F
0.10 F
0.12 F
0.012 F/ F
-80...80 C(7)
Pt100
0.10 C
0.11 C
0.025 C
0.030 C
0.0017 C/ C
-112...176 F(7)
Pt100
0.18 F
0.19 F
0.046 F
0.055 F
0.003 F/ F
-200...250 C(7)
Pt100
0.14 C
0.15 C
0.025 C
0.031 C
0.0027 C/ C
(7)
Pt100
0.25 F
0.28 F
0.046 F
0.055 F
0.005 F/ F
-80...80 C
Pt100
(1)
0.10 C
-112...176 F
Pt100(1)
-200...250 C
(6)
-328...428 F
3BSE020924-510 B
60 Hz
Resolution
115
Table 21. AI830/AI830A Signal Range (Continued)

Temperature
Range
Sensor
Type
Max Error
50 Hz
60 Hz
Resolution
50 Hz
60 Hz
MaxTemp
Drift
-200...850 C(7)
Pt100
0.30 C
0.33 C
0.056 C
0.067 C
0.007 C/ C
-328...1562 F(7)
Pt100
0.54 F
0.59 F
0.10 F
0.12 F
0.013 F/ F
Pt100
0.25 C
0.27 C
0.053 C
0.064 C
0.0052 C/ C
Pt100
0.45 F
0.49 F
0.096 F
0.12 F
0.0094 F/ F
-200...649 C
(8)
-328...1200 F(8)
(1) According to IEC 751, IPTS-68, TCR = 0.00385

(2) According to DIN 43760, TCR = 0.00617
(3) According to MIL-T-24388C, TCR = 0. 00672
Ro = 120 (MINCO)
(4) According to TCR = 0.00427, R25 = 10 (MINCO)
(5) According to US Industrial Std, TCR = 0.00391. Only supported by AI830A.
(6) According to US Lab Std IPTS-68, TRC = 0.00392. Only supported by AI830A.
(7) According to IEC 751, ITS-90 (JIS C 1604-1997), TRC = 0.00385. Only supported by AI830A.
(8) According to JIS C 1604:1981. Only supported by AI830A.
116
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram AI830/AI830A
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
ZP
Pos
LP
Block
Mux
I4+
I4ZP
CPU
MBI
#
LP
5VS
5V
I5+
I5ZP
I8+
I8ZP
0V
LP
LP
Power_ok
+12V
ZP
-12V
ModuleBus
I1+
I1ZP
+24 V
0 V 24 V
Ref:s
ZP
EM
Figure 34. AI830/AI830A Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B
117
Process Connections
Table 22. AI830/AI830A Process Connections

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process
Connection
118
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
B1, B2
Ch1, + Input
C1
C1
Ch1, - Input
B1
16
C2
Ch1, Return (ZP)
A1
A1, A2
B3, B4
Ch 2, + Input
C2
C3
Ch 2, - Input
B2
17
C4
Ch 2, Return (ZP)
A2
A3, A4
B5, B6
Ch 3, + Input
C3
C5
Ch 3, - Input
B3
18
C6
Ch 3, Return (ZP)
A3
A5, A6
B7, B8
Ch 4, + Input
C4
C7
Ch 4, - Input
B4
19
C8
Ch 4, Return (ZP)
A4
A7, A8
B9, B10
Ch 5, + Input
C5
C9
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 22. AI830/AI830A Process Connections (Continued)

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process
Connection
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Ch 5, - Input
B5
20
C10
Ch 5, Return (ZP)
A5
A9, A10
B11, B12
Ch 6, + Input
C6
C11
Ch 6, - Input
B6
21
C12
Ch 6, Return (ZP)
A6
A11, A12
B13, B14
Ch 7, + Input
C7
C13
Ch 7, - Input
B7
22
C14
Ch 7, Return (ZP)
A7
A13, A14
B15, B16
Ch 8, + Input
C8
10
C15
Ch 8, - Input
B8
23
C16
Ch 8, Return (ZP)
A8
A15, A16
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B
119
Figure 35 shows the process connections for the RTD Input Module AI830/AI830A
when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Process
T
T
TU830/TU833
AI830/AI830A
6.3A
Ch1+
Ch1ZP
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
Ch2+
Ch2ZP
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
I2+
I2ZP
Ch3+
Ch3ZP
B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
I3+
I3ZP
Ch5+
Ch5ZP
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
Ch6+
Ch6ZP
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
Ch4+
Ch4ZP
Ch7+
Ch7ZP
Ch8+
Ch8ZP
Fuse
I1+
I1ZP
I4+
I4ZP
I5+
I5ZP
I6+
I6ZP
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
ZP
I7+
I7ZP
I8+
I8+
ZP
6.3A
Fuse
ZP
EM
Note: No external power supply should be connected
Figure 35. AI830/AI830A with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections
120
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 36 shows the process connections for the AI830/AI830A when installed on a
TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
TU810
(or TU814)
Process
L1+
L1+
L1-
T
T
AI830/AI830A
ZP
Ch1+
Ch1ZP
C1
B1
A1
I1+
I1ZP
Ch2+
Ch2ZP
C2
B2
A2
I2+
I2ZP
Ch3+
Ch3ZP
C3
B3
A3
I3+
I3ZP
Ch4+
Ch4ZP
C4
B4
A4
I4+
I4ZP
Ch5+
Ch5ZP
C5
B5
A5
I5+
I5ZP
Ch6+
Ch6ZP
C6
B6
A6
I6+
I6ZP
Ch7+
Ch7ZP
C7
B7
A7
I7+
I7ZP
Ch8+
Ch8ZP
C8
B8
A8
I8+
I8+
ZP
L2+
L2+
L2-
ZP
EM
Figure 36. AI830/AI830A with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process

Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
121
Figure 37 shows the connections for the AI830/AI830A when installed on a TU812.
1
14
2
Process
Connection
TU812
1 UP1 +24V
14 UP1
2 ZP1 0V
ZP
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1 +
16
16 S2
Ch1 -
4 S3
Ch2 +
17
17 S4
Ch2 -
5 S5
Ch3 +
18
18 S6
Ch3 -
6 S7
Ch4 +
19
19 S8
Ch4 -
7 S9
Ch5 +
20
AI830/AI830A
20 S10 Ch5 -
8 S11 Ch6 +
21
21 S12 Ch6 -
9 S13 Ch7 +
22
22 S14 Ch7 -
10
10 S15 Ch8 +
23
23 S16 Ch8 -
11
11 UP2 +24V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2 0V
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
I1+
I1ZP
I2+
I2ZP
I3+
I3ZP
I4+
I4ZP
I5+
I5ZP
I6+
I6ZP
I7+
I7ZP
I8+
I8ZP
ZP
EM
Figure 37. AI830/AI830A with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
122
3BSE020924-510 B

Features
8 differential input channels for

thermocouple/mV.
Channel 8 can be designated as the CJchannel (4-wire Pt100 RTD).
Variety of thermocouples with the following

characteristics: B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S and T
for AI835A also D, L and U.
15 Bit resolution (A/D).
Inputs are monitored for wire-break opencircuit.
Description
The AI835/AI835A Thermocouple/mV Input

Module is part of the S800 I/O. It provides 8
differential input channels for
Thermocouple/mV measurements. Measurement
ranges configurable per channel are:
-30 mV to +75 mV linear, or TC Types B, C, E,
J, K, N, R, S and T, for AI835A also D, L and U.
One of the channels (Channel 8) may be
configured for Cold Junction (ambient)
temperature measurements, thus serving as CJchannel for Ch. 1...7. The junction temperature
may be measured locally on the MTUs screw
terminals, or on a connection unit distant form the device. Alternatively, a fix
junction temperature for the module may be set by the user (as parameter) or for
AI835A also from the application. Channel 8 may be used in the same manner as
Ch. 1...7 when no CJ-temperature measurement is needed.
3BSE020924-510 B
123
Each input-channel can measure a mV type of signal source (Thermocouple or

linear), and may be grounded or ungrounded.
Full self-calibration is obtained by means of 0V, 50 mV and 100 ohm references,
which are regularly updated.
Six different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 (or TU833) Extended MTU or
the TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU enables three wire connection to the devices
without additional terminals. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
connector for connection to the process. TU818 Compact MTU provides connection
to 2-wire transmitters without external marshaling.
Technical Data
Table 23. AI835/AI835A Thermocouple/mV Input Module Specifications at 25C
Feature
AI835/AI835A
Thermocouple/mV Input Module
Number of channels
8 (Differential)
Type of input
-30 mV to 75 mV linear, or TC types B,

C, E, J, K, N, R, S and T. AI835A also D,
L and U.
Measurement range
See Table 24
Input impedance
> 1 M
CJ-temperature measurement reference 4-wire connected IEC-751/Pt100 RTD,

TY820 can be used
124
600 meters (656 yd.)
CMV between channels, max.
12 V d.c.
CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
120 dB
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
>60 dB(1)
Resolution (A/D)
15 bits
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 23. AI835/AI835A Thermocouple/mV Input Module Specifications at 25C

(Continued)
Feature
AI835/AI835A
Error
0.1%
Temperature drift
Typ. 5 ppm/ C
Max. 7 ppm/ C (AI835A)
Max. 30 ppm/C (AI835)
Filter, analog (1st order Low-pass)
10 Hz
Filter (integration)
50 Hz or 60 Hz
Update cycle time, max.
280 ms + n x 80 ms at 50 Hz
250 ms + n x 70 ms at 60 Hz
(n = active channels)
Supervision
Module: reference channels, power

supply low
Channel: open-circuit(2)
CJ-channel(CH8): <-40 C (-40 F) and
>100 C (212 F)
50 mA
75 mA
Power dissipation
1.6 W
Isolation
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU818, TU830

or TU833
MTU keying code
BA
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) >40 dB at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 1%

(2) Cycle time for open circuit supervision = (Update cycle time) * (number of active channels)
3BSE020924-510 B
125
Table 24. AI835/AI835A Range/Linearization

Input Type
Temperature Range
TC type B (1)
44...1820oC, 111.2...3308oF
TC type C
0...2300oC, 32...4172oF
TC type D (2)
02300C, 32...4172F
(1)
-270...1000oC, -454...1832oF
TC type J (1)
-210...1200oC, -346...2192oF
TC type K (1)
-270...1372oC, -454...2501.6oF
TC type L (2)
-200900 C, -3281652 F
TC type E
TC type N
(1)
-270...1300oC, -454...2372oF
TC type R (1)
-50...1768oC, -58...3214.4oF
TC type S (1)
-50...1768oC, -58...3214.4oF
TC type T (1)
-270...400oC, -454...752oF
TC type U(2)
-200600 C, -3281112 F
Linear range
-30...75 mV
Pt100 RTD (for CJC) (3)
-40...100oC, -40...212oF
(1) Linearization per IEC 584-1 1995, and following ITS 90 requirements.
(2) Only for AI835A
(3) Sensor Type applies to Channel 8 only, for the measuring of the Cold
Junction Compensation temperature.
From the 11 Sensor Types above, one choice is to be selected by the user per
channel.
126
3BSE020924-510 B

Fault
REFs
Run
MB = Modulebus
FIC = Full protocol module Interface Circuity
MTI = Main Timer Interface
SPI = Serial Peripheral Interface
Warning
+CH1
-CH1
+CH2
-CH2
EMC/
LP
EMC/
LP
Data
Differential
A/D
ANALOG
CLK
#
MUX
+CH7
-CH7
Amplifier
CTRL
(MTI)
EMC/
LP
ADR(SPI)
+5V
(low)
+CH8 EMC/
LP
Pt100
-CH8
EM
Pos(6:0)
pow_ok
+PCJC
-PCJC
ZP
MB
FIC
+UPint
GNDA
-UPint
0V
+24V
0V_24V
3BSE020924-510 B
127
Process Connections

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process
Connection
128
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU818
Terminal
TU830/
TU833
Terminal
Pt100, PCJC-
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
B1, B2
Ch1, + Input
C1
D1
C1
Ch1, - Input
B1
16
B1
C2
Ch1, Return (ZP)
A1
A1, A2
B3, B4
Ch 2, + Input
C2
D2
C3
Ch 2, - Input
B2
17
B2
C4
Ch 2, Return (ZP)
A2
A3, A4
B5, B6
Ch 3, + Input
C3
D3
C5
Ch 3, - Input
B3
18
B3
C6
Ch 3, Return (ZP)
A3
A5, A6
B7, B8
Ch 4, + Input
C4
D4
C7
Ch 4, - Input
B4
19
B4
C8
Ch 4, Return (ZP)
A4
A7, A8
B9, B10
Ch 5, + Input
C5
D5
C9
3BSE020924-510 B

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process
Connection
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU818
Terminal
TU830/
TU833
Terminal
Ch 5, - Input
B5
20
B5
C10
Ch 5, Return (ZP)
A5
A9, A10
B11, B12
Ch 6, + Input
C6
D6
C11
Ch 6, - Input
B6
21
B6
C12
Ch 6, Return (ZP)
A6
A11, A12
B13, B14
Ch 7, + Input
C7
D7
C13
Ch 7, - Input
B7
22
B7
C14
Ch 7, Return (ZP)
A7
A13, A14
B15, B16
Ch 8, + Input
C8
10
D8
C15
Ch 8, - Input
B8
23
B8
C16
Ch 8, Return (ZP)
A8
A15, A16
Pt100, PCJC+
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B
129
Figure 39 shows the process connections for the TC/mV Input Module
AI835/AI835A when installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
TU830/TU833
Process
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
Ch1+ C1
Ch1- C2
A1,A2
Thermocouple isolated
from ground
6.3A
PCJC-
Fuse
I1+
I1ZP
B3,B4
Ch2+ C3
Ch2- C4
A3,A4
I2+
I2ZP
B5,B6
Ch3+ C5
Ch3- C6
A5,A6
I3+
I3ZP
B7,B8
Ch4+ C7
Ch4- C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
Ch5+ C9
Ch5- C10
A9,A10
Thermocouple connected
to ground
AI835/AI835A
I4+
I4ZP
I5+
I5ZP
B11,B12
Ch6+ C11
Ch6- C12
A11,A12
I6+
I6ZP
B13,B14
Ch7+ C13
Ch7- C14
A13,A14
Pt100/TY820
B15,B16
Ch8+ C15
Ch8- C16
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
I7+
I7ZP
I8+
I8ZP
6.3A
PCJC+
Fuse
EM
Figure 39. AI835/AI835A with TU830/TU833 Extended MTU Process Connections
130
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 40 shows the process connections for the AI835/AI835A when installed on a
TU810
(or TU814)
Process
L1+
L1+
L1-
AI835/AI835A
PCJC-
Ch1+ C1
Ch1- B1
A1
I1+
I1ZP
Ch2+ C2
Ch2- B2
A2
I2+
I2ZP
Ch3+ C3
Ch3- B3
A3
I3+
I3ZP
Ch4+ C4
Ch4- B4
A4
I4+
I4ZP
Ch5+ C5
Ch5- B5
A5
I5+
I5ZP
Ch6+ C6
Ch6- B6
A6
I6+
I6ZP
Ch7+ C7
Ch7- B7
A7
Pt100/TY820
Ch8+ C8
Ch8- B8
A8
I7+
I7ZP
from ground
to ground
I8+
I8ZP
L2+
L2+
L2-
PCJC+
EM

Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
131
Figure 41 shows the AI835/AI835A connections through a remote junction box.
TU810
(or TU814)
Process
Multi-conductor (Cu)
shielded cables
Thermocouple
isolated from
ground
Junction
Box
Pt100/TY820
Thermocouple
connected to
ground
L1+
L1+
L1-
AI835/AI835A
PCJC-
Ch1+
Ch1-
C1
B1
A1
I1+
I1ZP
Ch2+
Ch2-
C2
B2
A2
I2+
I2ZP
Ch3+
Ch3-
C3
B3
A3
I3+
I3ZP
Ch4+
Ch4-
C4
B4
A4
I4+
I4ZP
Ch5+
Ch5-
C5
B5
A5
I5+
I5ZP
Ch6+
Ch6-
C6
B6
A6
I6+
I6ZP
Ch7+
Ch7-
C7
B7
A7
I7+
I7ZP
Ch8+
Ch8-
C8
B8
A8
I8+
I8ZP
L2+
L2+
L2-
PCJC+
EM

Connections to Remote Junction Box
132
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 42 shows the connections for the AI835/AI835A when installed on a TU812.
14
14
Process
Connection
TU812
PCJC-
AI835/AI835A
PCJC-
2 ZP1 0V
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1 +
16
16 S2
Ch1 -
4 S3
Ch2 +
17
17 S4
Ch2 -
5 S5
Ch3 +
18
18 S6
Ch3 -
I1+
I1ZP
I2+
I2ZP
I3+
I3ZP
6 S7
Ch4 +
19
19 S8
Ch4 -
7 S9
Ch5 +
20
20 S10
Ch5 -
8 S11
Ch6 +
21
21 S12
Ch6 -
9 S13
Ch7 +
22
22 S14
Ch7 -
10
10 S15
Ch8 +
23
23 S16
Ch8 -
11
11
PCJC+
24
24
12
12 ZP2 0V
I8+
I8ZP
25
25 ZP2
PCJC+
13
13 EM
I4+
I4ZP
I5+
I5ZP
I6+
I6ZP
I7+
I7ZP
EM
EM
Figure 42. AI835/AI835A with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
133
AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module

Features
8 differential input channels for

thermocouple/mV.
Single or redundant operation.
A separate channel is used as CJ-channel

(4-wire Pt100 RTD).
Variety of thermocouples with the following

characteristics: B, C, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T
and U.
16 Bit resolution (A/D converter).
Inputs are monitored for wire-break opencircuit.
Description
The AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module is

part of the S800 I/O. It provides 8 differential
input channels for Thermocouple/mV
measurements. Measurement ranges configurable
per channel are:
-30 mV to +75 mV linear, or TC Types B, C, E, J,
K, L, N, R, S, T and U.
A separate Pt100 channel is used for Cold
Junction (ambient) temperature measurements,
thus serving as CJ-channel for Ch. 1...8. See
Figure 44, Figure 45 and Figure 46 for connection of reference resistance and Pt100
sensor. The junction temperature may be measured locally on the MTUs screw
terminals, or on a connection unit distant form the device. Alternatively, a fix
junction temperature for the module may be set by the user (as parameter) or a
junction temperature set by the application.
134
3BSE020924-510 B
Each input-channel can measure a mV type of signal source (Thermocouple or

linear), and may be grounded or ungrounded.
Full self-calibration is obtained by means of 0V and 30 mV references, which are
regularly updated.
On each channel, there is a Fault (Red) LED that indicates channel error.
Three different types of MTUs can be used. In single applications, TU830 Extended
MTU enables three wire connection to the devices without additional terminals.
In redundant applications, TU842 for horizontal mounting and TU843 for vertical
mounting can be used.
Technical Data
Table 26. AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module Specifications at 25C
Feature
AI843
Number of channels
8 (Differential)
Type of input
-30 mV to 75 mV linear, or TC types B,

C, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T and U
Measurement range
See Table 27
Input impedance
> 1 M
CJ-temperature measurement reference 4-wire connected IEC-751/Pt100 RTD,

TY820 can be used
600 meters (656 yd.) or max. 500
CMV between channels, max.
5 V d.c.
CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
100 dB
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
>40 dB
Resolution (A/D converter)
16 bits
3BSE020924-510 B
135
Table 26. AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module Specifications at 25C

(Continued)
Feature
AI843
Error
<0.1%
Temperature drift
Typ. 10 ppm/ C
Max. 25 ppm/ C
Filter, analog (1st order Low-pass)
1.1 kHz
Filter (integration)
50 Hz or 60 Hz
Update cycle time, max.
320 ms + n x 80 ms at 50 Hz
267 ms + n x 67 ms at 60 Hz
(n = active channels)
Supervision
Module error if: reference channels

outside limits, power supply low
Channel error if: open-circuit, out of
range <-40 C (-40 F) and >100 C
(212 F) (only Cold Junction channel)
Linear: none
136
50 mA
60 mA
Power dissipation
1.5 W
Isolation
TU818, TU830, TU842, and TU843
MTU keying code
B, A
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 27. AI843 Range/Linearization

Input Type
Temperature Range
TC type B (1)
44...1820oC, 111.2...3308oF
TC type C
0...2300oC, 32...4172oF
TC type D
0...2300oC, 32...4172oF
TC type E (1)
-270...1000oC, -454...1832oF
TC type J (1)
-210...1200oC, -346...2192oF
TC type K (1)
-270...1372oC, -454...2501.6oF
TC type L
-200...900oC, -328...1652oF
TC type N (1)
-270...1300oC, -454...2372oF
TC type R (1)
-50...1768oC, -58...3214.4oF
TC type S (1)
-50...1768oC, -58...3214.4oF
TC type T (1)
-270...400oC, -454...752oF
TC type U
-200...600oC, -328...1112oF
Linear range
-30...75 mV
Pt100 RTD (for CJC) (2)
-40...100oC, -40...212oF
(1) Linearization per IEC 584-1 1995, and following ITS 90 requirements.
(2) Sensor Type applies to Cold Junction channel only, for the measuring
of the Cold Junction Compensation temperature.
From the 11 Sensor Types above, one choice is to be selected by the user per
channel.
3BSE020924-510 B
137
Block Diagram AI843

Fault (F)
Run (R)
Warning (W)
Ch 1 Fault (F1)
Ch 2 Fault (F2)
Ch 8 Fault (F8)
+CH1
-CH1 EMC/LP
MUX
+CH2
-CH2 EMC/LP
#
Data
Pos (0...6)
ModuleBus
CLK
MCU
ASIC
+5V
0V
MUX
#
24V
0V-24V
+CH8
-CH8 EMC/LP
S+
+
S-
EMC/LP
CJC
138
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections

Process
Connection
TU830, TU833,
TU842, TU843
Terminal
TU852 Terminal
TU818
Terminal
PCJC+
B1
3 (X1b)
C1
Ch1, + Input
C1
3 (X1a)
D1
Ch1, - Input
C2
16 (X1a)
B1
Ch1, Return (ZP)
A1, A2
2, 15 (X1a and X1b)
L1-
ICJC+
B2
16 (X1b)
A1
ICJC-
B3
4 (X1b)
C2
Pref
B4
17 (X1b)
A2
Ch 2, + Input
C3
4 (X1a)
D2
Ch 2, - Input
C4
17 (X1a)
B2
Ch 2, Return (ZP)
A3, A4
2, 15 (X1a and X1b)
L1-
PCJC-
B5
5 (X1b)
C3
Ch 3, + Input
C5
5 (X1a)
D3
Ch 3, - Input
C6
18 (X1a)
B3
Ch 3, Return (ZP)
A5, A6
2, 15 (X1a and X1b)
L1-
Ch 4, + Input
C7
6 (X1a)
D4
Ch 4, - Input
C8
19 (X1a)
B4
Ch 4, Return (ZP)
A7, A8
2, 15 (X1a and X1b)
L1-
Ch 5, + Input
C9
7 (X1a)
D5
Ch 5, - Input
C10
20 (X1a)
B5
Ch 5, Return (ZP)
A9, A10
12, 25 (X1a and X1b) L2-
3BSE020924-510 B
139

Process
Connection
140
TU830, TU833,
TU842, TU843
Terminal
TU852 Terminal
TU818
Terminal
PCJC+
B12
21 (X1b)
A6
Ch 6, + Input
C11
8 (X1a)
D6
Ch 6, - Input
C12
21 (X1a)
B6
Ch 6, Return (ZP)
A11, A12
12, 25 (X1a and X1b) L2-
ICJC+
B13
9 (X1b)
C7
ICJC-
B14
22 (X1b)
A7
Ch 7, + Input
C13
9 (X1a)
D7
Ch 7, - Input
C14
22 (X1a)
B7
Ch 7, Return (ZP)
A13, A14
12, 25 (X1a and X1b) L2-
Pref
B15
10 (X1b)
C8
PCJC-
B16
23 (X1b)
A8
Ch 8, + Input
C15
10 (X1a)
D8
Ch 8, - Input
C16
23 (X1a)
B8
Ch 8, Return (ZP)
A15, A16
12, 25 (X1a and X1b) L2-
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 44 shows the process connections for the TC/mV Input Module AI843 when
TU830/TU833
Process
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
PCJC+
ICJC+
I1+
I1ZP
B3
B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
ICJCPref
I2+
I2ZP
B5
B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
PCJC-
Ch3+
Ch3-
Ch4+
Ch4-
B7
B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
I4+
I4ZP
Ch5+
Ch5-
B9
B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
I5+
I5ZP
Ch6+
Ch6-
B11
B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
PCJC+
I6+
I6ZP
B13
B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
ICJC+
ICJCI7+
I7ZP
B15
B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
Pref
PCJCI8+
I8+
ZP
from ground
Ch2+
Ch2-
Pt100
1)
Ch7+
Ch7-
Ref100
1)
1) Only if the Cold Junction channel is used
Note: No external power supply
should be connected
AI843
Fuse
B1
B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
Ch1+
Ch1-
to ground
6.3A
Ch8+
Ch8-
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
I3+
I3ZP
6.3A
Fuse
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
141
Figure 45 shows the process connections for the TC/mV Input Module AI843 when
TU830/TU833
Process
Multi-conductor (Cu)
shielded cables
Thermocouple
connected to
ground
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
Junction
Box
2
AI843
Fuse
B1
B2
Ch1+ C1
Ch1C2
A1,A2
PCJC+
ICJC+
I1+
I1ZP
B3
B4
Ch2+ C3
Ch2- C4
A3,A4
ICJC+
Pref
I2+
I2ZP
PCJC-
Ch3+
Ch3-
B5
B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
Ch4+
Ch4-
B7
B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
I4+
I4ZP
Ch5+
Ch5-
B9
B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
I5+
I5ZP
Ch6+
Ch6-
B11
B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
B13
B14
PCJC+
I6+
I6ZP
ICJC+
ICJC-
Ch7+
Ch7-
C13
C14
A13,A14
I7+
I7ZP
B15
B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
Pref
PCJCI8+
I8+
ZP
Pt100
1)
Thermocouple
isolated from
ground
6.3A
Ref100
1) Ch8+
2
Ch8-
I3+
I3ZP
6.3A
1) Only if the Cold Junction channel is used

should be connected
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
Fuse
EM
Figure 45. AI843 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections to Remote
Junction Box
142
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 46 shows the process connections for the Thermocouple/mV Input Module
AI843 when installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
Process
Ch1+
Ch1Thermocouple isolated
from ground
Ch2+
Ch2-
Ch3+
Ch3-
Ch4+
Ch4-
Ch5+
Ch5Thermocouple connected
to ground
Ch6+
Ch6Pt100
1)
Ch7+
Ch7-
Ref100
1)
Ch8+
Ch8-
TU842/TU843
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1
B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
B3
B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
B5
B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
B7
B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9
B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
B11
B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
B13
B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15
B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
AI843
PCJC+
ICJC+
I1+
I1ZP
ICJCPref
I2+
I2ZP
PCJCI3+
I3ZP
I4+
I4ZP
I5+
I5ZP
PCJC+
I6+
I6ZP
ICJC+
ICJCI7+
I7ZP
Pref
PCJCI8+
I8+
ZP
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
EM
AI843
PCJC+
ICJC+
I1+
I1ZP
1) Only if the Cold Junction

channel is used
should be connected
Pref
PCJCI8+
I8+
ZP
EM
Figure 46. AI843 with TU842 or TU843 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
143
AI845 Analog Input Module, single or redundant

Features

Single or redundant operation.
12 Bit resolution.

channel.
Advanced on-board diagnostics.
Description
The AI845 Analog Input Module for single or

redundant applications. The module has 8
channels. Each channel can be either a voltage or
current input when MTU TU844 or TU845 is
used, when other MTUs are used all channels
become voltage or current inputs.
The voltage and current input is able to
withstand an overvoltage or undervoltage of at
least 11 V d.c. The input resistance for voltage
input is greater than 10 M ohm and the input
resistance for current input is 250 ohm.
The module distributes the external HART compatible transmitter supply to each
channel. This adds a simple connection to distribute the supply to 2-wire or 3-wire
transmitters. The transmitter power is supervised and current limited.
If an external power supply is used for feeding HART transmitters, the power
supply must be HART compatible.
144
3BSE020924-510 B
The module performs self-diagnostics cyclically. Module diagnostics include:
External power supply, Transmitter power and External shunt error. Error in
these are reported as External channel error.
Low Pass Filter, Multiplexer and Test channels. Error in these are reported as
Internal channel error.
Analog Read Back, Reference Voltage, Internal Power Supply, Checksum,

Watchdog and Memory. Error in these are reported as Module Error.
All eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input
The module has HART pass-through functionality. Only point-to-point
communication is supported.
Eight different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. The TU830/
TU833 Extended MTU enables three wire connection to the devices without
additional terminals. The TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V
process voltage inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of 24 V power
supply to the field devices. The extended MTU, TU835, and TU838 provides a fuse
(3 A max.) per channel for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a DSub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process. The TU818 Compact
MTU provides connection to 2-wire sensors without external marshaling.
Three types of MTUs can be used for redundant applications, two for mounting on a
horizontal DIN rail and one for mounting on a vertical DIN rail.
Shielded field cables for process connections are required if HART is used.
The parameter Shunt mode should be set to External shunt when the MTU
TU844/TU845/TU854 is used or when voltage inputs is required for other MTU.
It is only possible to mix voltage and current input when TU844/TU845/TU854 is
used; for other MTUs, all channels become voltage or current inputs.
3BSE020924-510 B
145
Technical Data

Feature
Number of channels
Type of input
Measurement range
0...20 mA, 0...5 V,

4... 20 mA, 1... 5V
Over range
+15%
10 M

(including PTC)
250
600 meters, (656 yd.)
146
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
>40 dB
Error
Max. 0.1%
Resolution
12 bit
Temperature drift
Max. 50 ppm/ C
Update cycle time
10 ms
50 mA
100 mA

power supply, UPx)
339 mA (max) (22 mA + transmitter

current*1.32)
3BSE020924-510 B

Feature
Power dissipation
3.5 W
Transmitter supply (per channel):
+ - 10%(1)
HART compatible
Voltage: 24 V @ 23 mA
Current: 30 mA
Supervision
Module error if: analog read back,

reference voltage, internal power supply,
checksum, watchdog and memory error
Internal channel error if: low pass filter,
multiplexer and test channels error
External channel error if: external power
supply low, transmitter power and
external shunt error
290 ms
Isolation
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU818, TU830,

TU833, TU835, TU838, TU844 or TU845
and TU854
MTU keying code
CC
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) If the transmitter need more current to start up, use external power for the transmitter.
3BSE020924-510 B
147
Block Diagram AI845
R
W
F
24 V
UP
ZP
U1
T 24 V
I1U
I1I
LP
CPU
MBI
ZP
I1UC
T 24 V
U8
Mux
I8U
I8I
ZP
Mux
LP
I8UC
LP
HART
Modem
Mux
LP
148
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
With HART signals shielded cables should be used for current process connections.
TU812
TU844
TU810
D-Sub 25
TU854
TU830/
Process
(or
TU818
TU835
TU838
TU845
male
Terminal
TU833
Connection TU814)
Terminal
(2)
Connector
Terminal
(2)
Terminal
(1)
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+
1, 14
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1-
2, 15
U1
C1
B1
11 (F1)
A1 (F1)
B1
Ch1,
Voltage
Input
C1
D1
C1
B1
B2
Ch1,
Current
Input
B1
16
B1
C2
12
B2
B2
16
Ch1, Return A1
(ZP)
A1, A2
A2
A1,A2
U2
C2
B3
21 (F2)
A3 (F2)
B3
Ch 2,
Voltage
Input
C2
D2
C3
B3
B4
Ch 2,
Current
Input
B2
17
B2
C4
22
B4
B4
17
Ch 2,
A2
Return (ZP)
A3, A4
A4
A3, A4
U3
C3
B5
31 (F3)
A5 (F3)
B5
3BSE020924-510 B
149

TU812
TU810
TU844
D-Sub 25
TU854
TU830/
Process
(or
TU818
TU835
TU838
TU845
male
Terminal
TU833
Connection TU814)
Terminal
(2)
Connector
Terminal
(2)
Terminal
(1)
Ch 3,
Voltage
Input
C3
D3
C5
B5
B6
Ch 3,
Current
Input
B3
18
B3
C6
32
B6
B6
18
Ch 3,
A3
Return (ZP)
A5, A6
A6
A5, A6
U4
C4
B7
41 (F4)
A7 (F4)
B7
Ch 4,
Voltage
Input
C4
D4
C7
B7
B8
Ch 4,
Current
Input
B4
19
B4
C8
42
B8
B8
19
Ch 4,
A4
Return (ZP)
A7, A8
A8
A7, A8
U5
C5
B9
51 (F5)
A9 (F5)
B9
Ch 5,
Voltage
Input
C5
D5
C9
B9
B10
Ch 5,
Current
Input
B5
20
B5
C10
52
B10
B10
20
A9, A10
A10
A9, A10
Ch 5,
A5
Return (ZP)
150
3BSE020924-510 B

TU812
TU810
TU844
D-Sub 25
TU854
TU830/
Process
(or
TU818
TU835
TU838
TU845
male
Terminal
TU833
Connection TU814)
Terminal
(2)
Connector
Terminal
(2)
Terminal
(1)
U6
C6
B11
61 (F6)
A11 (F6) B11
Ch 6,
Voltage
Input
C6
D6
C11
B11
B12
Ch 6,
Current
Input
B6
21
B6
C12
62
B12
B12
21
Ch 6,
A6
Return (ZP)
A11, A12 -
A12
A11, A12 -
U7
C7
B13
71 (F7)
A13 (F7) B13
Ch 7,
Voltage
Input
C7
D7
C13
B13
B14
Ch 7,
Current
Input
B7
22
B7
C14
72
B14
B14
22
Ch 7,
A7
Return (ZP)
A13, A14 -
A14
A13, A14 -
U8
C8
B15
81 (F8)
A15 (F8) B15
10
Ch 8,
Voltage
Input
C8
10
D8
C15
B15
B16
Ch 8,
Current
Input
B8
23
B8
C16
82
B16
B16
23
3BSE020924-510 B
151

TU812
TU810
TU844
D-Sub 25
TU854
TU830/
Process
(or
TU818
TU835
TU838
TU845
male
Terminal
TU833
Connection TU814)
Terminal
(2)
Connector
Terminal
(2)
Terminal
(1)
Ch 8,
A8
Return (ZP)
A15, A16 -
A16
A15, A16 -
+24 V d.c.
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+
11, 24
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2-
12, 25
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP) L2-

(2) Voltage or current input chosen by the shunt stick on TU844/TU845/TU854.
152
3BSE020924-510 B
installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
TU830/TU833
Process
+24v
Pwr.
Source
0v
U1
4 - 20mA
2 - Wire
XMTRs
4 - Wire
XMTRs
Current and
Voltage signals
cannot be mixed
at the same
module
Ch1 I
U2
6.3A
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse
L1B1
C1
C2
A1,A2
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
L1+
L-
4 - 20mA
Ch2 I
B3
C3
C4
A3,A4
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
0 - 5V
B5
Ch3 V C5
C6
ZP
A5,A6
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
0 - 20mA
Ch4 I
B7
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9
C9
C10
A9,A10
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
B11
C11
C12
A11,A12
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
B13
U7
Ch7 V C13
C14
A13,A14
ZP
U8
B15
Ch8 V C15
C16
ZP
A15,A16
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
ZP
U5
0 - 20mA
Ch5 I
ZP
U6
4 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 5V
0 - 5V
Ch6 I
ZP
+24v
AI845
0v
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
6.3A
Fuse
Mux.
L2+
L-
EM
Figure 48. AI845 with TU830/TU833 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
153
Process
TU835
X11
+24V
0V
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
L1+
X12
11
Ch1 I
12
L1+
21
Ch2 I
22
L1+
31
Ch3 I
32
L1+
41
Ch4 I
42
L2+
51
Ch5 I
52
L2+
61
Ch6 I
62
L2+
71
Ch7 I
72
L2+
81
Ch8 I
82
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
0V
X13
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
Fn=100mA
AI845
L1+
L-
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-
EM
154
3BSE020924-510 B
TU838
Process
+24V
Pwr.
Source
4 - 20mA
2 - Wire
XMTRs
4 - 20mA
0 - 5V
Current and
Voltage signals
cannot be mixed
at the same
module
4 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 20mA
0 - 20mA
4 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 5V
0 - 5V

L1+
L1+
0V
L1L1F1
L1+
A1
B1
Ch1 I B2
A2
F2
A3
L1+
B3
Ch2 I B4
A4
F3
A5
Ch3 V B5
B6
ZP
A6
F4
A7
B7
Ch4 I B8
A8
ZP
F5
L2+
A9
B9
Ch5 I B10
A10
ZP
F6
L2+
A11
B11
Ch6 I B12
A12
ZP
F7
L2+
A13
Ch7 V B13
B14
A14
ZP
F8
A15
L2+
Ch8 V B15
B16
A16
ZP
+24V
0V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
AI845
L1+
LU1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
155
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
Pwr.
Sup.
0V
ZP
Ch1 I
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
4 - 20mA
Ch2 I
C2
B2
A2
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
0 - 5V
Ch3 V
C3
B3
A3
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
ZP
ZP
C4
B4
A4
Ch5 I
ZP
C5
B5
A5
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
4 - 20mA
Ch6 I
ZP
C6
B6
A6
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
0 - 5V
Ch7 V
0 - 5V
0 - 20mA
Ch4 V
ZP
0 - 5V
Ch8 V
ZP

L1+
C1
B1
A1
4 - 20mA
Current and
Voltage signals
cannot be mixed
at the same
module
L1+
L1+
L1-
AI845
C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8
L2+
L2+
L2-
Mux.
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
ZP
EM
156
3BSE020924-510 B
Current and Voltage

signals cannot be
mixed at the same
module
Process
Connection
TU812
1 UP1 +24V
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
0V
Ch1 V
3 S1
16
16 S2
Ch1 I
4 S3
Ch2 V
17
17 S4
Ch2 I
5 S5
Ch3 V
18
18 S6
Ch3 I
6 S7
Ch4 V
19
19 S8
Ch4 I
7 S9
Ch5 V
20
20 S10
Ch5 I
8 S11
Ch6 V
21
21 S12
9 S13
Ch7 V
22
22 S14
Ch7 I
10
10 S15
Ch8 V
23
23 S16
Ch8 I
11
11 UP2 +24V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
Ch6 I
0V
AI845
L1+
LU1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L2+
L-
EM
EM

3BSE020924-510 B
157
installed on a TU844 or TU845 Redundant MTU.
Process
TU844/TU845
+24V
Pwr.
Source
0V
U1
4 - 20mA
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1
B2
Ch1
A1,A2
2 - Wire
XMTRs
U2
4 - 20mA
Ch2
0 - 5V
Ch3
A3,A4
ZP
4 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 20mA
Ch4
ZP
U5
0 - 20mA
B3
B4
Ch5
ZP
U6
B5
B6
A5,A6
B7
B8
A7,A8
B9
B10
A9,A10
B11
B12
Ch6
ZP
A11,A12
0 - 5V
U7
Ch7
B13
B14
0 - 5V
ZP
U8
Ch8
A13,A14
B15
B16
ZP
+24V
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
4 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0V
AI845
L+
LShunt
sticks
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L+
LEM
AI845
---
Shunt stick
TY801
L+
LU1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L+
L-
Mux.
EM
Figure 53. AI845 with TU844 or TU845 Redundant MTU Process Connections
158
3BSE020924-510 B
AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module

Features
8 channels for 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA, single

ended unipolar inputs.
Single or redundant configuration.
12 bit resolution.
Loop Supervised DI function.
Configurable alarm limit for field power

outputs.
Configurable over/under range for current

inputs.

channel.
Certified for SIL3 according to IEC 61508.
Certified for Category 4 according to EN

954-1.
Complies with the NAMUR

recommendation NE43, and supports
configurable over- and under range limits.
HART pass-through communication

(AI880A).
Description - AI Function
The AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module is designed for single and
redundant configuration. The module has 8 current input channels.
The input resistance is 250 ohm.
3BSE020924-510 B
159
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2- or 3-wire transmitters. The
transmitter power is supervised and current limited.
All eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the
Module is generated from the 24 V on the ModuleBus.
The AI880/AI880A complies with the NAMUR recommendation NE43, and
supports configurable over- and under range limits.
As AI880/AI880A needs external shunt sticks, the MTUs TU844, TU845 or TU854
is required for redundant configurations and TU834 for single configurations.
AI880A has HART pass-through functionality. Only point-to-point communication
is supported.
Sensors should be for 24 V power supply if it should be powered from the module.
Description - Loop Supervised DI Function
AI880/AI880A can be configured for the function Loop Supervised Digital Input.
When used as Loop Supervised, the I/O module can handle input signals with
defined levels for open circuit, logic low state, logic high state, and short circuit.
The function, Loop Supervised DI, is also used with field devices without defined
levels for field loop diagnostics, if an additional resistor network is added.
The resistor network is considered to be a part of the field device; this must be
considered when certifying a safety loop according to IEC 61511.
The resistor network should be placed close to the field device.
When using the function, Loop Supervised DI, the following parameter settings and
field loop arrangement (resistor network) should be used:
1.
160
Interfacing to signals from mechanical contact switching devices.
3BSE020924-510 B
S800 I/O
AI880A
Ux
R2
CHx
R1
Figure 54. Field Loop Arrangement When using the function Loop Supervised DI
Type of setting
Parameter
Parameter
Setting
Limit for change false true ch No
Value
4.2 mA
Open circuit alarm level channel No. 1.0 mA
Resistor
R1
2.7 k ohm(1)
Resistor
R2
10 k ohm(1)
(1) In general, resistors must have the following rating: resistance tolerance 5% or
better, power rating 0.5W or more.
2.
Interfacing to signals from 2-wire proximity switches.
In general, Loop Supervised DI supports 2-wire proximity switches with:

Leakage current (off state) < 1.5mA.
Voltage drop (on state) < 8V.
3BSE020924-510 B
161
Type of setting
Setting
Parameter
Value
Limit for change false true ch No
Parameter
4.2 mA
Open circuit alarm level channel No. 1.0 mA
Resistor
R1
1.5 k ohm(1) (2)
Resistor
R2
10 k ohm2
(1) For field supplies (Uin) below 21.6 V, R1 must be 1.0 k ohm instead of 1.5 k ohm.
(2) In general, resistors must have the following rating: resistance tolerance 5% or better,
power rating 0.5 W or more.
S800 I/O
AI880A
Ux
R2
CHx
R1
Figure 55. Field Loop Arrangement

For applications where a field loop error shall not lead to immediate trip, the
input value must be delayed with (at least) 200ms. This delay should be
implemented in the application program. The delay is needed since the input
value may change state a short time before the field loop error is detected.
Self-diagnostic functions
162
Errors in External power supply and External shunt error are reported as
External channel error.
Errors in Low Pass Filter, and Test channels are reported as channel error.
Errors in Analog to Digital converters, Multiplexer, Analog references, Internal

power supplies, Errors in micro controller, FPGA and Memory are reported as
Module Error.
3BSE020924-510 B
Technical Data
Table 31. AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module Specifications

at 25 C
Feature
AI880 High Integrity Analog Input Module
Number of channels
Type of input
Measurement range
0...20 mA
4... 20 mA
Over range
+12% (0...20mA)
+15% (4...20mA)
Input impedance (at current input) 250 (with Shunt stick TY801)
600 meters, (656 yd.)
Voltage input, maximum nondestructive
11 V d.c.
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz
>40 dB
Error
<0.1%
Safety accuracy
1.9% (configurable 0.6-5%)
Resolution
12 bit
Temperature drift
Max. 50 ppm/ C
Update cycle time
10 ms
(Modulebus)
50 mA (max)
(Modulebus)
45 mA
(process power supply, UPx)
260 mA (max) (4 + transmitter current)
Power dissipation
2.4 W
3BSE020924-510 B
163
Table 31. AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module Specifications

at 25 C (Continued)
Feature
AI880 High Integrity Analog Input Module
Transmitter supply (per channel):
Hart Compatible
Voltage: Process power supply (Upx) - max
4.5 V
Current: 32 mA + - 10%(1)
Voltage supervision
Internal voltage, field power input, field power

output per channel
Input filter rise time (0-90%)
190 ms (HW filter)
Isolation
8 inputs isolated from ground in one group
TU834 (single)
TU844, TU845, TU854 (redundant)
MTU keying code
FF (AI880), FD (AI880A)
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) If the transmitter need more current to start up, use external power for the transmitter
164
3BSE020924-510 B
FPGA
24 V
UP
ZP
U1
R
W
F
P
T 24 V
Mux
I1U
LP
I1UC
U8
MCU
T 24 V
Mux
I8U
LP
I8UC
LP
Mux
LP
3BSE020924-510 B
165
Process Connections
Shielded cables should be used for process connections (over all shield is sufficient
if a multi core cable contains sorted signal types).
Process
Connection
166
TU834
TU844
TU845
Terminal
TU854
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+
1, 14, 11, 24
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
2, 15, 12, 25
U1
B1
Ch1, Current Input
B2
16
Ch1, Return (ZP)
A1,A2
U2
B3
Ch 2, Current Input
B4
17
Ch 2, Return (ZP)
A3, A4
U3
B5
Ch 3, Current Input
B6
18
Ch 3, Return (ZP)
A5, A6
U4
B7
Ch 4, Current Input
B8
19
Ch 4, Return (ZP)
A7, A8
U5
B9
Ch 5, Current Input
B10
20
Ch 5, Return (ZP)
A9, A10
U6
B11
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
Connection
3BSE020924-510 B
TU834
TU844
TU845
Terminal
TU854
Terminal
Ch 6, Current Input
B12
21
Ch 6, Return (ZP)
A11, A12 -
U7
B13
Ch 7, Current Input
B14
22
Ch 7, Return (ZP)
A13, A14 -
U8
B15
10
Ch 8, Current Input
B16
23
Ch 8, Return (ZP)
A15, A16 -
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L2-
167
Figure 57 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Analog Input
Module AI880/AI880A when installed on a TU844 or TU845 redundant MTU.
Process
TU844/TU845
+24V
Pwr.
Source
0V
U1
4 - 20mA
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1
B2
Ch1
A1,A2
2 - Wire
XMTRs
U2
4 - 20mA
Ch2
0 - 20mA
Ch3
A3,A4
ZP
4 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 20mA
Ch4
ZP
U5
0 - 20mA
B3
B4
Ch5
ZP
U6
B5
B6
A5,A6
B7
B8
A7,A8
B9
B10
A9,A10
B11
B12
Ch6
ZP
A11,A12
0 - 20mA
U7
Ch7
B13
B14
0 - 20mA
ZP
U8
Ch8
A13,A14
B15
B16
ZP
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
4 - 20mA
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0V
AI880/AI880A
L+
LShunt
sticks
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
LEM
AI880
---
L+
LU1
I1U
I1I
ZP
Mux.
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L-
EM
Figure 57. AI880/AI880A with TU844 or TU845 Redundant MTU Process Connections
168
3BSE020924-510 B
Module AI880/AI880A when installed on a TU844 or TU845 redundant MTU and
used as Loop Supervised DI.
Process
+24V
Pwr.
Source
0V
U1
0 - 20mA
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1
B2
Ch1
A1,A2
2 - Wire
sensors
U2
0 - 20mA
Ch2
0 - 20mA
Ch3
A3,A4
ZP
4 - Wire
sensors
0 - 20mA
Ch4
ZP
U5
0 - 20mA
3 - Wire
sensors
Ch5
ZP
U6
0 - 20mA
B3
B4
B5
B6
A5,A6
B7
B8
A7,A8
B9
B10
A9,A10
B11
B12
Ch6
ZP
A11,A12
0 - 20mA
U7
Ch7
B13
B14
0 - 20mA
ZP
U8
Ch8
A13,A14
B15
B16
ZP
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
R1
R2
0V
TU844/TU845
L+ AI880/AI880A
L-
Shunt
sticks
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
LEM
---
L+ AI880
LU1
I1U
I1I
ZP
Mux.
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L-
EM
Figure 58. AI880/AI880A with TU844 or TU845 Redundant MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
169
Module AI880/AI880A when installed on a TU834 single MTU.
Process
TU834
+24V
Pwr.
Source
0V
U1
4 - 20mA
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1
B2
Ch1
A1,A2
2 - Wire
XMTRs
U2
4 - 20mA
Ch2
0 - 20mA
Ch3
A3,A4
ZP
4 - Wire
XMTRs
0 - 20mA
Ch4
ZP
U5
0 - 20mA
Ch5
ZP
U6
4 - 20mA
B3
B4
B5
B6
A5,A6
B7
B8
A7,A8
B9
B10
A9,A10
B11
B12
Ch6
ZP
A11,A12
0 - 20mA
U7
Ch7
B13
B14
0 - 20mA
ZP
U8
Ch8
A13,A14
B15
B16
ZP
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
3 - Wire
XMTRs
0V
L+
AI880/AI880A
LShunt
sticks
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
LEM
Figure 59. AI880/AI880A with TU834 Single MTU Process Connections
170
3BSE020924-510 B
Module AI880/AI880A when installed on a TU834 single MTU and used as Loop
Supervised DI.
Process
TU834
+24V
Pwr.
Source
0V
U1
4 - 20mA
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1
B2
Ch1
A1,A2
2 - Wire
sensors
U2
4 - 20mA
Ch2
0 - 20mA
Ch3
A3,A4
ZP
4 - Wire
sensors
0 - 20mA
Ch4
ZP
U5
0 - 20mA
3 - Wire
sensors
Ch5
ZP
U6
4 - 20mA
B3
B4
B5
B6
A5,A6
B7
B8
A7,A8
B9
B10
A9,A10
B11
B12
Ch6
ZP
A11,A12
0 - 20mA
U7
Ch7
B13
B14
0 - 20mA
ZP
U8
Ch8
A13,A14
B15
B16
ZP
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
R1
R2
0V
L+
AI880/AI880A
LShunt
sticks
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
U2
I2U
I2I
ZP
U3
I3U
I3I
ZP
Mux.
U4
I4U
I4I
ZP
U5
I5U
I5I
ZP
U6
I6U
I6I
ZP
U7
I7U
I7I
ZP
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
LEM
Figure 60. AI880/AI880A with TU834 Single MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
171
AO801 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA

Features
8 channels of 0...20 mA, 4...20

mA outputs.
OSP sets outputs to

predetermined state upon error
detection.
Analog Output is to be short

circuit secured to ZP or +24 V.
Process and power connection

via detachable connectors.
STATUS
AO801
0(4)...20mA
Description
The AO801 Analog Output Module

has 8 unipolar analog output
channels.
The module performs selfdiagnostic cyclically. A low
internal power supply sets the
module in INIT state (no signal
from the module).
L+ L- 24V
1
O -
2
O -
3
4
O - O -
5
O -
6
O -
7
O -
8
O -
Technical Data
Table 33. AO801 Analog Output Module Specifications at 25C

Feature
172
AO801 Analog Output Module
Number of channels
Output rang
0... 20mA, 4...20mA(1)
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 33. AO801 Analog Output Module Specifications at 25C (Continued)

Feature
Over range
15%
Output load
Max 850 ohms (external 24 V > 24 V) (2)

(24 V external - 7) /0.02 (external 24 V <
24 V)
Rise time
10s
Cycle time
1 ms
Error
Max. 0.1%
Resolution
12 bit
Output Set as Predetermined 256, 512, 1024 ms

(OSP) timer
Temperature drift
Typ. 30 ppm/ C
Max. 60 ppm/ C
200 mA (max)
(Modulebus)
70 mA (max)
Power dissipation
3.8 W
Isolation
50 V
500 V a.c.
Solid: 0.05-2.5mm2, 30-12 AWG

Recommended torque: 0.5 - 0.6Nm
(1) 4...20 mA handled by the FCI or controller
3BSE020924-510 B
173
(2) See Power Dissipation Calculation below.
Power Dissipation Calculation
If output load <250 ohms and high power supply can max. power dissipation be
exceeded.
The total power dissipated in the output stages should be <1.2 W. Can be calculated
according to:
UP <24 V
UP >24 V
UP
ICHi
RLi
= Power supply to the output stages

= Average output current per channel
= Output load per channel
Temporary overload or short circuit does not cause any damage but long term
overload will decrease module MTBF.
174
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram AO801
L+
L-
STATUS
#
EMC
prot
1O
1-
Pos
MBI
CPU
5VS
EMC
prot
8O
8-
5V
ZD
Power_ok
EM
Figure 61. A0801 Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B
175
Process Connections
Table 34. A0801 Process Connections

Process
Connection
176
Process
Terminal
Ch1, + Output
1O
Ch1 Return (ZP)
1-
Ch 2, + Output
2O
Ch2 Return (ZP)
2-
Ch 3, + Output
3O
Ch3 Return (ZP)
3-
Ch 4, + Output
4O
Ch4 Return (ZP)
4-
Ch 5, + Output
5O
Ch5 Return (ZP)
5-
Ch 6, + Output
6O
Ch6 Return (ZP)
6-
Ch 7, + Output
7O
Ch7 Return (ZP)
7-
Ch 8, + Output
8O
Ch8 Return (ZP)
8-
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 62 shows the process connections for the AO801.
Process
Device
AO801
D/A
1O
1-
0 - 20mA
2O
2-
0 - 20mA
D/A
3O
3-
0 - 20mA
D/A
4O
4-
0 - 20mA
D/A
5O
5-
0 - 20mA
D/A
6O
6-
0 - 20mA
D/A
7O
7-
0 - 20mA
D/A
8O
8-
0 - 20mA
D/A
L+
+24V
L-
0V
EM
Figure 62. AO801 Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
177
AO810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA

Features
8 channels of 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA outputs.
OSP sets outputs to predetermined state

upon error detection.
Analog Output is to be short circuit secured

to ZP or +24 V.
Description
The AO810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module

has
8 unipolar analog output channels.
To supervise the communication to the D/Aconverters the serial data is read back and
verified. The open-circuit diagnostic is received
during the readback.
The module performs self-diagnostic cyclically.
The module diagnostics includes process power
supply supervision, which is reported when
supply voltage to output circuitry is to low. The
error is reported as a channel error.
The channel diagnostic includes fault detection
of the channel (only reported on active
channels). The error is reported if the output
current is less than the output set value and the
output set value is greater than 1 mA.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU and the
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU enables wire connection to the devices without
additional terminals. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
connector for connection to the process.
178
3BSE020924-510 B
Technical Data
Table 35. AO810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module Specifications at 25C

AO810/AO810V2
Analog Output Module
Feature
Number of channels
Output range
0... 20 mA, 4...20 mA (1)
Over range
15%
Output load
500 ohms(2),
250 - 850 ohms(3)
Rise time
0 - 90% 0.35 ms RL = 500 ohms
Cycle time
2 ms
Error
Max. 0.1% at 0 - 500 ohms
Resolution
14 bit
Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) timer
256, 512, 1024 ms
Temperature drift
Typ. 30 ppm/ C
Max. 60 ppm/ C
AO810: 200 mA (max)

AO810V2: 245 mA(4)
(max 20mA on 8 channels)
Supervision
Module: Output power low

Channel: Open-circuit
(for current > 1 mA)
70 mA (max)
Power dissipation (5)
2.3 W
Isolation
TU810, TU812, TU814 and

TU830
3BSE020924-510 B
179
Table 35. AO810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module Specifications at 25C (Continued)

AO810/AO810V2
Feature
MTU keying code
AE
50 V
500 V a.c.

(2) With supply connected to L1+ only
(3) With supply connected to L2+ only.
Note: RL = 250...850 ohms (with power supply connected to L2+), for AO810V2 850 ohms
even at 19.2 V
Power supply min.= U drop + I max. x RL = 7.7 V + 0.023 x RL(>19.2 V)
Power Supply max. = 30 V
(4) AO810V2 replaces AO810
(5) 250 ohm load, 70% of nominal current, all channels activated. Supply L+ connected.
180
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram AO810/AO810V2
L2+
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
OSP
L1+
ZP
#
EMC
prot
O1
ZP
Pos
MBI-2
CPU
5VS
5V
ZD
Power_ok
EMC
prot
O8
ZP
EM
Figure 63. AO810/AO810V2 Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B
181
Process Connections

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process
Connection
182
TU812
DSub 25 male
connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
B1, B2
Ch1, + Output
C1
C1
Ch1 Return (ZP)
A1
A1, A2
B3, B4
Ch 2, + Output
C2
C3
Ch2 Return (ZP)
A2
A3, A4
B5, B6
Ch 3, + Output
C3
C5
Ch3 Return (ZP)
A3
A5, A6
B7, B8
Ch 4, + Output
C4
C7
Ch4 Return (ZP)
A4
A7, A8
B9, B10
Ch 5, + Output
C5
C9
Ch5 Return (ZP)
A5
A9, A10
B11, B12
Ch 6, + Output
C6
C11
Ch6 Return (ZP)
A6
A11, A12
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 36. A0810 Process Connections (Continued)

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process
Connection
TU812
DSub 25 male
connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
B13, B14
Ch 7, + Output
C7
C13
Ch7 Return (ZP)
A7
A13, A14
B15, B16
Ch 8, + Output
C8
10
C15
Ch8 Return (ZP)
A8
A15, A16
+24 V dc
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
0 V dc (ZP)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B
183
Figure 64 shows the process connections for the Analog Output Module
AO810/AO810V2 when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
AO810/AO810V2
Process
Device
TU830/TU833
6.3A
Fuse
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
+24V
0V
B1
D/A
O1
ZP
D/A
O2
ZP
D/A
O3
ZP
D/A
O4
ZP
D/A
O5
ZP
Ch1 +
Ch1 -
0 - 20mA
Ch2 +
Ch2 -
0 - 20mA
Ch3 +
Ch3 -
0 - 20mA
C7
A7
B9
Ch4 +
Ch4 -
0 - 20mA
C9
A9
Ch5 +
Ch5 -
0 - 20mA
Ch6 +
Ch6 -
0 - 20mA
C1
A1
B3
C3
A3
RL < 500 ohms

(with power supply
connected to L1+,
See Note below)
B5
C5
A5
B7
B11
D/A
C11
A11
O6
ZP
B13
O7
ZP
C13
A13
B15
Ch7 +
Ch7 -
0 - 20mA
D/A
O8
ZP
C15
A15
Ch8 +
Ch8 -
0 - 20mA
D/A
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
+24V
6.3A
Fuse
EM
0V
Note: RL = 250...850 ohms (with power supply

connected to L2+)
Power supply min. = 7.7V+0.023 x RL,
RL min = 250 ohms (including all outputs)
Figure 64. AO810/AO810V2 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections
184
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 65 shows the process connections for the AO810/AO810V2 when installed
on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
AO810/AO810V2
Process
Device
TU810
(or TU814)
L1+
L1+
L1-
+24V
0V
D/A
O1
ZP
C1
A1
Ch1 +
Ch1 -
0 - 20mA
O2
ZP
C2
A2
Ch2 +
Ch2 -
0 - 20mA
D/A
O3
ZP
C3
A3
Ch3 +
Ch3 -
0 - 20mA
D/A
O4
ZP
C4
A4
Ch4 +
Ch4 -
0 - 20mA
D/A
O5
ZP
C5
A5
Ch5 +
Ch5 -
0 - 20mA
D/A
O6
ZP
C6
A6
Ch6 +
Ch6 -
0 - 20mA
D/A
O7
ZP
C7
A7
Ch7 +
Ch7 -
0 - 20mA
D/A
D/A
O8
ZP
C8
A8
Ch8 +
Ch8 -
EM
L2+
L2+
L2-
+24V
0V
RL < 500 ohms

(with power supply
connected to L1+,
See Note below)

connected to L2+)
for AO810V2 850 ohms even at 19.2 V
Power Supply = 19.2 to 30V
Figure 65. AO810/AO810V2 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process

Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
185
Figure 66 shows the process connections for the Analog Output Module
AO810/AO810V2 when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
AO810/AO810V2
TU812
+24V UP1 1
UP1 14
14
ZP1 2
0V
D/A
O1
ZP
ZP1 15
15
Ch1 + S1 3
S2 16
16
Ch2 + S3 4
O2
ZP
S4 17
17
D/A
Ch3 + S5 5
S6 18
18
D/A
O3
ZP
Ch4 + S7 6
S8 19
19
O4
ZP
Ch5 + S9 7
S10 20
20
D/A
D/A
O5
ZP
Ch6 + S11 8
S12 21
21
Ch7 + S13 9
S14 22
22
Ch8 + S15 10
10
S16 23
23
+24V UP2 11
11
D/A
O6
ZP
D/A
O7
ZP
UP2 24
24
D/A
O8
ZP
0V ZP2 12
12
ZP2 25
25
EM 13
13
RL < 500 ohms

(with power supply
connected to L1+,
See Note below)
Process
Connection
EM
connected to L2+)
for AO810V2 850 ohms even at 19.2 V
Power Supply = 19.2 to 30V
Figure 66. AO810/AO810V2 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
186
3BSE020924-510 B

Features
8 channels of 4...20 mA outputs.


to ZP or +24 V.
12 bit resolution.
Description
The AO815 Analog Output Module has 8

unipolar analog output channels.
Module diagnostics include:
External Channel Error is reported (only

reported on active channels) if the process
power supply that supply voltage to output
circuitry is too low, or the output current is
less than the output set value and the output
set value is greater than 1 mA (open circuit).
Internal Channel Error is reported if the

output circuit can not give the right current
value.
Module Error is reported in case of Output Transistor Error, Short Circuit,

Checksum Error, Internal Power Supply Error or Watchdog error.
The module has HART pass-through functionality. Only point to point

communication is supported. The output filter must be enabled on channels used for
HART communication.
3BSE020924-510 B
187
Technical Data

AO815
Feature
188
Number of channels
Output range
4...20 mA
Over range
15%
Output load
Max 750 ohms
Rise time output filter

- disable
- enable
23 ms (0-90%)
max 4 mA / 12.5 ms
Cycle time
10 ms
Error
Max. 0.1%
Resolution
12 bit
256, 512, 1024 ms
Temperature drift
Max. 50 ppm/ C
165 mA (max)
125 mA (max)
3.5 W
3BSE020924-510 B

AO815
Feature
Isolation
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830

and TU833
MTU keying code
DB
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) 250 ohm load, 70% of nominal current, all channels activated.
3BSE020924-510 B
189
Block Diagram AO815
UP21
R
O1
W
F
O
#
ZP
Open
Wire
Cntr.
Reg.
8-bit
UP21
CPU
MBI
O8
Mux
ZP
HART
Modem
UP
HART
UP21
ZP
E
Main switch
RCL_out
MS
Figure 67. AO815 Block Diagram
190
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
TU812
DSub 25
male
connector(1)
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process
Connection
TU830/TU833
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
B1, B2
Ch1, + Output
C1
C1
Ch1 Return (ZP)
A1
A1, A2
B3, B4
Ch 2, + Output
C2
C3
Ch2 Return (ZP)
A2
A3, A4
B5, B6
Ch 3, + Output
C3
C5
Ch3 Return (ZP)
A3
A5, A6
B7, B8
Ch 4, + Output
C4
C7
Ch4 Return (ZP)
A4
A7, A8
B9, B10
Ch 5, + Output
C5
C9
Ch5 Return (ZP)
A5
A9, A10
B11, B12
Ch 6, + Output
C6
C11
191

TU812
DSub 25
male
connector(1)
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process
Connection
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Ch6 Return (ZP)
A6
A11, A12
B13, B14
Ch 7, + Output
C7
C13
Ch7 Return (ZP)
A7
A13, A14
B15, B16
Ch 8, + Output
C8
10
C15
Ch8 Return (ZP)
A8
A15, A16
0 V dc (ZP)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
192
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 76 shows the process connections for the AO815 when installed on a
TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
6.3A
Fuse
D/A
B1
O1
ZP
C1,C2
A1,A2
D/A
O2
ZP
D/A
O3
ZP
D/A
O4
ZP
C7,C8
A7,A8
C9,C10
A9,A10
UP1
C11,C12
A11,A12
4 - 20mA
Ch3 +
Ch3 -
4 - 20mA
Ch4 +
Ch4 -
4 - 20mA
Ch5 +
Ch5 -
4 - 20mA
Ch6 +
Ch6 -
4 - 20mA
Ch7 +
Ch7 -
4 - 20mA
Ch8 +
Ch8 -
4 - 20mA
B13
UP1
C13,C14
A13,A14
B15
UP1
C15,C16
A15,A16
6.3A
Fuse
EM
Ch2 +
Ch2 -
B11
O6
ZP
D/A
4 - 20mA
B9
O5
ZP
O8
ZP
Ch1 +
Ch1 -
B7
UP1
O7
ZP
0V
B5
C5,C6
A5,A6
UP1
D/A
+24V
B3
C3,C4
A3,A4
UP1
D/A
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
UP1
UP1
D/A
Process
Device
TU830/TU833
AO815
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
Figure 68. AO815 with TU830/TU833 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
193
Figure 77 shows the process connections for the AO815 when installed on a TU810
Process
Device
TU810
(or TU814)
AO815
L1+
L1+
L1-
+24V
B1,C1
A1
Ch1 +
Ch1 -
4 - 20mA
B2,C2
A2
Ch2 +
Ch2 -
4 - 20mA
B3,C3
A3
Ch3 +
Ch3 -
4 - 20mA
B4,C4
A4
Ch4 +
Ch4 -
4 - 20mA
B5,C5
A5
Ch5 +
Ch5 -
4 - 20mA
B6,C6
A6
Ch6 +
Ch6 -
4 - 20mA
B7,C7
A7
Ch7 +
Ch7 -
4 - 20mA
B8,C8
A8
Ch8 +
Ch8 -
4 - 20mA
0V
UP1
D/A
O1
ZP
UP1
D/A
O2
ZP
UP1
D/A
O3
ZP
UP1
D/A
O4
ZP
UP1
D/A
O5
ZP
UP1
D/A
O6
ZP
UP1
D/A
O7
ZP
UP1
D/A
EM
O8
ZP
L2+
L2+
L2-
0V
Figure 69. AO815 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
194
3BSE020924-510 B
Compact MTU.
TU812
+24V
AO815
0V
UP1
D/A
O1
ZP
UP1
D/A
Ch1 +
O2
ZP
Ch2 +
Ch3 +
UP1
D/A
O3
ZP
O4
ZP
UP1 14
14
ZP1
ZP1 15
15
S2 16
16
S4 17
17
S5 5
S1
S3
S6 18
18
Ch4 +
S7 6
S8 19
19
Ch5 +
S9 7
UP1
D/A
UP1
S10 20
20
Ch6 + S11 8
Process
Connection
UP1
D/A
O5
ZP
UP1
D/A
O6
ZP
UP1
D/A
O7
ZP
D/A
O8
ZP
UP1
S12 21
21
Ch7 + S13 9
S14 22
22
Ch8 + S15 10
10
S16 23
23
UP2 11
11
UP2 24
24
0V ZP2 12
12
ZP2 25
25
EM 13
13
EM
Figure 70. AO815 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
195
AO820 Galvanically Isolated Bipolar Analog Output Module
AO820 Galvanically Isolated Bipolar Analog Output

Module
Features
4 channels of -20 mA...+20 mA, 0...20 mA,

4...20 mA or -10 V...+10 V, 0...10 V, 2...10
V outputs.
Individually galvanically isolated channels.

Description
The AO820 Analog Output Module has 4

bipolar analog output channels. The choice of
current or voltage output is configurable for
each channel. There are separate sets of
terminals for voltage and current outputs, and it
is up to the user to wire outputs properly.
The only differences between current or voltage
channel configuration is in software settings.
To supervise the communication to the A/Dconverters the output data is read back and
verified. The open-circuit diagnostics are read
continuously as well.
The process voltage supervision input give
channel error signals if the voltage
disappears.The error signal can be read via the
ModuleBus.
The Channel diagnostics include fault detection of the channel (only reported on
active channels). The error is reported if the output current differ from the output set
value (that is, open wire condition).
196
3BSE020924-510 B
Technical Data

AO820
Feature
Number of channels
Output ranges (nominal)
-20 mA...+20 mA, 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA

(1)
or -10 V...+10 V, 0...10 V, 2...10 V(1)
Over range
15%
Output load
550 ohms - Nominal ranges

510 ohms - Over-range
Output load, voltage outputs
5k ohms
Rise time
< 0.7 ms
Cycle time for all channels
1.5 ms
Error, Voltage
Max. 0.1%
Error, Current
at 250 ohms typ. 0.1%, max. 0.15%
Resolution
12 bits plus sign
Output Set as Predetermined (OSP)

timer
256, 512, 1024 ms
Temperature drift
Max. 90 ppm/C
260 mA (max)
100 mA (max)
3BSE020924-510 B
197

AO820
Feature
6W
Supervision
Module: Output power low

Channel: Open circuit (for current >
1mA)
Isolation
Individually isolated,
channel-to-channel and to circuit
common
TU810, TU812, TU814 or TU830
MTU keying code
BC
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) Handled by the controller or FCI.

(2) Power dissipation is calculated with 250 ohms load, 70 percent of nominal output current, all
channels activated.
198
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram AO820

FAULT
RUN
WARNING
OSP
Iso Power U,I Amp

and Amp
O1U+
EMC
protect
S/H
O1I+
O1U-
Current sense
O1I-
ZP1
CPU
EM
DAT+
DATCLK+
CLK5VS
MBI-2
ModuleBus
Pos
5V
Iso Power
and Amp
U,I Amp
0V
+24V
O4U+
EMC
protect
Amp
O4IO4U-
+0V24
Block
Power_ok
Current sense
O4I-
ZP4
EM
Figure 71. AO820 Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B
199
Process Connections

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process Connection
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Not used
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
Not used
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
B1, B2
Ch1, Current Output + C1
C1
Ch1, Current Output -
B1
16
C2
A1
A1, A2
B3, B4
Ch1, Voltage Output + C2
C3
Ch1, Voltage Output -
B2
17
C4
A2
A3, A4
B5, B6
C5
B3
18
C6
A3
A5, A6
B7, B8
C7
B4
19
C8
A4
A7, A8
B9, B10
C9
200
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
3BSE020924-510 B

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process Connection
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
B5
20
C10
A5
A9, A10
B11, B12
C11
B6
21
C12
A6
A11, A12
B13, B14
C13
B7
22
C14
A7
A13, A14
B15, B16
10
C15
B8
23
C16
A8
A15, A16
Not used
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
Not used
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B
201
Figure 72 shows the process connections for the Bipolar Analog Output Module
AO820 when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
6.3A
Fuse
L1+
L1+
L1L1C1
C2
Ch1 I+
Ch1 -
O1U
ZP1
C3
C4
Ch1 V+
Ch1 -
O2I
ZP2
C5
C6
Ch2 I+
Ch2 -
O2U
ZP2
C7
C8
Ch2 V+
Ch2 -
D/A
D/A
O3I
ZP3
C9
C10
Ch3 I+
Ch3 -
O3U
ZP3
C11
C12
Ch3 V+
Ch3 -
O4I
ZP4
C13
C14
Ch4 I+
Ch4 -
O4U
ZP4
C15
C16
Ch4 V+
Ch4 -
6.3A
Fuse
EM
RL = <550 ohms for

current outputs
O1I
ZP1
D/A
D/A
Process
Device
TU830/TU833
AO820
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
20mA
0 - 20mA
Use either the current or

voltage output terminals,
but not both per channel.
10V
0 - 10V
RL = >2K ohms for

voltage outputs
Figure 72. AO820 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections
202
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
Device
TU810
(or TU814)
AO820
L1+
L1+
L1-
D/A
RL = <550 ohms for

current outputs
O1I
ZP1
C1
B1
Ch1 I+
Ch1 -
O1U
ZP1
C2
B2
Ch1 V+
Ch1 -
O2I
ZP2
C3
B3
Ch2 I+
Ch2 -
O2U
ZP2
C4
B4
Ch2 V+
Ch2 -
20mA
0 - 20mA
D/A
O3I
ZP3
D/A
D/A
EM
C5
B5
Ch3 I+
Ch3 -
O3U
ZP3
C6
B6
O4I
ZP4
C7
B7
Ch4 I+
Ch4 -
O4U
ZP4
C8
B8
Ch4 V+
Ch4 -
L2+
L2+
L2-
Ch3 V+
Ch3 -
Use either the current or

voltage output terminals,
but not both per channel.
10V
0 - 10V
RL = >2K ohms for

voltage outputs
Figure 73. AO820 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
203
Compact MTU
AO820
L1+
TU812
+24V UP1 1
UP1 14
14
ZP1 2
0V ZP1 15
15
L1-
O1I
ZP1
C1
B1
Ch1 I+
Ch1 -
O1U
ZP1
O2I
ZP2
C2
B2
C3
B3
S2 16
16
S1
D/A
Ch1 V+
Ch1 -
S4 17
17
S3
S6 18
18
S5
Ch2 I+
Ch2 -
S8 19
19
S7
D/A
O2U
ZP2
C4
B4
Ch2 V+
Ch2 -
S10 20
20
S9
D/A
D/A
EM
O3I
ZP3
C5
B5
Ch3 I+
Ch3 -
O3U
ZP3
C6
B6
Ch3 V+
Ch3 -
S12 21
21
S11
S14 22
22
S15 10
10
S16 23
23
+24V UP2 11
11
UP2 24
24
ZP2 12
12
L2+
0V ZP2 25
25
L2-
EM 13
13
O4I
ZP4
C7
B7
O4U
ZP4
C8 Ch4 V+
B8 Ch4 -
S13
Ch4 I+
Ch4 -
Process
Connection
Figure 74. AO820 with TU812 Compact MTU
204
3BSE020924-510 B
AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module, Single or Redundant
AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module,

Single or Redundant
Features
8 channels of 4...20 mA outputs.
For single or redundant applications.


to ZP or +24 V.
12 bit resolution.
Description
The AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module

for single or redundant applications has 8
unipolar analog output channels.
External Channel Error is reported (only

reported on active channels) if the process
power supply that supply voltage to output
circuitry is too low, or the output current is
less than the output set value and the output
set value > 1 mA (open circuit).
Internal Channel Error is reported if the output circuit can not give the right
current value. In a redundant pair the module will be commanded to error state
by the ModuleBus master.
3BSE020924-510 B
205
Module Error is reported in case of Output Transistor Error, Short Circuit,

Checksum Error, Internal Power Supply Error, Status Link Error, Watchdog or
Wrong OSP behavior.
The module has HART pass-through functionality. Only point to point

communication is supported. The output filter must be enabled on channels used for
HART communication.
Five different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. The TU830/
TU833 Extended MTU and the TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU enables wire
connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU812 Compact MTU
has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
For redundant applications there are three types of MTUs, TU842/TU852 for
mounting on a horizontal DIN rail and TU843 for mounting on a vertical DIN rail.
Technical Data
Table 41. AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module Specifications at 25C

AO845/AO845A
Feature
206
Number of channels
Output range
4...20 mA
Over range
15%
Output load
Max 750 ohms
Rise time output filter

- disable
- enable
23 ms (0-90%)
max 4 mA / 12.5 ms
Cycle time
10 ms
Error
Max. 0.1%
Resolution
12 bit
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 41. AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module Specifications at 25C (Continued)

Feature
AO845/AO845A
256, 512, 1024 ms
Temperature drift
Max. 50 ppm/ C
218 mA (max 20mA on

8 channels)
125 mA (max)
3.5 W
Isolation
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830,

TU833, TU842, TU843 and
TU852
MTU keying code
AO845: CC
AO845A: DB
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) 250 ohm load, 70% of nominal current, all channels activated.
3BSE020924-510 B
207
Block Diagram AO845/AO845A
UP21
R
W
F
O
O1
#
ZP
Open
Wire
Cntr.
Reg.
8-bit
UP21
O8
CPU
MBI
#
Mux
ZP
HART
Modem
UP
ZP
E
HART
UP21
Main switch
RCL_out
MS
Figure 75. AO845/AO845A Block Diagram
208
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
Table 42. AO845/AO845A Process Connections
TU812
DSub 25
male
connector(1)
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process
Connection
TU830/TU833 TU842/TU843
Terminal
Terminal
TU852
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+
1, 14 (X1a)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1-
2, 15 (X1a)
B1, B2
Ch1, + Output
C1
C1
C1, C2
3 (X1a)
Ch1 Return (ZP)
A1
A1, A2
A1, A2
B3, B4
Ch 2, + Output
C2
C3
C3, C4
4 (X1a)
Ch2 Return (ZP)
A2
A3, A4
A3, A4
B5, B6
Ch 3, + Output
C3
C5
C5, C6
5 (X1a)
Ch3 Return (ZP)
A3
A5, A6
A5, A6
B7, B8
Ch 4, + Output
C4
C7
C7, C8
6 (X1a)
Ch4 Return (ZP)
A4
A7, A8
A7,A8
B9, B10
Ch 5, + Output
C5
C9
C9, C10
7 (X1a)
Ch5 Return (ZP)
A5
A9, A10
A9, A10-
B11, B12
Ch 6, + Output
C6
C11
C11, C12
8 (X1a)
3BSE020924-510 B
209
Table 42. AO845/AO845A Process Connections (Continued)

TU812
DSub 25
male
connector(1)
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Process
Connection
TU830/TU833 TU842/TU843
Terminal
Terminal
TU852
Terminal
Ch6 Return (ZP)
A6
A11, A12
A11, A12
B13, B14
Ch 7, + Output
C7
C13
C13, C14
9 (X1a)
Ch7 Return (ZP)
A7
A13, A14
A13, A14
B15, B16
Ch 8, + Output
C8
10
C15
C15, C16
10 (X1a)
Ch8 Return (ZP)
A8
A15, A16
A15, A16
0 V dc (ZP)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2-
12, 25 (X1a)
210
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 76 shows the process connections for the AO845/AO845A when installed on
a TU830 Extended MTU.
6.3A
Fuse
D/A
B1
O1
ZP
C1,C2
A1,A2
D/A
O2
ZP
D/A
O3
ZP
D/A
O4
ZP
C7,C8
A7,A8
C9,C10
A9,A10
UP1
C11,C12
A11,A12
4 - 20mA
Ch3 +
Ch3 -
4 - 20mA
Ch4 +
Ch4 -
4 - 20mA
Ch5 +
Ch5 -
4 - 20mA
Ch6 +
Ch6 -
4 - 20mA
Ch7 +
Ch7 -
4 - 20mA
Ch8 +
Ch8 -
4 - 20mA
B13
UP1
C13,C14
A13,A14
B15
UP1
C15,C16
A15,A16
6.3A
Fuse
EM
Ch2 +
Ch2 -
B11
O6
ZP
D/A
4 - 20mA
B9
O5
ZP
O8
ZP
Ch1 +
Ch1 -
B7
UP1
O7
ZP
0V
B5
C5,C6
A5,A6
UP1
D/A
+24V
B3
C3,C4
A3,A4
UP1
D/A
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
UP1
UP1
D/A
Process
Device
TU830/TU833
AO845/AO845A
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
Figure 76. AO845/AO845A with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
211
a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
Device
TU810
(or TU814)
AO845/AO845A
L1+
L1+
L1-
+24V
B1,C1
A1
Ch1 +
Ch1 -
4 - 20mA
B2,C2
A2
Ch2 +
Ch2 -
4 - 20mA
B3,C3
A3
Ch3 +
Ch3 -
4 - 20mA
B4,C4
A4
Ch4 +
Ch4 -
4 - 20mA
B5,C5
A5
Ch5 +
Ch5 -
4 - 20mA
B6,C6
A6
Ch6 +
Ch6 -
4 - 20mA
B7,C7
A7
Ch7 +
Ch7 -
4 - 20mA
B8,C8
A8
Ch8 +
Ch8 -
4 - 20mA
0V
UP1
D/A
O1
ZP
UP1
D/A
O2
ZP
UP1
D/A
O3
ZP
UP1
D/A
O4
ZP
UP1
D/A
O5
ZP
UP1
D/A
O6
ZP
UP1
D/A
O7
ZP
UP1
D/A
EM
O8
ZP
L2+
L2+
L2-
0V
Figure 77. AO845/AO845A with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process

Connections
212
3BSE020924-510 B
a TU812 Compact MTU.
TU812
+24V
AO845/AO845A
0V
UP1
D/A
O1
ZP
UP1
D/A
Ch1 +
O2
ZP
Ch2 +
Ch3 +
UP1
D/A
O3
ZP
O4
ZP
UP1 14
14
ZP1
ZP1 15
15
S2 16
16
S4 17
17
S5 5
S1
S3
S6 18
18
Ch4 +
S7 6
S8 19
19
Ch5 +
S9 7
UP1
D/A
UP1
S10 20
20
Ch6 + S11 8
Process
Connection
UP1
D/A
O5
ZP
UP1
D/A
O6
ZP
UP1
D/A
O7
ZP
D/A
O8
ZP
UP1
S12 21
21
Ch7 + S13 9
S14 22
22
Ch8 + S15 10
10
S16 23
23
UP2 11
11
UP2 24
24
0V ZP2 12
12
ZP2 25
25
EM 13
13
EM
Figure 78. AO845/AO845A with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
213
a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
AO845/AO845A
TU842/TU843
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
Process
Device
+24V
0V
O1
ZP
C1, C2
A1, A2
Ch1 +
Ch1 -
4 - 20mA
D/A
O2
ZP
C3, C4
A3, A4
Ch2 +
Ch2 -
4 - 20mA
D/A
O3
ZP
C5, C6
A5, A6
Ch3 +
Ch3 -
4 - 20mA
D/A
O4
ZP
C7, C8
A7, A8
Ch4 +
Ch4 -
4 - 20mA
D/A
O5
ZP
C9, C10
A9, A10
Ch5 +
Ch5 -
4 - 20mA
D/A
O6
ZP
C11, C12
A11, A12
Ch6 +
Ch6 -
4 - 20mA
D/A
O7
ZP
C13, C14
A13, A14
Ch7 +
Ch7 -
4 - 20mA
D/A
O8
ZP
C15, C16
A15, A16
Ch8 +
Ch8 -
4 - 20mA
D/A
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
EM
0V
AO845/AO845A
O1
ZP
---
D/A
O8
ZP
D/A
EM
Figure 79. AO845/AO845A with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
214
3BSE020924-510 B

Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c.

inputs with current sinking.
1 isolated groups of 16 with

voltage supervision.
Input status indicators.
Process and power connection

via detachable connectors.
S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16
STATUS
Description
The DI801 is a 16 channel 24 V

digital input module for the S800
I/O. This module has 16 digital
inputs. The input voltage range is
18 to 30 volt d.c. and the input
current is 6 mA at 24 V. The inputs
are in one isolated group with
sixteen channels and channel
number sixteen can be used for
voltage supervision input in the
group.
DI801
24V
L+ L- 24V
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Every input channel consists of

current limiting components, EMC
protection components, input state indication LED and optical isolation barrier.
Channel 16 can be used as voltage supervision input for channels 1-15. If the
voltage connected to channel 16 disappears, the error inputs are activated. The error
signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be enabled/disabled
with the a parameter. If the error inputs are disabled channel 16 can be used as
normal input channels.
3BSE020924-510 B
215
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The different filter times that can be
achieved are 2, 4, 8 and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter
time will be filtered out and pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms will get through
the filter.
Technical Data
Table 43. DI801 Digital Input Module Specifications

DI801
Digital Input Module
Feature
216
Number of channels
16 (1 x 16), current sinking
Rated voltage
(process power supply range)
24 V d.c.
(18 to 30 V d.c.)
Input voltage range, 1
15 to 30 V
-30 to +5 V
Nominal input channel current
6.7 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input Current, 1
>3.0mA
Input Current, 0
<1.0 mA
Input Impedance
3.5 k
Filter times (digital, selectable)
2, 4, 8, 16 ms
Process voltage supervision
channel 16
Current consumption, 5 V (Modulebus)
70 mA
2.2 W
Isolation
50 V
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 43. DI801 Digital Input Module Specifications (Continued)

DI801
Feature
500 V a.c.
Solid: 0.05-2.5mm2, 30-12 AWG

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at nominal voltage of
24 Volts.
Block Diagram DI801

EMCBARRIER
CH 1
I1
CH 2
I2
CH 15
.
I15
CH 16
I16
.
STATUS
MBI
+5V
POWER-OK
0V
DAT
DAT-N
POS0-9
BLOCK
L-
EM
Figure 80. DI801 Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B
217
Process Connections
Table 44. DI801 Process Connections

Process
Connection
218
Process
Terminal
Ch1 Input
Ch 2 Input
Ch 3 Input
Ch 4 Input
Ch 5 Input
Ch 6 Input
Ch 7 Input
Ch 8 Input
Ch 9 Input
Ch 10 Input
10
Ch 11 Input
11
Ch 12 Input
12
Ch 13 Input
13
Ch 14 Input
14
Ch 15 Input
15
Ch 16 Input
16
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 81 shows the process connections for the DI801.
Process
DI801
1
2
7
8
9
10
11
-
12
13
14
15
16
+24V
0V
EM
Figure 81. DI801 Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
219
DI802 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c, Current Sinking

Features
8 channels for 120 V a.c./d.c.

Individually isolated channels.
Voltage supervision of field

input power.
Signal filtering.
Process connection via

detachable connectors.
S 1
DI802
120V a.c./d.c.
Description
The DI802 is an 8 channel 120 V

a.c./d.c.digital input module for the
S800 I/O. This module has 8 digital
inputs. The a.c. input voltage range
is 77 - 130 volt and the input
current is 10 mA at 120 V a.c.
The d.c. input range is 75 - 145 V
and the input current is 2.8 mA at
110 V. The inputs are individually
isolated.
STATUS
1
A
2
B A
3
B A
4
B A
5
B A
6
B A
7
B A
8
B A

current limiting components, EMC protection components, input state indication
LED and optical isolation barrier.
Channel 8 can be used as voltage supervision input for channels 1-7.
220
3BSE020924-510 B
If the voltage connected to channel 8 disappears, the error inputs are activated. The
error signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be
enabled/disabled with parameter a. If the error inputs are disabled, channel 8 can
be used as the normal input channel.
the filter.
Technical Data

Feature
DI802
Number of channels
8, current sinking
Rated voltage
120 V a.c.
(77 to 130 V a.c.)
110 V d.c.
(75 to 145 V d.c.)
77 to 130 V a.c.
75 to 145 V d.c.
0 to 30 V a.c.
0 to 20 V d.c.
10 mA a.c. @ 120 V a.c.

2.8 mA d.c. @ 110 V d.c.
Input frequency range a.c.
47...63 Hz
Input Impedance
12 k (a.c.)
39 k (d.c.)

100pF/m. for a.c.
600 meters (656 yd.) for d.c.
3BSE020924-510 B
221

DI802
Feature
2, 4, 8, 16 ms
Analog filter On/Off delay
5/18 ms
Channel 8
50 mA
2.8 W
Isolation
Individually isolated channels
250 V
2000 V a.c.
Solid: 0.05-2.5mm2, 30-12 AWG

(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated.
222
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DI802

BIC
INPUT CHANNELS
STATUS
Rectifiers and
filters
CH 1
X1
MBI-1
ASIC
CH 2
CH 3
Process Connector
ModuleBus Connector
0V
RESET
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
CH 4
DAT+
DAT-
RS-485
CLK+
CLK-
RS-485
CH 5
POS0-6
CH 6
CH 7
EEPROM
CH 8
E1-7
3BSE020924-510 B
223
Process Connections

Process
Connection
Ch1 Input
Process
Terminal
1A
1B
Ch 2 Input
2A
2B
Ch 3 Input
3A
3B
Ch 4 Input
4A
4B
Ch 5 Input
5A
5B
Ch 6 Input
6A
6B
Ch 7 Input
7A
7B
Ch 8 Input
8A
8B
224
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
DI802
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
5A
5B
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
8B
+120V
0V
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
225

Features
8 channels for 230 V a.c./d.c.

Voltage supervision of field

input power.
Signal filtering.

S 1
DI803
230V a.c./d.c.
Description
The DI803 is an 8 channel 230 V

a.c./d.c.digital input module for the
S800 I/O. This module has 8 digital
inputs. The a.c. input voltage range
is 164 - 264 volt and the input
current is 7.6 mA at 230 V a.c.
The d.c. input range is 175 - 275 V
and the input current is 1.6 mA at
220 V. The inputs are individually
isolated.
STATUS
1
A
2
B A
3
B A
4
B A
5
B A
6
B A
7
B A
8
B A

current limiting components, EMC protection components, input state indication
Channel 8 can be used as voltage supervision input for channels 1-7.
If the voltage connected to channel 8 disappears, the error inputs are activated. The
error signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be
226
3BSE020924-510 B
enabled/disabled with the a parameter. If the error inputs are disabled channel 8
can be used as normal input channels.
the filter.
Technical Data

Feature
DI803
Number of channels
8, current sinking
Rated voltage
230 V a.c.
(164 to 264 V a.c.)
220 V d.c.
(175 to 275 V d.c.)
164 to 264 V a.c.

175 to 275 V d.c.
0 to 50 V a.c.
0 to 40 V d.c.
7.6 mA @ 230 V a.c. (PR:A)

11mA @ 230 V a.c. (from PR:B)
1.6mA @220V d.c
Input frequency range, a.c.
4763 Hz
Input impedance
30 k (a.c.)
134 k (d.c.)

100pF/m. for a.c.
2, 4, 8, 16 ms
3BSE020924-510 B
227

DI803
Feature
5/28 ms
Channel 8
50 mA
(1)
2.8 W
Power dissipation
Isolation
250 V
2000 V a.c.
Solid: 0.05-2.5mm2, 30-12 AWG

228
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DI803

BIC
INPUT CHANNELS
STATUS
Rectifiers and
filters
X1
MBI-1
ASIC
1A
1B
CH 2
2A
2B
CH 3
3A
3B
Process Connector
ModuleBus Connector
0V
RESET
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
CH 1
CH 4
DAT+
DAT-
RS-485
CH 5
CLK+
CLK-
RS-485
POS0-6
4A
4B
5A
5B
CH 6
6A
6B
CH 7
7A
7B
CH 8
8A
8B
EEPROM
E1-7
3BSE020924-510 B
229
Process Connections

Process
Connection
Ch1 Input
Process
Terminal
1A
1B
Ch 2 Input
2A
2B
Ch 3 Input
3A
3B
Ch 4 Input
4A
4B
Ch 5 Input
5A
5B
Ch 6 Input
6A
6B
Ch 7 Input
7A
7B
Ch 8 Input
8A
8B
230
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
DI803
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
5A
5B
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
8B
+230V
0V
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
231

Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. inputs with current

sinking.
Two isolated groups of 8 with voltage supervision.
Description
The DI810 is a 16 channel 24 V digital input module

for the S800 I/O. This module has 16 digital inputs.
The input voltage range is 18 to 30 volt d.c. and the
input current is 6 mA at 24 V. The inputs are divided
into two individually isolated groups with eight
channels and one voltage supervision input in each
group.
Every input channel consists of current limiting
components, EMC protection components, input state
indication LED and optical isolation barrier.
The process voltage supervision input give channel
error signals if the voltage disappears.The error signal
can be read via the ModuleBus.
time are filtered out, and pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms get through the filter.
232
3BSE020924-510 B
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage
supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of 24 V power
supply to the devices. The TU818 Compact MTU provides connection to 2-wire
sensors without external marshaling. The TU838 extended MTU, provides a fuse (3
A max.) per two channels for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a
D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process. TU850 provides one
disconnectable PTC fused sensor/transmitter power outlet terminal per channel.
Technical Data

DI810
Feature
Number of channels
Rated voltage
24 V d.c.
(18 to 30 V d.c.)
15 to 30 V
-30 to +5 V
6 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input Current 1
>3.0mA
Input Current 0
<1.0mA
Input Impedance
3.5 k
2, 4, 8, 16 ms
2 channels (1 per group)
50 mA
(1)
1.8 W
Power dissipation
3BSE020924-510 B
233

DI810
Feature
Isolation
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830, TU833,

TU838 or TU850.
MTU keying code
AA
50 V
500 V a.c.
24 Volts.
234
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DI810

X2
GROUP 1
BIC
CH 2
.
.
.
CH 8
L1+
I2
.
.
.
L1+
I8
EMCBARRIER
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
MBI-1
ASIC
X1
0V
DAT
DAT-N
RESET
ModuleBus Connector
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
24V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8
L1-
Process Connector
CH 1
L1+
U1
I1
RS-485
GROUP 2
POS0-9
BLOCK
8
/ CH 9-16
EEPROM
ERROR 9-16
EMCBARRIER
8
/
L2+
L2+
I 9-16
24V SUPERVISION
L2-
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
235
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector
TU818
Terminal
TU830/TU833 TU838
Terminal
Terminal
TU850
Terminal
(1)
236
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2,
L1+
C1, A1
B1, B2
A1 (F1)
A1, A2
Ch1 Input
C1
D1
C1
B1
B1
Ch 2 Input
B1
16
B1
C2
B2
B2
Ch1/Ch2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A2
Ch 3/Ch 4,
L1+
C2, A2
B3, B4
A3 (F2)
A3, A4
Ch 3 Input
C2
D2
C3
B3
B3
Ch 4 Input
B2
17
B2
C4
B4
B4
Ch 3/Ch 4,
L1-
A2
A3, A4
A4
Ch 5/Ch 6,
L1+
C3, A3
B5, B6
A5 (F3)
A5, A6
Ch 5 Input
C3
D3
C5
B5
B5
Ch 6 Input
B3
18
B3
C6
B6
B6
Ch 5/Ch 6,
L1-
A3
A5, A6
A6
Ch 7/Ch 8,
L1+
C4, A4
B7, B8
A7 (F4)
A7, A8
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 50. DI810 Process Connections (Continued)
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector
TU818
Terminal
TU830/TU833 TU838
Terminal
Terminal
TU850
Terminal
(1)
Ch 7 Input
C4
D4
C7
B7
B7
Ch 8 Input
B4
19
B4
C8
B8
B8
Ch 7/Ch8,
L1-
A4
A7, A8
A8
Ch 9/Ch 10,
L2+
C5, A5
B9, B10
A9 (F5)
A9, A10
Ch 9 Input
C5
D5
C9
B9
B9
Ch 10 Input
B5
20
B5
C10
B10
B10
Ch 9/Ch 10,
L2-
A5
A9, A10
A10
Ch 11/Ch 12,
L2+
C6, A6
B11, B12
A11 (F6)
A11, A12
Ch 11 Input
C6
D6
C11
B11
B11
Ch 12 Input
B6
21
B6
C12
B12
B12
Ch 11/Ch 12,
L2-
A6
A11, A12
A12
Ch 13/Ch 14,
L2+
C7, A7
B13, B14
A13 (F7)
A13, A14
Ch 13 Input
C7
D7
C13
B13
B13
Ch 14 Input
B7
22
B7
C14
B14
B14
Ch 13/Ch 14,
L2-
A7
A13, A14
A14
3BSE020924-510 B
237
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector
TU818
Terminal
TU830/TU833 TU838
Terminal
Terminal
TU850
Terminal
(1)
Ch 15/ Ch16,
L2+
C8, A8
B15, B16
A15 (F8)
A15, A16
Ch 15 Input
C8
10
D8
C15
B15
B15
Ch 16 Input
B8
23
B8
C16
B16
B16
Ch 15/Ch16,
L2-
A8
A15, A16
A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
238
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 87 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI810 when
Process
TU830/TU833
+24V
6.3 A
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+24V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
DI810
0V
Supervise
Fuse
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
Figure 87. DI810 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
239
Process
TU838
+24V
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
A5
B5
B6
A6
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
A7
B7
B8
A8
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16
+24V
0V
A9
B9
B10
A10
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DI810
Supervise
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
240
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 89 shows the process connections for the DI810 when installed on a TU810
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
0V
C1
B1
A1
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
C5
B5
A5
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
C6
B6
A6
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
C8
B8
A8
+24V
0V
Supervise
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
DI810
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
Figure 89. DI810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
241
Compact MTU.
TU812
Process
Connection
1 UP1
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
16
16 S2
Ch2
4 S3
Ch3
17
17 S4
Ch4
5 S5
Ch5
18
18 S6
Ch6
6 S7
Ch7
19
19 S8
Ch8
7 S9
Ch9
20
20 S10
Ch10
8 S11
Ch11
21
21 S12
Ch12
9 S13
Ch13
22
22 S14
Ch14
10
10 S15
Ch15
23
23 S16
Ch16
11
11 UP2 +24V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
DI810
+24V
Supervise
0V
Ch1
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
0V
Supervise
EM
Figure 90. DI810 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
242
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 91 shows the process connection for the DI810 when installed on a TU850
Extended.
Process
TU850
2A
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse
0V
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
U3
Ch3
Ch4
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
A5
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
U6
B5
B6
A6
U7
Ch7
Ch8
A7
B7
B8
A8
U9
Ch9
Ch10
A9
B9
B10
A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
U12
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
U13
Ch13
Ch14
U14
A13
B13
B14
A14
U15
Ch15
Ch16
A15
B15
B16
A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+24V
0V
Supervise
U1
Ch1
Ch2
DI810
L2+
L2+
L2-
2A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
Figure 91. DI810 with TU850 Extended MTU Process Connection
3BSE020924-510 B
243

Features

sinking.
2 isolated groups of 8 with voltage supervision.
Description
The DI811 is a 16 channel 48 V digital input module

for the S800 I/O. This module has 16 digital inputs.
The input signal voltage range is 36 to 60 volt d.c.
and the input current is 4 mA at 48 V. The inputs are
divided into two individually isolated groups with
eight channels and one voltage supervision input in
each group.
components, EMC protection components, input
state indication LED and optical isolation barrier.
error signals if the voltage disappears.The error
signal can be read via the ModuleBus.
time are filtered out, and pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms get through the filter.
244
3BSE020924-510 B
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 48 V process voltage
supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of 48 V power
supply to the devices. The TU818 Compact MTU provides connection to 2-wire
sensors without external marshaling. The extended MTU, TU838, provide a fuse (3
A max.) per two channels for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a
D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process. TU850 provides one
disconnectable PTC fused sensor/transmitter power outlet terminal per channel.
Technical Data

DI811
Feature
Number of channels
Rated voltage
48 V d.c.
(36 to 60 V d.c.)
Input signal voltage range, 1
30 to 60 V
Input signal voltage range, 0
-60 to +10 V
4 mA @ 48 V d.c.
Input Current, 1
>2.0 mA
Input Current, 0
<0.5 mA
Input Impedance
11 k
2, 4, 8, 16 ms
50 mA
(1)
2.7 W
Power dissipation
3BSE020924-510 B
245

DI811
Feature
Isolation
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU818, TU830,

TU833, TU838 or TU850
MTU keying code
BD
50 V
500 V a.c.
48 Volts.
246
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DI811

X2
GROUP 1
BIC
FAULT
CH 2
.
.
.
CH 8
L1+
I2
.
.
.
L1+
I8
RUN
WARNING
MBI-1
ASIC
X1
0V
DAT
DAT-N
RESET
ModuleBus Connector
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
48V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8
L1-
Process Connector
CH 1
L1+
U1
I1
EMCBARRIER
RS-485
GROUP 2
POS0-9
BLOCK
8
/ CH 9-16
EEPROM
ERROR 9-16
EMCBARRIER
8
/
L2+
L2+
I 9-16
48V SUPERVISION
L2-
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
247
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
male
Connector
TU830/TU833
TU838
Terminal
Terminal
TU850
Terminal
TU818
Terminal
(1)
+48 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+
B1, B2
A1 (F1)
A1, A2
C1, A1
Ch1 Input
C1
C1
B1
B1
D1
Ch 2 Input
B1
16
C2
B2
B2
B1
Ch1/Ch2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+
B3, B4
A3 (F2)
A3, A4
C2, A2
Ch 3 Input
C2
C3
B3
B3
D2
Ch 4 Input
B2
17
C4
B4
B4
B2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+
B5, B6
A5 (F3)
A5, A6
C3, A3
Ch 5 Input
C3
C5
B5
B5
D3
Ch 6 Input
B3
18
C6
B6
B6
B3
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+
B7, B8
A7 (F4)
A7, A8
C4, A4
Ch 7 Input
C4
C7
B7
B7
D4
Ch 8 Input
B4
19
C8
B8
B8
B4
Ch 7/Ch8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+
B9, B10
A9 (F5)
A9, A10
C5, A5
248
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
male
Connector
TU830/TU833
TU838
Terminal
Terminal
TU850
Terminal
TU818
Terminal
(1)
Ch 9 Input
C5
C9
B9
B9
D5
Ch 10 Input
B5
20
C10
B10
B10
B5
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2-
A5
A9, A10
A10
Ch 11/Ch 12,
L2+
B11, B12
A11 (F6)
A11, A12
C6, A6
Ch 11 Input
C6
C11
B11
B11
D6
Ch 12 Input
B6
21
C12
B12
B12
B6
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2-
A6
A11, A12
A12
Ch 13/Ch 14,
L2+
B13, B14
A13 (F7)
A13, A14
C7, A7
Ch 13 Input
C7
C13
B13
B13
D7
Ch 14 Input
B7
22
C14
B14
B14
B7
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2-
A7
A13, A14
A14
Ch 15/ Ch16,
L2+
B15, B16
A15 (F8)
A15, A16
C8, A8
Ch 15 Input
C8
10
C15
B15
B15
D8
Ch 16 Input
B8
23
C16
B16
B16
B8
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
A16
+48 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B
249
Process
TU830/TU833
+48V
6.3 A
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+48V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
DI811
0V
Supervise
Fuse
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
250
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
TU838
+48V
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
A5
B5
B6
A6
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
A7
B7
B8
A8
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16
+48V
0V
A9
B9
B10
A10
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DI811
Supervise
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
251
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+48V
L1+
L1+
L1-
0V
C1
B1
A1
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
C5
B5
A5
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
C6
B6
A6
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
C8
B8
A8
+48V
0V
Supervise
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
DI811
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
252
3BSE020924-510 B
Compact MTU
TU812
Process
Connection
1 UP1
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1
16
16 S2
Ch2
4 S3
Ch3
17
17 S4
Ch4
5 S5
Ch5
18
18 S6
Ch6
6 S7
Ch7
19
19 S8
Ch8
DI811
+24V
Supervise
0V
7 S9
Ch9
20
20 S10
Ch10
8 S11
Ch11
21
21 S12
Ch12
9 S13
Ch13
22
22 S14
Ch14
10
10 S15
Ch15
23
23 S16
Ch16
11
11 UP2 +24V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2 0V
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
Figure 96. DI811with TU812
3BSE020924-510 B
253
Extended MTU.
Process
TU850
2A
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse
0V
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
U3
Ch3
Ch4
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
A5
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
U6
B5
B6
A6
U7
Ch7
Ch8
A7
B7
B8
A8
U9
Ch9
Ch10
A9
B9
B10
A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
U12
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
U13
Ch13
Ch14
U14
A13
B13
B14
A14
U15
Ch15
Ch16
A15
B15
B16
A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+24V
0V
Supervise
U1
Ch1
Ch2
DI811
L2+
L2+
L2-
2A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
254
3BSE020924-510 B

Features

sourcing.
2 Isolated groups of 8 with voltage

supervision.
Description
The DI814 is a 16 channel 24 V digital input

module with current sourcing for the S800 I/O.
The input voltage range is 18 to 30 volt dc and the
input current source is 6 mA at 24 V. The inputs
are divided into two individually isolated groups
with eight channels and one voltage supervision
input in each group.
The process voltage supervision input give
channel error signals if the voltage disappears.The
error signal can be read through the ModuleBus.
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The
different filter times that can be achieved are 2, 4,
8 and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter
than the filter time are filtered out, and pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms get
through the filter.
3BSE020924-510 B
255
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables three
wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or TU814)
Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage supervision inputs, but
requires external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the devices. The
extended MTU, TU838, provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process
power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for
connection to the process.
Technical Data

DI814
Feature
256
Number of channels
16 (2 x 8), current sourcing
Rated voltage
24 V d.c.
(18 to 30 V d.c.)
15 to 30 V
-30 to +5 V
6 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input Current, 1
>3.0 mA
Input Current, 0
<1.0 mA
Input Impedance
3.5 k
Maximum Field Cable Length
2, 4, 8, 16 ms
50 mA
Power dissipation(1)
1.8 W
Isolation
3BSE020924-510 B

DI814
Feature
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830 or

TU838
MTU keying code
BE
50 V
500 V a.c.
24 Volts.
3BSE020924-510 B
257
Block Diagram DI814

BIC
X2
GROUP 1
UP1
U1
EMCBARRIER
CH 1
FAULT
I1
U2
RUN
WARNING
MBI-1
X1
ASIC
I8
24V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8
ZP1
DAT+
DAT-
RS-485
CLK+
CLK-
RS-485
POS0-6
BLOCK
EEPROM
Process Connector
Modulebus Connector
POWER-OK
0V
RESET
+5VI
+5V
I2
.
.
.
U18
CH 2
.
.
.
CH 8
GROUP 2
UP2
U9-16
EMCBARRIER
8 CH 9-16
/
ERROR 9-16
8
/
I 9-16
24V SUPERVISION
ZP2
EM
258
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU830/TU833
male
Terminal
Connector (1)
TU838
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+
B1, B2
A1 (F1)
Ch1 Input
C1
C1
B1
Ch 2 Input
B1
16
C2
B2
Ch1/Ch2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+
B3, B4
A3 (F2)
Ch 3 Input
C2
C3
B3
Ch 4 Input
B2
17
C4
B4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+
B5, B6
A5 (F3)
Ch 5 Input
C3
C5
B5
Ch 6 Input
B3
18
C6
B6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+
B7, B8
A7 (F4)
Ch 7 Input
C4
C7
B7
Ch 8 Input
B4
19
C8
B8
Ch 7/Ch8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+
B9, B10
A9 (F5)
Ch 9 Input
C5
C9
B9
3BSE020924-510 B
259
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU830/TU833
male
Terminal
Connector (1)
TU838
Terminal
Ch 10 Input
B5
20
C10
B10
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2-
A5
A9, A10
A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+
B11, B12
A11 (F6)
Ch 11 Input
C6
C11
B11
Ch 12 Input
B6
21
C12
B12
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2-
A6
A11, A12
A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+
B13, B14
A13 (F7)
Ch 13 Input
C7
C13
B13
Ch 14 Input
B7
22
C14
B14
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2-
A7
A13, A14
A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+
B15, B16
A15 (F8)
Ch 15 Input
C8
10
C15
B15
Ch 16 Input
B8
23
C16
B16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
260
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 99 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI814
(current sourcing) when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Process
TU830/TU833
+24V
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
DI814
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+24V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
261
Figure 100 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI814
(current sourcing) when installed on a TU838 Extended MTU.
Process
TU838
+24V
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
A5
B5
B6
A6
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
A7
B7
B8
A8
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16
+24V
0V
A9
B9
B10
A10
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DI814
Supervise
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
262
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
0V
C1
B1
A1
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
C5
B5
A5
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
C6
B6
A6
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
C8
B8
A8
+24V
0V
Supervise
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
DI814
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
263
Compact MTU.
TU812
Process
Connection
1 UP1
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1
16
16 S2
Ch2
4 S3
Ch3
17
17 S4
Ch4
5 S5
Ch5
18
18 S6
Ch6
6 S7
Ch7
19
19 S8
Ch8
7 S9
Ch9
20
20 S10
Ch10
8 S11
Ch11
21
21 S12
Ch12
9 S13
Ch13
22
22 S14
Ch14
10
10 S15
Ch15
23
23 S16
Ch16
11
11 UP2
+24V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2 0V
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
DI814
+24V
Supervise
0V
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
264
3BSE020924-510 B
DI818 Digital Input Module, 24 v, Current Sinking

This module applies only to the Feature Pack release of System 800xA 5.1.
Features

sinking.
Two Isolated groups of 16 channels with

Voltage Supervision
Signal Filtering
Description
The DI818 is a 32 channel 24 V digital input

module for the S800 I/O. This module has 32
digital inputs. The input voltage range is 18 to 30
volt d.c. and the input current is 4.3mA at 24 V. The
inputs are divided into two individually isolated
groups with 16 channels and one voltage
supervision input in each group.
error signals if the voltage disappears.The error
signal can be read via the ModuleBus.
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The
different filter times that can be achieved are 2, 4, 8
and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time are filtered out,
and pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms get through the filter.
The I/O signals are connected to the MTU with the process connector. Three
different types of MTUs can be used. The extended MTU (TU830) and the compact
3BSE020924-510 B
265
MTU (TU818) provides 1-wire connection to the sensors. The compact MTU
(TU819) has two D-sub 25 pin connectors for interfacing with the process.

DI818
Feature
Number of channels
Rated voltage
24 V d.c.
(18 to 30 V d.c.)
+11 to +30 V
-30 to +5 V
4,3 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input Current 1
>3.2 mA
Input Current 0
<2.6 mA
Input Impedance
5.6 k @ 24 V d.c.
2, 4, 8, 16 ms
70 mA
3.1 W
25mA
power supply, UPx
266
Isolation
Groupwise isolated (RIV 50V) from

ground
TU830, TU818, TU819
MTU keying code
EA
3BSE020924-510 B

DI818
Feature
50 V
500 V a.c.
24 Volts.
3BSE020924-510 B
267
268
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Interface
Table 56. Process Connector Pinning

Process
Connection
TU830
TU818
TU819
24 V dc
L1 + (2)
L1 + (2)
1, 14, 11, 24 (X1a)
0 V dc
L1 - (2)
L1- (2)
2, 15, 12, 25 (X1a)
Ch 1 Input
C1
D1
3 (X1a)
Ch 2 Input
B1
C1
16 (X1a)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1/L2-
A1
Ch 3 Input
C2
B1
4 (X1a)
Ch 4 Input
B2
A1
17 (X1a)
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1/L2-
A2
Ch 5 Input
C3
D2
5 (X1a)
Ch 6 Input
B3
C2
18 (X1a)
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1/L2-
A3
Ch 7 Input
C4
B2
6 (X1a)
Ch 8 Input
B4
A2
19 (X1a)
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1/L2-
A4
Ch 9 Input
C5
D3
7 (X1a)
Ch 10 Input
B5
C3
20 (X1a)
Ch 9/Ch 10, L1/L2-
A5
3BSE020924-510 B
269
Table 56. Process Connector Pinning (Continued)

Process
Connection
270
TU830
TU818
TU819
Ch 11Input
C6
B3
8 (X1a)
Ch 12 Input
B6
A3
21 (X1a)
Ch 11/Ch 12, L1/L2-
A6
Ch 13 Input
C7
D4
9 (X1a)
Ch 14 Input
B7
C4
22 (X1a)
Ch 13/Ch 14, L1/L2-
A7
Ch 15 Input
C8
B4
10 (X1a)
Ch 16 Input
B8
A4
23 (X1a)
Ch 15/Ch 16, L1/L2-
A8
Ch 17 Input
C9
D5
3 (X1b)
Ch 18 Input
B9
C5
16 (X1b)
Ch 17/Ch 18, L2-
A9
Ch 19 Input
C10
B5
4 (X1b)
Ch 20 Input
B10
A5
17 (X1b)
Ch 19/Ch 20, L2-
A10
Ch 21 Input
C11
D6
5 (X1b)
Ch 22 Input
B11
C6
18 (X1b)
Ch 21/Ch 22, L2-
A11
Ch 23 Input
C12
B6
6 (X1b)
Ch 24 Input
B12
A6
19 (X1b)
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 56. Process Connector Pinning (Continued)

Process
Connection
TU830
TU818
TU819
Ch 23/Ch 24, L2-
A12
Ch 25 Input
C13
D7
7 (X1b)
Ch 26 Input
B13
C7
20 (X1b)
Ch 25/Ch 26, L2-
A13
Ch 27 Input
C14
B7
8 (X1b)
Ch 28 Input
B14
A7
21 (X1b)
Ch 27/Ch 28, L2-
A14
Ch 29 Input
C15
D8
9 (X1b)
Ch 30 Input
B15
C8
22 (X1b)
Ch 29/Ch 30, L2-
A15
Ch 31 Input
C16
B8
10 (X1b)
Ch 32 Input
B16
A8
23 (X1b)
Ch 31/Ch 32, L2-
A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
1, 14, 11, 24 (X1b)
0 V d.c.
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
2, 15, 12, 25 (X1b)
a Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.
Field connection example with TU830 Extended Module Termination Unit is

shown in Figure 104.
3BSE020924-510 B
271
Figure 104. Field connection example with TU830 Extended Module Termination
Unit.
272
3BSE020924-510 B
Field connection example with TU818 Compact Module Termination Unit is shown
in Figure 105.
Field connection example with TU819 Compact Module Termination Unit is shown
in Figure 106.
3BSE020924-510 B
273
Figure 105. Field connection example with TU818 Compact Module Termination
Unit
274
3BSE020924-510 B
Unit
3BSE020924-510 B
275
DI820 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c

Features
8 channels for 120 V a.c./d.c. inputs.
Voltage supervision of field input power.
Signal filtering.
Description
The DI820 is an 8 channel 120 V a.c./d.c. digital

input module for the S800 I/O. This module has 8
digital inputs. The a.c. input voltage range is 77 130 volt and the input current is 10 mA at 120 V
a.c. The d.c. input range is 75 - 145 V and the
input current is 2.8 mA at 110 V. The inputs are
individually isolated.
state indication LED, optical isolation barrier and
an analog filter (6 ms).
Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervision
input for channels 2 - 4, and channel 8 can be used
as voltage supervision input for channels 5 - 7.
If the voltage connected to channel 1 or 8
disappears, the error inputs are activated and the Warning LED turns on. The error
signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be enabled/ disabled
with a parameter. If the error inputs are disabled channel 1 and 8 can be used as
normal input channels.
276
3BSE020924-510 B
the filter.
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831/TU851 Extended MTU,
TU811/TU811V1 Compact MTU, and TU813 Compact MTU provide two
terminals per channel.
The TU839 Extended MTU provides two terminals per channel and one terminal for
the outgoing sensor supply.
Technical Data

Feature
DI820 Digital Input Module
Number of channels
Rated voltage
120 V a.c.
(77 to 130 V a.c.)
110 V d.c.
(75 to 145 V d.c.)
77 to 130 V
+75 to 145 V d.c.
0 to 30 V a.c.
+0 to 20 V d.c.
10 mA ac @ 120 V a.c.
2.8 mA dc @110 V d.c.
4763 Hz
Impedance
12 k (a.c.)
39 K (d.c.)

100pF/m. for a.c.
2, 4, 8, 16 ms
5/18 ms
3BSE020924-510 B
277

Feature
2 channels, 1 and 8
50 mA
2.8 W
Isolation
TU811/TU811V1, TU813, TU831, TU839

or TU851
MTU keying code
AB
250 V
2000 V a.c.
278
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DI820

BIC
X2
INPUT CHANNELS
FAULT
Rectifiers and
filters
RUN
WARNING
I 1.1
I 1.2
CH 1
E2-4
X1
DAT+
DAT-
MBI-1
ASIC
I 2.1
I 2.2
CH 3
I 3.1
I 3.2
CH 4
I 4.1
I 4.2
CH 5
I 5.1
I 5.2
CH 6
I 6.1
I 6.2
CH 7
I 7.1
I 7.2
CH 8
I 8.1
I 8.2
RS-485
CLK+
CLK-
RS-485
POS0-6
BLOCK
Process Connector
ModuleBus Connector
0V
RESET
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
CH 2
EEPROM
E5-7
3BSE020924-510 B
279
Process Connections
280
Process
Connection
TU811/TU813
Terminal
TU831
Terminal
TU839
Terminal
TU851
Terminal
UP1
L1 (2)
Ch 1.1 Input
B1
B1
C1
B2
Ch 1.2 Input
A1
A1
A1
A2
Ch 1, U1
B1
Ch 2.1 Input
C2
B2
C2
B4
Ch 2.2 Input
A2
A2
A2
A4
Ch 2, U1
B2
Ch 3.1 Input
B3
B3
C3
B6
Ch 3.2 Input
A3
A3
A3
A6
Ch 3, U1
B3
Ch 4.1 Input
C4
B4
C4
B8
Ch 4.2 Input
A4
A4
A4
A8
Ch 4, U1
B4
Ch 5.1 Input
B5
B5
C5
B10
Ch 5.2 Input
A5
A5
A5
A10
Ch 5, U2
B5
Ch 6.1 Input
C6
B6
C6
B12
Ch 6.2 Input
A6
A6
A6
A12
Ch 6, U2
B6
Ch 7.1 Input
B7
B7
C7
B14
Ch 7.2 Input
A7
A7
A7
A14
3BSE020924-510 B
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
Connection
TU811/TU813
Terminal
TU831
Terminal
TU839
Terminal
TU851
Terminal
Ch 7, U2
B7
Ch 8.1 Input
C8
B8
C8
B16
Ch 8.2 Input
A8
A8
A8
A16
Ch 8, U2
B8
UP2
L2 (2)
281
Process
TU831
DI820
120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.
120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
B1
A1
I 1.1
I 1.2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
B2
A2
I 2.1
I 2.2
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
B3
A3
I 3.1
I 3.2
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
B4
A4
I 4.1
I 4.2
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
B5
A5
I 5.1
I 5.2
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
B6
A6
I 6.1
I 6.2
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
B7
A7
I 7.1
I 7.2
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
B8
A8
I 8.1
I 8.2
EM
282
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 109 shows the process connections for the DI820 when installed on a
TU811/TU811V1 or TU813 Compact MTU.
Process
TU811/TU813
DI820
120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.
120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
B1
A1
I 1.1
I 1.2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
C2
A2
I 2.1
I 2.2
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
B3
A3
I 3.1
I 3.2
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
C4
A4
I 4.1
I 4.2
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
B5
A5
I 5.1
I 5.2
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
C6
A6
I 6.1
I 6.2
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
B7
A7
I 7.1
I 7.2
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
C8
A8
I 8.1
I 8.2
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
283
Extended MTU
TU839
Process
L1
120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.
L1
DI820
0.2A
Fuse
U1
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
B1
C1
A1
I 1.1
I 1.2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
B2
C2
A2
I 2.1
I 2.2
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
B3
C3
A3
I 3.1
I 3.2
B4
120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.
120V a.c.
or 110 d.c.
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
C4
A4
B5
I 4.1
I 4.2
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
C5
A5
I 5.1
I 5.2
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
B6
C6
A6
I 6.1
I 6.2
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
B7
C7
A7
I 7.1
I 7.2
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
B8
C8
A8
I 8.1
I 8.2
L2
L2
0.2A
U2
Fuse
EM
Figure 110. D1820 with TU839 Extended MTU Process Connections
284
3BSE020924-510 B

Features
8 channels for 230 V a.c./d.c. inputs.
Individually isolated points.
Signal filtering.
Description
The DI821 is a 8 channel, 230 V a.c./d.c, digital

input module for the S800 I/O. This module has 8
digital inputs.
The ac input voltage range is 164 to 264 V and the
input current is 11 mA at 230 V a.c. The d.c. input
voltage range is 175 to 275 volt and the input
current is 1.6 mA at 220 V d.c. The inputs are
state indication LED, optical isolation barrier and
an analog filter (6 ms).
If the voltage connected to channel 1 or 8 disappears, the error inputs are activated
and the Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read from the ModuleBus.
This supervision can be enabled/disabled with the a parameter. If the error inputs are
disabled channel 1 and 8 can be used as normal input channels.
3BSE020924-510 B
285
the filter.
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831/TU851 Extended MTU,
TU811 Compact MTU, and TU813 Compact MTU provide two terminals per
channel.
Technical Data

Feature
Number of channels
Rated voltage
230 V a.c.
(164 to 264 V a.c.)
220 V d.c.
(175 to 275 V d.c.)
286
164 to 264 V a.c.

+175 to 275 V d.c.
0 to 50 V a.c.
+0 to 40 V d.c.
11 mA @ 230 V a.c.
1.6mA @ 220 V d.c.
Input frequency range, a.c.
4763 Hz
Impedance
21 k (a.c.)
134 K (d.c.)
200 meters (219 yd.) 100pF/m for a.c.

2, 4, 8, 16 ms
5/28 ms
3BSE020924-510 B

Feature
2 channels, 1 and 8
50 mA
2.8 W
Isolation
TU811, TU813, TU831, TU839, and

TU851
MTU keying code
AC
250 V
2000 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 B
287
Block Diagram DI821

BIC
X2
INPUT CHANNELS
FAULT
Rectifiers and
filters
RUN
WARNING
I 1.1
I 1.2
CH 1
E2-4
X1
DAT+
DAT-
I 2.1
I 2.2
CH 3
I 3.1
I 3.2
CH 4
I 4.1
I 4.2
CH 5
I 5.1
I 5.2
CH 6
I 6.1
I 6.2
CH 7
I 7.1
I 7.2
CH 8
I 8.1
I 8.2
MBI-1
ASIC
RS-485
CLK+
CLK-
RS-485
POS0-6
BLOCK
EEPROM
E5-7
Process Connector
ModuleBus Connector
0V
RESET
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
CH 2
288
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections

Process
Connection
TU811/TU813
Terminal
TU831
Terminal
TU839
Terminal
TU851
Terminal
UP1
L1 (2)
Ch 1.1 Input
B1
B1
C1
B2
Ch 1.2 Input
A1
A1
A1
A2
Ch 1, U1
B1
Ch 2.1 Input
C2
B2
C2
B4
Ch 2.2 Input
A2
A2
A2
A4
Ch 2, U1
B2
Ch 3.1 Input
B3
B3
C3
B6
Ch 3.2 Input
A3
A3
A3
A6
Ch 3, U1
B3
Ch 4.1 Input
C4
B4
C4
B8
Ch 4.2 Input
A4
A4
A4
A8
Ch 4, U1
B4
Ch 5.1 Input
B5
B5
C5
B10
Ch 5.2 Input
A5
A5
A5
A10
Ch 5, U2
B5
Ch 6.1 Input
C6
B6
C6
B12
Ch 6.2 Input
A6
A6
A6
A12
Ch 6, U2
B6
Ch 7.1 Input
B7
B7
C7
B14
Ch 7.2 Input
A7
A7
A7
A14
3BSE020924-510 B
289
290
Process
Connection
TU811/TU813
Terminal
TU831
Terminal
TU839
Terminal
TU851
Terminal
Ch 7, U2
B7
Ch 8.1 Input
C8
B8
C8
B16
Ch 8.2 Input
A8
A8
A8
A16
Ch 8, U2
B8
UP2
L2 (2)
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
TU831
DI821
230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.
230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
B1
A1
I 1.1
I 1.2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
B2
A2
I 2.1
I 2.2
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
B3
A3
I 3.1
I 3.2
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
B4
A4
I 4.1
I 4.2
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
B5
A5
I 5.1
I 5.2
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
B6
A6
I 6.1
I 6.2
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
B7
A7
I 7.1
I 7.2
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
B8
A8
I 8.1
I 8.2
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
291
Process
TU811/TU813
DI821
230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.
230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
B1
A1
I 1.1
I 1.2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
C2
A2
I 2.1
I 2.2
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
B3
A3
I 3.1
I 3.2
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
C4
A4
I 4.1
I 4.2
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
B5
A5
I 5.1
I 5.2
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
C6
A6
I 6.1
I 6.2
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
B7
A7
I 7.1
I 7.2
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
C8
A8
I 8.1
I 8.2
EM
292
3BSE020924-510 B
Extended MTU.
TU839
Process
L1
230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.
L1
DI821
0.2A
Fuse
U1
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
B1
C1
A1
I 1.1
I 1.2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
B2
C2
A2
I 2.1
I 2.2
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
B3
C3
A3
I 3.1
I 3.2
B4
230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.
230V a.c.
or 220 d.c.
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
C4
A4
B5
I 4.1
I 4.2
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
C5
A5
I 5.1
I 5.2
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
B6
C6
A6
I 6.1
I 6.2
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
B7
C7
A7
I 7.1
I 7.2
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
B8
C8
A8
I 8.1
I 8.2
L2
L2
0.2A
U2
Fuse
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
293
DI825 Digital Input Module, 125 V d.c with SOE

Features
8 channels for 125 V d.c. inputs.
Sequence of event (SOE) functionality.
Signal filtering.
Description
The DI825 is an 8 channel 125 V d.c. digital input

module for the S800 I/O. The input range is 71 150 V and the input current is 3.0 mA at 125 V.
The inputs are individually isolated.
state indication LED, optical isolation barrier.
If the voltage supervision is used and the voltage
connected to channel 1 or 8 disappears, the
channel error will be set for the channels and the
Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be
read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can
be enabled/ disabled with a parameter. If the supervision is disabled channel 1 and 8
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The filter times can be set in the range
0 to 100 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time are filtered out
and pulses longer than the filter time get through the filter.
294
3BSE020924-510 B
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831 Extended MTU, TU811
Compact MTU, and TU813 Compact MTU provide two terminals per channel.
Event Recording
The DI825 Input Module can be used for event recording (SOE), that is, changing
signals at digital input channels can be announced together with a time stamp
indicating when it occurred. Events are generated on both positive and negative
going edges of the signals. The time stamp has a resolution of 0.4 millisecond, and
is compensated for the filter time.
The module has intermediate storage for 32 events.
The SOE functionality can be switched on and off per channel.
For all channels with enabled SOE capability, a shutter filter is implemented that
prevents intermediate storage for events from overflow. The shutter filter is closed
as soon as the number of events generated within the shutter period (0-255 seconds)
exceeds the shutter trigger number (0-255 changes). The shutter filter remains
closed as long as the recovery time (0-65535 seconds) has not expired.
Simple Digital Input
If no event recording is used, the DI825 acts like a simple digital input device.
3BSE020924-510 B
295
Technical Data

DI825
Feature
Number of channels
Rated voltage
125 V d.c.
71 to 156 V
0 to 20 V
3.0 mA @ 125 V
Input current, 1
>1.4 mA
Input current, 0
<0.3mA
Nominal impedance
41.5 k
0 to 100 ms
2 channels, 1 and 8
Shutter filter
296
Shutter period
0 - 255 s
Shutter trigger number
0 - 255 changes
Recovery time
0 - 65535 s
Intermediate storage
32 events
Event recording resolution
0.4 ms
Error time stamp
-0.25 ms to 1 ms
Max 90 mA
Max power dissipation
4.9 W(1)
Isolation
3BSE020924-510 B

DI825
Feature
2300 V a.c. Ch - EM
1350 V a.c. Ch - Ch
TU811, TU813, TU831, or TU839 and

TU851
MTU keying code
AB
250 V
(1) All inputs activated
3BSE020924-510 B
297
Block Diagram DI825

MODULEBUS INTERFACE
COMPUTER
X2
INPUT CHANNELS
Rectifiers and
filters
FAULT
E2-4
WARNING
RWM
MBI-2
X1
ASIC
Modulebus Connector
0V
CH 2
I2+
I2-
CH 3
I3+
I3-
CH 4
I4+
I4-
CH 5
I5+
I5-
CH 6
I6+
I6-
CH 7
I7+
I7-
CH 8
I8+
I8-
DATA
ADDRESS
CPU
68HC12
DAT+
DAT-
RS-485
EEPROM
CLK+
CLK-
RS-485
POS0-6
FPROM
BLOCK
PROGR
MODE
X3
E5-7
Process Connector
POWER-OK
RESET
+5VI
+5V
I1+
I1-
CH 1
RUN
BDM
298
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections

Process
Connection
TU811/TU813
Terminal
TU831
Terminal
TU839
Terminal
TU851
Terminal
UP1
L1 (2)
Ch 1.1 Input
B1
B1
C1
B2
Ch 1.2 Input
A1
A1
A1
A2
Ch 1, U1
B1
Ch 2.1 Input
C2
B2
C2
B4
Ch 2.2 Input
A2
A2
A2
A4
Ch 2, U1
B2
Ch 3.1 Input
B3
B3
C3
B6
Ch 3.2 Input
A3
A3
A3
A6
Ch 3, U1
B3
Ch 4.1 Input
C4
B4
C4
B8
Ch 4.2 Input
A4
A4
A4
A8
Ch 4, U1
B4
Ch 5.1 Input
B5
B5
C5
B10
Ch 5.2 Input
A5
A5
A5
A10
Ch 5, U2
B5
Ch 6.1 Input
C6
B6
C6
B12
Ch 6.2 Input
A6
A6
A6
A12
Ch 6, U2
B6
Ch 7.1 Input
B7
B7
C7
B14
Ch 7.2 Input
A7
A7
A7
A14
3BSE020924-510 B
299
300
Process
Connection
TU811/TU813
Terminal
TU831
Terminal
TU839
Terminal
TU851
Terminal
Ch 7, U2
B7
Ch 8.1 Input
C8
B8
C8
B16
Ch 8.2 Input
A8
A8
A8
A16
Ch 8, U2
B8
UP2
L2 (2)
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
TU811/TU813
DI825
125V d.c.
+
125V d.c.
+
Ch1+
Ch1-
B1
A1
I1+
I1-
Ch2+
Ch2-
C2
A2
I2+
I2-
Ch3+
Ch3-
B3
A3
I3+
I3-
Ch4+
Ch4-
C4
A4
I4+
I4-
Ch5+
Ch5-
B5
A5
I5+
I5-
Ch6+
Ch6-
C6
A6
I6+
I6-
Ch7+
Ch7-
B7
A7
I7+
I7-
Ch8+
Ch8-
C8
A8
I8+
I8-
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
301
Extended MTU.
Process
TU831
DI825
125V d.c.
+
125V d.c.
+
Ch1+
Ch1-
B1
A1
I1+
I1-
Ch2+
Ch2-
B2
A2
I2+
I2-
Ch3+
Ch3-
B3
A3
I3+
I3-
Ch4+
Ch4-
B4
A4
I4+
I4-
Ch5+
Ch5-
B5
A5
I5+
I5-
Ch6+
Ch6-
B6
A6
I6+
I6-
Ch7+
Ch7-
B7
A7
I7+
I7-
Ch8+
Ch8-
B8
A8
I8+
I8-
EM
302
3BSE020924-510 B
Extended MTU
TU839
Process
L1
L1
125V d.c.
DI825
0.2A
Fuse
U1
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
B1
C1
A1
I 1.1
I 1.2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
B2
C2
A2
I 2.1
I 2.2
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
B3
C3
A3
I 3.1
I 3.2
B4
125V d.c.
125V d.c.
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
C4
A4
B5
I 4.1
I 4.2
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
C5
A5
I 5.1
I 5.2
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
B6
C6
A6
I 6.1
I 6.2
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
B7
C7
A7
I 7.1
I 7.2
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
B8
C8
A8
I 8.1
I 8.2
L2
L2
0.2A
U2
Fuse
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
303

Features
16 channels for 120 V AC/DC inputs.
Signal filtering.
Description
The DI828 is an 16 channel 120 V a.c/d.c. digital

input module for the S800 I/O. The module has 16
digital inputs. The AC input voltage range is 77 - 130
V and the input current is 8.5 mA at 120V AC. The
DC input voltage range is 75 - 130 V and the input
current is 2.4 mA at 120V DC. The inputs are
components, EMC protection components, input state
indication LED, optical isolation barrier and an analog
filter.
Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervision input for
channels 2 - 8. Channel 16 can be used as voltage
supervision input for channels 9 - 15.
If the voltage supervision is used and the voltage connected to channel 1 or 16
disappears, the channel error will be set for the channels and the Warning LED turns
on. The error signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be
enabled/ disabled with a parameter. If the supervision is disabled channel 1 and 16
304
3BSE020924-510 B
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The filter times can be set in the range
1, 2, 4, and 8 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time are filtered
out and pulses longer than the filter time get through the filter.
The DI828 can be used on the Extended MTU TU851. The TU851 Extended MTU
provides two terminals per channel.
3BSE020924-510 B
305
Technical Data

Feature
Number of channels
16
Rated voltage
120 V a.c/d.c.
77 to 130 V
+75 to 130 V d.c.
0 to 30 V a.c.
+0 to 20 V d.c.
8.5 mA @ 120V a.c.

2.4 mA @ 120V d.c.
47 - 63 Hz
Impedance
14.2 k (a.c.)
50 k (d.c.)

100pF/m. for a.c.
306
2.5 0.5, 5 1, 10 2, 20 4ms
5/10 ms
2 channels, Ch1and Ch16 can act as

process power supervision.
Typ 45 mA
Max 60 mA
3.5 W
Isolation
Channelwise isolated (RIV 250)
TU851
MTU keying code
EB
3BSE020924-510 B

Feature
250 V
2000 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 B
307
Block Diagram DI828
Figure 119. DI828-Block Diagram
308
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
Connection
TU851
Terminal
Ch 1.1 Input
B1
Ch 1.2 Input
A1
Ch 2.1 Input
B2
Ch 2.2 Input
A2
Ch 3.1 Input
B3
Ch 3.2 Input
A3
Ch 4.1 Input
B4
Ch 4.2 Input
A4
Ch 5.1 Input
B5
Ch 5.2 Input
A5
Ch 6.1 Input
A6
Ch 6.2 Input
B6
Ch 7.1 Input
A7
Ch 7.2 Input
B7
Ch 8.1 Input
A8
Ch 8.2 Input
B8
Ch 9.1 Input
A9
Ch 9.2 Input
B9
Ch 10.1 Input
A10
Ch 10.2 Input
B10
Ch 11.1 Input
A11
309
310
Process
Connection
TU851
Terminal
Ch 11.2 Input
B11
Ch 12.1 Input
A12
Ch 12.2 Input
B12
Ch 13.1 Input
A13
Ch 13.2 Input
B13
Ch 14.1 Input
A14
Ch 14.2 Input
B14
Ch 15.1 Input
A15
Ch 15.2 Input
B15
Ch 16.1 Input
A16
Ch 16.2 Input
B16
3BSE020924-510 B
installed on a TU851 Extended Module Termination Unit.
Figure 120. DI828 with TU851 Extended Module Termination Unit
3BSE020924-510 B
311

Current Sinking
Features

sinking.
2 isolated groups of 8 channels with voltage

supervision.
Shutter filter.
Description
The DI830 is a 16 channel 24 V d.c. digital input

module for the S800 I/O. The input voltage range
is 18 to 30 V d.c. and the input current is 6 mA at
24 V d.c.
Each input channel consists of current limiting
The module cyclically performs self-diagnostics.
Process power supply supervision (results in

a module failure, if detected).
Event queue full.
Time synchronization missing.
The input signals can be digitally filtered. The filter time can be set in the range
0 to 100 ms. This means that pulses shorter than the filter time are filtered out and
pulses longer than specified filter time get through the filter.
312
3BSE020924-510 B
Eight different types of MTUs can be used. The Extended MTU (for example
TU830/TU833) enables three wire connection to the sensors without additional
terminals. The Compact MTU (for example TU810, TU814) has terminals for
process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of
process power supply to the sensors. The TU818 Compact MTU provides
connection to 2-wire sensors without external marshaling. The extended MTU,
TU838, provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process power out. The
process. TU850 provides one disconnectable PTC fused sensor/transmitter power
outlet terminal per channel.
Event Recording
going edges of the signal. The time stamp has a resolution of 0.4 millisecond, and is
compensated for the filter time.
3BSE020924-510 B
313
Technical Data

DI830
Feature
314
Number of channels
Rated voltage
(Process power supply range)
24 V d.c.
(18 to 30 V d.c.)
13 to 30 V
-30 to +5 V
7.4 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input Current, 1
>4.0 mA
Input Current, 0
<2.0 mA
Input impedance
3.2 k
600 m (656 yd.)
0 to 100 ms
Shutter filter
Shutter period
Shutter trigger
Recovery time
0... 255 s
0... 255 changes
0... 65535 s
0.4 ms
Event recording accuracy
-0.3 ms to +0.7 ms
120 mA (max.)
100 mA (typ.)
2.3 W
Isolation
Yes, opto
3BSE020924-510 B

DI830
Feature
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU818, TU830,

TU833, TU838 or TU850
MTU keying code
AA
50 V
500 V a.c.
24 Volt.
3BSE020924-510 B
315
Block Diagram DI830

MODULEBUS INTERFACE
COMPUTER
GROUP 1
X2
EMCBARRIER
CH 1
FAULT
WARNING
CH 2
.
.
.
RWM
MBI-2
ASIC
POWER-OK
Modulebus Connector
0V
RESET
+5VI
+5V
DATA
CH 8
ADDRESS
CPU
68HC12
ERROR
1-8
ZP1
DAT+
DAT-
RS-485
EEPROM
CLK+
CLK-
GROUP 2
RS-485
POS0-6
FPROM
BLOCK
8
/
CH
9-16
PROGR
MODE
X3
EMCBARRIER
8
/
UP2
U9-16
I 9-16
24V
SUPERVISION
ZP2
ERROR
9-16
3
Process Connector
U2
I2
.
.
.
U8
I8
24V
SUPERVISION
RUN
X1
UP1
U1
I1
EM
BDM
316
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU818
Male
Terminal
Connector
TU830/
TU833
Terminal
TU838
TU850
Terminal Terminal
(1)
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+
C1, A1
B1, B2
A1 (F1)
A1, A2
Ch1 Input
C1
D1
C1
B1
B1
Ch 2 Input
B1
16
B1
C2
B2
B2
Ch1/Ch2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+
C2, A2
B3, B4
A3 (F2)
A3, A4
Ch 3 Input
C2
D2
C3
B3
B3
Ch 4 Input
B2
17
B2
C4
B4
B4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+
C3, A3
B5, B6
A5 (F3)
A5, A6
Ch 5 Input
C3
D3
C5
B5
B5
Ch 6 Input
B3
18
B3
C6
B6
B6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+
C4, A4
B7, B8
A7 (F4)
A7, A8
Ch 7 Input
C4
D4
C7
B7
B7
Ch 8 Input
B4
19
B4
C8
B8
B8
Ch 7/Ch8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+
C5, A5
B9, B10
A9 (F5)
A9, A10
3BSE020924-510 B
317
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU818
Male
Terminal
Connector
TU830/
TU833
Terminal
TU838
TU850
Terminal Terminal
(1)
Ch 9 Input
C5
D5
C9
B9
B9
Ch 10 Input
B5
20
B5
C10
B10
B10
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2-
A5
A9, A10
A10
Ch 11/Ch 12,
L2+
C6, A6
B11, B12
A11 (F6) A11, A12
Ch 11 Input
C6
D6
C11
B11
B11
Ch 12 Input
B6
21
B6
C12
B12
B12
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2-
A6
A11, A12
A12
Ch 13/Ch 14,
L2+
C7, A7
B13, B14
A13 (F7) A13, A14
Ch 13 Input
C7
D7
C13
B13
B13
Ch 14 Input
B7
22
B7
C14
B14
B14
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2-
A7
A13, A14
A14
Ch 15/ Ch16,
L2+
C8, A8
B15, B16
A15 (F8) A15, A16
Ch 15 Input
C8
10
D8
C15
B15
B15
Ch 16 Input
B8
23
B8
C16
B16
B16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
318
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
TU830/TU833
+24V
6.3 A
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+24V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
DI830
0V
Supervise
Fuse
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
319
Process
TU838
+24V
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
A5
B5
B6
A6
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
A7
B7
B8
A8
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16
+24V
0V
A9
B9
B10
A10
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DI830
Supervise
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
320
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
0V
C1
B1
A1
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
C5
B5
A5
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
C6
B6
A6
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
C8
B8
A8
+24V
0V
Supervise
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
DI830
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
321
Compact MTU.
TU812
Process
Connection
1 UP1
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1
16
16 S2
Ch2
4 S3
Ch3
17
17 S4
Ch4
5 S5
Ch5
18
18 S6
Ch6
6 S7
Ch7
19
19 S8
Ch8
7 S9
Ch9
20
20 S10
Ch10
8 S11
Ch11
21
21 S12
Ch12
9 S13
Ch13
22
22 S14
Ch14
10
10 S15
Ch15
23
23 S16
Ch16
11
11 UP2
+24V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2 0V
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
DI830
+24V
Supervise
0V
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
322
3BSE020924-510 B
Extended MTU.
Process
TU850
2A
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse
0V
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
U3
Ch3
Ch4
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
A5
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
U6
B5
B6
A6
U7
Ch7
Ch8
A7
B7
B8
A8
U9
Ch9
Ch10
A9
B9
B10
A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
U12
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
U13
Ch13
Ch14
U14
A13
B13
B14
A14
U15
Ch15
Ch16
A15
B15
B16
A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+24V
0V
Supervise
U1
Ch1
Ch2
DI830
L2+
L2+
L2-
2A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
Figure 126. DI830 with TU850 Extended MTU Process Connection.
3BSE020924-510 B
323

Current Sinking
Features
16 channels for 48 V d.c. inputs with

current sinking.
2 isolated groups of 8 channels with

Shutter filter.
Description
The DI831 is a 16 channel 48 V d.c. digital

input module for the S800 I/O. The input
voltage range is 36 to 60 V d.c. and the input
current is 4 mA at 48 V d.c.).
components, EMC protection components,
input state indication LED and optical isolation
barrier.
The module cyclically performs selfdiagnostics. Module diagnostics include:
Process power supply supervision (results

in a module failure, if detected)
Event queue full.
Time synchronization missing.
The input signals can be digitally filtered. The filter time can be set in the range
0 to 100 ms. This means that pulses shorter than the filter time are filtered out and
pulses longer than specified get through the filter.
324
3BSE020924-510 B
Eight different types of MTUs can be used. The Extended MTU (for example
TU830/TU833) enables three wire connection to the sensors without additional
terminals. The Compact MTU (for example TU810, TU 814 ) has terminals for
process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of
process power supply to the sensors. The TU818 Compact MTU provides
connection to 2-wire sensors without external marshaling. The extended MTU,
TU838, provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process power out. The
process. TU850 provides one disconnectable PTC fused sensor/transmitter power
outlet terminal per channel.
Event Recording
going edges of the signals. The time stamp has a resolution of 0.4 millisecond, and
is compensated for the filter time.
3BSE020924-510 B
325
Technical Data

DI831
Feature
326
Number of channels
Rated voltage
48 V d.c.
(36 to 60 V d.c).
+30 to +60 V.
-60 to +10 V
5 mA @ 48 V d.c.
Input impedance
9.6 k
600 meters, (656 yd.)
Bounce filter times (digital, selectable)
0 to 100 ms
Shutter filter
Shutter period
Shutter trigger
Recovery time
0... 255 s
0... 255 changes
0... 65535 s
0.4 ms
-0.3 ms to +0.7 ms
120 mA (max.)
100 mA (typ.)
3.2 W
Isolation
Yes, opto
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU818, TU830,

TU833, TU838 and TU850
MTU keying code
BD
3BSE020924-510 B

DI831
Feature
50 V
500 V a.c.
48 Volt.
Block Diagram DI831

MODULEBUS INTERFACE
COMPUTER
GROUP 1
X2
EMCBARRIER
CH 1
FAULT
WARNING
CH 2
.
.
.
RWM
MBI-2
ASIC
POWER-OK
Modulebus Connector
0V
RESET
+5VI
+5V
DATA
CH 8
ADDRESS
CPU
68HC12
ERROR
1-8
ZP1
DAT+
DAT-
RS-485
EEPROM
CLK+
CLK-
GROUP 2
RS-485
POS0-6
FPROM
BLOCK
8
/
CH
9-16
PROGR
MODE
X3
EMCBARRIER
8
/
UP2
U9-16
I 9-16
24V
SUPERVISION
ZP2
ERROR
9-16
3
Process Connector
U2
I2
.
.
.
U8
I8
24V
SUPERVISION
RUN
X1
UP1
U1
I1
EM
BDM
3BSE020924-510 B
327
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU818
Male
Terminal
Connector
TU830/
TU833
Terminal
TU838
TU850
Terminal Terminal
(1)
328
+48 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+
C1, A1
B1, B2
A1 (F1)
A1, A2
Ch1 Input
C1
D1
C1
B1
B1
Ch 2 Input
B1
16
B1
C2
B2
B2
Ch1/Ch2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+
C2, A2
B3, B4
A3 (F2)
A3, A4
Ch 3 Input
C2
D2
C3
B3
B3
Ch 4 Input
B2
17
B2
C4
B4
B4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+
C3, A3
B5, B6
A5 (F3)
A5, A6
Ch 5 Input
C3
D3
C5
B5
B5
Ch 6 Input
B3
18
B3
C6
B6
B6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+
C4, A4
B7, B8
A7 (F4)
A7, A8
Ch 7 Input
C4
D4
C7
B7
B7
Ch 8 Input
B4
19
B4
C8
B8
B8
Ch 7/Ch8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+
C5, A5
B9, B10
A9 (F5)
A9, A10
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU818
Male
Terminal
Connector
TU830/
TU833
Terminal
TU838
TU850
Terminal Terminal
(1)
Ch 9 Input
C5
D5
C9
B9
B9
Ch 10 Input
B5
20
B5
C10
B10
B10
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2-
A5
A9, A10
A10
Ch 11/Ch 12,
L2+
C6, A6
B11, B12
A11 (F6)
A11, A12
Ch 11 Input
C6
D6
C11
B11
B11
Ch 12 Input
B6
21
B6
C12
B12
B12
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2-
A6
A11, A12
A12
Ch 13/Ch 14,
L2+
C7, A7
B13, B14
A13 (F7)
A13, A14
Ch 13 Input
C7
D7
C13
B13
B13
Ch 14 Input
B7
22
B7
C14
B14
B14
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2-
A7
A13, A14
A14
Ch 15/ Ch16,
L2+
C8, A8
B15, B16
A15 (F8)
A15, A16
Ch 15 Input
C8
10
D8
C15
B15
B15
Ch 16 Input
B8
23
B8
C16
B16
B16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
A16
+48 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B
329
Process
TU830/TU833
+48V
+
-
+
+
-
6.3 A
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+48V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
DI831
0V
Supervise
Fuse
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
330
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
TU838
+48V
0V
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2+48V
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1F1
A1
B1
B2
A2
F2
A3
B3
B4
A4
F3
A5
B5
B6
A6
F4
A7
B7
B8
A8
F5
A9
B9
B10
A10
F6
A11
B11
B12
A12
F7
A13
B13
B14
A14
F8
A15
B15
B16
A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DI831
Supervise
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
331
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+48V
L1+
L1+
L1-
0V
C1
B1
A1
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
C5
B5
A5
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
C6
B6
A6
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
C8
B8
A8
+48V
0V
Supervise
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
DI831
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
332
3BSE020924-510 B
Compact MTU.
TU812
Process
Connection
1 UP1
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1
16
16 S2
Ch2
4 S3
Ch3
17
17 S4
Ch4
5 S5
Ch5
18
18 S6
Ch6
6 S7
Ch7
19
19 S8
Ch8
7 S9
Ch9
20
20 S10
Ch10
8 S11
Ch11
21
21 S12
Ch12
9 S13
Ch13
22
22 S14
Ch14
10
10 S15
Ch15
23
23 S16
Ch16
11
11 UP2
+48V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2 0V
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
DI831
+48V
Supervise
0V
L1+
I1
I2
L1L1+
I3
I4
L1L1+
I5
I6
L1L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2L2+
I11
I12
L2L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
Supervise
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
333
Figure 132 shows the process connection for the DI831 when installed on a TU850
Extended MTU.
Process
TU850
2A
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse
0V
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
I1
I2
L1-
U3
Ch3
Ch4
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
I3
I4
L1-
A5
L1+
I5
I6
L1-
Ch5
Ch6
U6
B5
B6
A6
U7
Ch7
Ch8
A7
B7
B8
A8
U9
Ch9
Ch10
A9
B9
B10
A10
L1+
I7
I8
L1L2+
I9
I10
L2-
Ch11
Ch12
U12
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
I11
I12
L2-
U13
Ch13
Ch14
U14
A13
B13
B14
A14
U15
Ch15
Ch16
A15
B15
B16
A16
L2+
I13
I14
L2L2+
I15
I16
L2-
+24V
0V
Supervise
U1
Ch1
Ch2
DI831
L2+
L2+
L2-
2A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
Figure 132. DI831 with TU850 Extended MTU Process Connection.
334
3BSE020924-510 B

Features

current sinking.
1 group of 16 isolated from ground.
Sequence of events.
Redundant or single applications.
Transducer power distribution.
Description

input module for single or redundant
applications. The input voltage range is 18 to 30
V d.c. and the input current is 7 mA at 24 V d.c.
barrier.
The transducer power is supervised and current
limited; one output per two input channels.
The Sequence of Event function (SOE) can
collect events with a resolution of 1 ms. The
event queue can contain up to 257 events. The
function includes a Shutter filter for filtering out unwanted events.
3BSE020924-510 B
335
The module cyclically performs self-diagnostics. Module diagnostics include:
Process power supply supervision and transducer over current supervision are
reported as External Channel Error. Error detection time is < 500 ms.
The internal channel circuitries are tested with test patterns. Error from those
tests will be reported as Internal Channel Error. The error detection time is
< 100 ms.
Error in the common parts of the test functions is reported as Module Error.
Error detection time is 12 ms.
The SOE function can report the following status in the event message Channel
value, Queue full, Synchronization jitter, Uncertain time, Shutter filter active and
Channel error.
The input signals can be digitally filtered. The filter is selectable from 0 to 127 ms.
This means that pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out and pulses
longer than specified will get through the filter.
Seven different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. The Extended
MTU (for example TU830/TU833) enables three wire connection to the sensors
without additional terminals. The Compact MTU (for example TU810, TU814) has
terminals for process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for
distribution of process power supply to the sensors. The TU818 Compact MTU
provides connection to 2-wire sensors without external marshaling. The extended
MTU, TU838, provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process power out.
The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to
the process.
For redundant applications there are three types of MTUs, TU842 /TU852 for
336
3BSE020924-510 B
Technical Data

DI840
Feature
Number of channels
16, current sinking
Rated voltage
24 V d.c.
(19.2 to 30 V)
11 to 30 V
-30 to +5 V
7 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input current, 1
> 3 mA
Input current, 0
< 1.5 mA
Input impedance
3.3 k
600 m (656 yd.)
0 to 127 ms
Shutter filter
Shutter period
Shutter trigger
Recovery time
2... 170 s
4 changes
0... 682 s
1 ms
-0 ms / +1.3 ms
Sensor supply (per channel pair)
40mA (max), short circuit current 60 mA

(max)
100 mA

power supply, UPx)
335 mA (max) (15 mA + sensor current)
2.7 W
3BSE020924-510 B
337

DI840
Feature
Isolation
Yes, opto
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU818, TU830,

TU833, TU838, TU842, TU843 or
TU852
MTU keying code
CD
50 V
500 V a.c.
24 Volt.
338
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DI840
UP
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
EM
ZP
LED1
UP
LED16
Current
Limiter
MBI
FPGA
U1
I1
CH1
U2
I2
CH2
UP
Current
Limiter
U15
I15
CH15
U16
I16
CH16
Figure 133. Block Diagram DI840
3BSE020924-510 B
339
Process Connections
TU810
Process
(or TU814)
Connection
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector
TU818
Terminal
TU830/
TU842
TU838
TU852
TU833
TU843
Terminal
Terminal
Terminal
Terminal
(1)
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+
1, 14
(X1a and
X1b)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1-
2, 15
(X1a and
X1b)
U1, U2
C1, A1
B1, B2
A1 (F1),- B1, B2
3, 16
(X1b)
Ch1 Input
C1
D1
C1
B1
C1
3 (X1a)
Ch 2 Input
B1
16
B1
C2
B2
C2
16 (X1a)
Ch1/Ch2,
L1-
A1
A1, A2
A2
A1, A2
U3, U4
C2, A2
B3, B4
A3 (F2),- B3, B4
4, 17
(X1b)
Ch 3 Input
C2
D2
C3
B3
C3
4 (X1a)
Ch 4 Input
B2
17
B2
C4
B4
C4
17 (X1a)
Ch 3/Ch 4,
L1-
A2
A3, A4
A4
A3, A4
U5, U6, L1+
C3, A3
B5, B6
A5 (F3),- B5, B6
5, 18
(X1b)
Ch 5 Input
C3
D3
C5
B5
C5
5 (X1a)
Ch 6 Input
B3
18
B3
C6
B6
C6
18 (X1a)
340
3BSE020924-510 B
TU810
Process
(or TU814)
Connection
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector
TU818
Terminal
TU830/
TU842
TU838
TU852
TU833
TU843
Terminal
Terminal
Terminal
Terminal
(1)
Ch 5/Ch 6,
L1-
A3
A5, A6
A6
U7, U8
C4, A4
B7, B8
A7 (F4),- B7, B8
6, 19
(X1b)
Ch 7 Input
C4
D4
C7
B7
C7
6 (X1a)
Ch 8 Input
B4
19
B4
C8
B8
C8
19 (X1a)
Ch 7/Ch8,
L1-
A4
A7, A8
A8
A7, A8
U9, U10
C5, A5
B9, B10
A9 (F5),- B9, B10
7, 20
(X1b)
Ch 9 Input
C5
D5
C9
B9
C9
7 (X1a)
Ch 10 Input
B5
20
B5
C10
B10
C10
20 (X1a)
Ch 9/Ch 10,
L2-
A5
A9, A10
A10
A9, A10
U11, U12
C6, A6
B11, B12 A11

(F6),-
B11, B12 8, 21
(X1b)
Ch 11 Input
C6
D6
C11
B11
C11
8 (X1a)
Ch 12 Input
B6
21
B6
C12
B12
C12
21 (X1a)
Ch 11/Ch
12, L2-
A6
A11, A12 A12
A11, A12 -
U13, U14
C7, A7
B13, B14 A13

(F7),-
B13, B14 9, 22
(X1b)
Ch 13 Input
C7
D7
C13
C13
3BSE020924-510 B
B13
A5, A6
9 (X1a)
341
TU810
Process
(or TU814)
Connection
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
Male
Connector
TU818
Terminal
TU830/
TU842
TU838
TU852
TU833
TU843
Terminal
Terminal
Terminal
Terminal
(1)
Ch 14 Input
B7
22
B7
C14
B14
C14
22 (X1a)
Ch 13/Ch
14, L2-
A7
A13, A14 A14
A13, A14 -
U15, U16,
L2+
C8, A8
B15, B16 A15

(F8),-
B15, B16 10, 23

(X1a)
Ch 15 Input
C8
10
D8
C15
B15
C15
10 (X1a)
Ch 16 Input
B8
23
B8
C16
B16
C16
23 (X1a)
Ch 15/Ch16,
L2-
A8
A15, A16 A16
A15, A16 -
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+
11, 24
(X1a and
X1b)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2-
12, 25
(X1a and
X1b)
342
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
TU830/TU833
+24V
6.3A
U1
Ch1
Ch2
ZP
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
U2
Ch3
Ch4
ZP
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
U3
Ch5
Ch6
ZP
B5,B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
U4
Ch7
Ch8
ZP
U5
Ch9
Ch10
ZP
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U6
Ch11
Ch12
ZP
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
U7
Ch13
Ch14
ZP
U8
Ch15
Ch16
ZP
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
0V
DI840
0V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
Supervise
Fuse
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
6.3A
Fuse
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
343
Process
TU838
+24V
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
U1
Ch1
Ch2
ZP
A1
B1
B2
A2
U2
Ch3
Ch4
ZP
A3
B3
B4
A4
U3
Ch5
Ch6
ZP
A5
B5
B6
A6
U4
Ch7
Ch8
ZP
U5
Ch9
Ch10
ZP
A7
B7
B8
A8
U6
Ch11
Ch12
ZP
A11
B11
B12
A12
U7
Ch13
Ch14
ZP
U8
Ch15
Ch16
ZP
A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16
0V
A9
B9
B10
A10
DI840
Supervise
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
344
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
0V
C1
B1
A1
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
Ch3
Ch4
ZP
C2
B2
A2
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
Ch5
Ch6
ZP
C3
B3
A3
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
Ch7
Ch8
ZP
C4
B4
A4
Ch9
Ch10
ZP
C5
B5
A5
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
Ch11
Ch12
ZP
C6
B6
A6
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
Ch13
Ch14
ZP
C7
B7
A7
Ch15
Ch16
ZP
C8
B8
A8
0V
Supervise
Ch1
Ch2
ZP
DI840
L2+
L2+
L2-
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
345
TU812
Process
Connection
1 UP1
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1
16
16 S2
Ch2
4 S3
Ch3
17
17 S4
Ch4
5 S5
Ch5
18
18 S6
Ch6
6 S7
Ch7
19
19 S8
Ch8
7 S9
Ch9
20
20 S10
Ch10
8 S11
Ch11
21
21 S12
Ch12
9 S13
Ch13
22
22 S14
Ch14
10
10 S15
Ch15
23
23 S16
Ch16
11
11 UP2
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2 0V
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
DI840
+24V
Supervise
0V
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
346
3BSE020924-510 B
installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
Process
+24V
0V
U2
Ch1
Ch2
ZP
U4
Ch3
Ch4
ZP
U6
Ch5
Ch6
ZP
U8
Ch7
Ch8
ZP
U10
Ch9
Ch10
ZP
U12
Ch11
Ch12
ZP
U14
Ch13
Ch14
ZP
U16
Ch15
Ch16
ZP
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1
B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
B3
B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
B5
B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
B7
B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9
B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
B11
B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
B13
B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15
B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
TU842/TU843
DI840
Supervise
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
DI840
Supervise
---
U1
U2
I1
I2
ZP
U15
U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
Figure 138. DI840 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
347
DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module

Features

current sinking.
Redundant or single configuration.
1 group of 16 isolated from ground.
Sequence of events (SOE).
Current limited sensor supply per channel.
Certified for SIL3 according to IEC 61508.

954-1.
Description

input module for single or redundant
configuration. The input voltage range is 18 to
30 V d.c. and the input current is 7 mA at 24 V
d.c.
barrier.
There is one current limited transducer power
output per input.
The Sequence of Event function (SOE) can collect events with a resolution of 1 ms.
The event queue can contain up to 512 x 16 events. The function include a Shutter
filter for suppression of unwanted events.
348
3BSE020924-510 B
The SOE function can report the following status in the event message Channel
value, Queue full, Synchronization jitter, Uncertain time, Shutter filter active and
Channel error.
The input signals can be digitally filtered. The filter is selectable from 0 to 127 ms.
This means that pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out and pulses
longer than specified will get through the filter.
Six different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. The Extended
MTU (for example TU830/TU833) enables three wire connection to the sensors
without additional terminals. The Compact MTU (for example TU810, TU814) has
terminals for process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for
distribution of process power supply to the sensors. The TU818 Compact MTU
provides connection to 2-wire sensors without external marshaling. The TU812
Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
Shielded field cables are required for process connections (over all shield is
sufficient if a multi core cable contains sorted signal types). It is recommended to
feed all sensors connected to DI880 from the current limited sensor power supplies
that are supplied by DI880, to fulfill this TU830, TU833, TU842, TU843 or TU852
should be used. If single Compact MTUs (TU810, TU812, TU814 or TU818) are
used, refer to the Technical Description 3BSE050455.
Self-diagnostic Functions
The module cyclically performs comprehensive self-diagnostics. The detected

failures are grouped and reported as described below:
Errors in External power supply are reported as External error.
Errors in circuits only affecting specific channels on the module (short circuits,
open circuits, stuck-at faults) are reported as Internal channel error.
Errors in internal power supplies, Errors in micro controller, FPGA and

Memory are reported as Module Error.
3BSE020924-510 B
349
Technical Data
Table 71. DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module Specifications

DI880
Feature
Number of channels
16, current sinking
Rated voltage
24 V d.c.
(19.2 to 30 V)
11 to 30 V
-30 to +5 V
7 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input current, 1
> 3 mA
Input current, 0
< 1.5 mA
Input impedance
3.1 k
600 m (656 yd.)
0 to 127 ms
Shutter filter:
Shutter period
Shutter trigger
Recovery time
350
1 - 255 s (default 0, means deactivated

filter)
1...255 changes (default 4)
0 - 65535 s (default 0, means
deactivated filter)
1 ms
Sensor supply (per channel)
Voltage: Process power supply

(Upx) - max 4.2 V
Current: 32 mA, +/- 10%
125 mA (typ) 150 mA (max)
527 mA (max) (15 mA + sensor current)
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 71. DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module Specifications (Continued)
DI880
Feature
Power dissipation
2.4 W
Isolation
Yes, opto
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU818, TU830,

TU833, TU842, TU843 and TU852
MTU keying code
FF
-0 ms / +1.3 ms
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 B
351
Block Diagram DI880
F
R
W
P
ZP
1
UP
FPGA
Module Bus
EM
UP
16
CH1
Current
Limiter
CH2
U1
I1
UP
U2
I2
Current
Limiter
MCU
UP
Current
Limiter
U15
I15
CH15
U16
I16
Current
Limiter
CH16
Module Bus
UP
352
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU810
TU812
TU830/
TU842
TU818
TU852
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 Male
TU833
TU843
Terminal
Terminal
Terminal
Connector (1)
Terminal Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+
1, 14
(X1a and
X1b)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1-
2, 15
(X1a and
X1b)
U1, U2
C1, A1
B1, B2
B1, B2
3, 16
(X1b)
Ch1 Input
C1
D1
C1
C1
3 (X1a)
Ch 2 Input
B1
16
B1
C2
C2
16 (X1a)
Ch1/Ch2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A1, A2
U3, U4
C2, A2
B3, B4
B3, B4
4, 17
(X1b)
Ch 3 Input
C2
D2
C3
C3
Ch 4 Input
B2
17
B2
C4
C4
17
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A3, A4
U5, U6, L1+
C3, A3
B5, B6
B5, B6
5, 18
(X1b)
Ch 5 Input
C3
D3
C5
C5
Ch 6 Input
B3
18
B3
C6
C6
18
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A5, A6
3BSE020924-510 B
353

Process
Connection
354
TU810
TU812
TU830/
TU818
TU833
Terminal
Terminal
Connector (1)
Terminal
TU842
TU852
TU843
Terminal
Terminal
U7, U8
C4, A4
B7, B8
B7, B8
6, 19
(X1b)
Ch 7 Input
C4
D4
C7
C7
Ch 8 Input
B4
19
B4
C8
C8
19
Ch 7/Ch8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A7, A8
U9, U10
C5, A5
B9, B10
B9, B10
7, 20
(X1b)
Ch 9 Input
C5
D5
C9
C9
Ch 10 Input
B5
20
B5
C10
C10
20
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2-
A5
A9, A10
A9, A10
U11, U12
C6, A6
B11, B12 B11, B12 8, 21

(X1b)
Ch 11 Input
C6
D6
C11
C11
Ch 12 Input
B6
21
B6
C12
C12
21
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2-
A6
A11, A12 A11, A12 -
U13, U14
C7, A7
B13, B14 B13, B14 9, 22

(X1b)
Ch 13 Input
C7
D7
C13
C13
Ch 14 Input
B7
22
B7
C14
C14
22
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2-
A7
A13, A14 A13, A14 -
U15, U16, L2+
C8, A8
B15, B16 B15, B16 10, 23

(X1a)
Ch 15 Input
C8
10
D8
C15
C15
10
3BSE020924-510 B

Process
Connection
TU810
TU812
TU830/
TU842
TU818
TU852
TU833
TU843
Terminal
Terminal
(1)
Terminal
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Ch 16 Input
B8
23
B8
C16
C16
23
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16 A15, A16 -
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+
11, 24
(X1a and
X1b)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2-
12, 25
(X1a and
X1b)
3BSE020924-510 B
355
Figure 140 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Digital Input
Module DI880 when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Process
TU830/TU833
+24V
If the outgoing
sensor supplies
are not used to
feed the sensor
in the field,
refer to the
Technical Description
3BSE050455
6.3A
U1, U2
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
U3, U4
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
U5, U6
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
U7, U8
Ch7
Ch8
L1U9, U10
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U11, U12
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
U13, U14
Ch13
Ch14
L2U15, U16
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
0V
DI880
0V
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
Supervise
Fuse
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
6.3A
Fuse
EM
356
3BSE020924-510 B
Module DI880 when installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
0V
C1
B1
A1
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
C5
B5
A5
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
C6
B6
A6
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
C8
B8
A8
If single compact
MTUs(TU810,
TU812 or TU814)
are used, refer to the
3BSE050455
0V
Supervise
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
DI880
L2+
L2+
L2-
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
357
Module DI880 when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
TU812
If single compact
MTUs (TU810,
TU812 or TU814) are
used, the Technical
Description
.3BSE050455 should
be observed.
Process
Connection
1 UP1
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
3 S1
Ch1
16
16 S2
Ch2
4 S3
Ch3
17
17 S4
Ch4
5 S5
Ch5
18
18 S6
Ch6
6 S7
Ch7
19
19 S8
Ch8
7 S9
Ch9
20
20 S10
Ch10
8 S11
Ch11
21
21 S12
Ch12
9 S13
Ch13
22
22 S14
Ch14
10
10 S15
Ch15
23
23 S16
Ch16
11
11 UP2
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2 0V
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM
DI880
+24V
Supervise
0V
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
358
3BSE020924-510 B
3BSE020924-510 B
359
Module DI880 when installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.

Process
+24V
0V
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
If the outgoing sensor

supplies are not used
to feed the sensor in
the field, refer to the
3BSE050455
L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L20V
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1
B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
B3
B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
B5
B6
C5
C6
A5,A6
B7
B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9
B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
B11
B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
B13
B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15
B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
TU842/TU843
DI880
Supervise
U1, U2
I1
I2
ZP
U3, U4
I3
I4
ZP
U5, U6
I5
I6
ZP
U7, U8
I7
I8
ZP
U9, U10
I9
I10
ZP
U11, U12
I11
I12
ZP
U13, U14
I13
I14
ZP
U15, U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
DI880
Supervise
---
U1
U2
I1
I2
ZP
U15
U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
Figure 143. DI880 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
360
3BSE020924-510 B
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE,

Current Sinking
Features
8 channels for 24/48 V d.c. inputs with

current sinking.
External 24 or 48 V d.c. sensor power

supply.
Internal 48 V d.c. sensor power supply.
Short circuit protection to ground and 48

Volt.
Channel supervision.
Sensor power supply supervision.
Shutter filter.
Description
The DI885 is a 8 channel 24/48 V digital input

digital inputs. The input voltage range is 11.8 60 V d.c. and the input current is 1.6 mA at 24
V d.c., (3.2 mA at 48 V d.c.).
barrier.
The sensor power supply supervision gives an error signal if the voltage disappears,
and the Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read through the
ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 B
361
The input signals of the input module DI885 can be filtered to suppress any
electrical interference or contact bounce.The filter time can be set to a range
0 to 255 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time are filtered out
and pulses longer than specified filter time get through the filter.
Six different types of MTUs can be used. TheTU830/TU833 Extended MTU and
the TU810 (TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for process voltage inputs and
three terminals per channel. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
connector for connection to the process. The TU818 Compact MTU provides
connection to 2-wire sensors without external marshaling.
Event Recording
indicating when it occurred. The time stamp has a resolution of 1 millisecond, and is
compensated for the filter time.
Channel Supervision
The DI885 is able to supervise the process channel regarding wire break of sensor
cable, missing sensor and short circuit of sensor voltage to module ground.
The supervision can be switched on and off per device. The channel supervision is
only possible when the contact is equipped with a parallel resistor of 47 k 20%,
and 48 V sensor power.
362
3BSE020924-510 B
Sensor Power Supply and Supervision
The DI885 provides a 48 V d.c. sensor power supply per device.

The DC/DC - converter for 48 V d.c. supply can be powered from the internal 24 V
d.c. provided by the ModuleBus or from an external source.
The power supply is short-circuit proof and galvanically insulated.
It is also possible to supply the sensors with an external 48 V d.c. power supply. In
this case the internal voltage path is switched off.
Supported Sensor Types
The following sensor types are supported by the DI885.
Dry Contacts supervised: 48 V d.c./ 3,2 mA

The supervision is only possible for contacts with resistor connected in
parallel. Supervision is always available within internal sensor power supply.
Supervision in connection with external sensor power supply requires the same
strict limits in the tolerances of the external supply voltage as for internal
supply voltage (48 V d.c. 10%)
Dry Contacts not supervised with external Power Supply: >= 60 V d.c./
max. 4 mA
The maximum input voltage of 60 V DC must be kept strictly.
Electronic Inputs not supervised: 24 V d.c./ 1.6 mA

Only in combination with external power supply.
Open Collector Drivers (Current sourcing) not supervised: 24 V DC / 1.6

mA
Only in combination with external power supply.
3BSE020924-510 B
363
Technical Data

DI885
Feature
364
Number of channels
8, current sinking
Power supply:
Nominal voltage
Operating voltage range
24 V d.c.
19.2 to 30 V d.c.
Process Power supply: (UP)

Nominal voltage with internal supply
Voltage range with external supply
48 V d.c.+/- 10%
18 V d.c. - 60 V d.c.
Input signal
48 V contact supervised
1: >30 V d.c....<60 V d.c.

(>2 mA...<4 mA)
0: <23 V d.c....>8 V d.c.
(<1.5 mA...>0.5 mA)
Open circuit: <5 V (<0.33 mA)
Input signal
48 V contact not supervised
1: >30 V d.c....<60 V d.c.

(>2 mA...<4 mA)
0: <23 V d.c....>-30 V d.c.
(<1.5 mA...>-2.2 mA)
Input signal
24 V electronic not supervised
1: >8 V d.c....<60 V d.c.

(>0.5 mA...<4 mA)
0: <5 V d.c....>-30 V d.c.
(<0.33 mA...>-2.2 mA)
Input impedance
15 kOhm
600 meters, (656 yd.)
Bounce filter times (digital, selectable)
0 to 255 ms
1 ms
-0.5 ms to +1.3 ms
3BSE020924-510 B

DI885
Feature
Shutter filter
Shutter period
Shutter trigger
Recovery time
0... 255 s
0.. 255 changes
0... 65535 s
per device
160 mA
91 mA

power supply, UPx)
91 mA

power supply, UPx)
22 mA
3W
Isolation
Yes, opto
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU818, TU830

or TU833
MTU keying code
BF
50 V
500 V a.c.
24/48 Volts.
3BSE020924-510 B
365
Block Diagram DI885

X2
L1+
L1-
EMCBARRIER
CH 1
FAULT
I1
L1+
I2
L1.
RUN
WARNING
MBI-2
ASIC
(CPU)
X1
CH 2
.
.
.
RESET
L1+
.
.
DAT
DAT-N
RS-485
.
CH 8
POS0-9
.
L1+
I8
BLOCK
24V
ERROR 1-8
EEPROM
Process Connector
Modulebus Connector
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
0V
24V SUPERVISION
L1-
RAM
EM
24V
48V
Power
Switch
48V d.c.
24V d.c.
366
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections

Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU818 Terminal
TU830/TU833
Terminal
+24 V d.c. ext.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-, L2-
2, 15
L1- (2), L2- (2)
L1- (2), L2- (2)
Ch1 +48 V
B1
16
B1
C2
Ch1 Input
C1
D1
C1
Ch 2 +48 V
B2
17
B2
C4
Ch 2 Input
C2
D2
C3
Ch 3 +48 V
B3
18
B3
C6
Ch 3 Input
C3
D3
C5
Ch 4 +48 V
B4
19
B4
C8
Ch 4 Input
C4
D4
C7
Ch 5 +48 V
B5
20
B5
C10
Ch 5 Input
C5
D5
C9
Ch 6 +48 V
B6
21
B6
C12
Ch 6 Input
C6
D6
C11
Ch 7 +48 V
B7
22
B7
C14
Ch 7 Input
C7
D7
C13
Ch 8 +48 V
B8
23
B8
C16
Ch8 Input
C8
10
D8
C15
+48 V ext.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
3BSE020924-510 B
367
Process
TU830/TU833
Pwr. 1)
Sup.
47K
47K
Pwr. 2)
Sup.
24V+
0V
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
DI885
+
+
24V
_ 48V_
6.3 A
Fuse
Ch1
U
L1-
C1
C2
A1,A2
I1
U
L-
Ch2
U
L1-
C3
C4
A3,A4
I2
U
L-
Ch3
U
L1-
C5
C6
A5,A6
I3
U
L-
Ch4
U
L1-
C7
C8
A7,A8
I4
U
L-
Ch5
U
C9
C10
A9,A10
I5
U
Ch6
U
C11
C12
A11,A12
I6
U
Ch7
U
C13
C14
A13,A14
I7
U
Ch8
U
C15
C16
A15,A16
I8
U
48V+
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
6.3 A
Fuse
EM
1) Connected if 24 V external power supply

368
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
TU810
(or TU814)
Pwr. 1)
Sup.
47K
47K
Pwr. 2)
Sup.
24V+
DI885
+
+
24V
_ 48V_
L1+
L1+
L1-
0V
Ch1
U
L1-
C1
B1
A1
I1
U
L-
Ch2
U
L1-
C2
B2
A2
I2
U
L-
Ch3
U
L1-
C3
B3
A3
I3
U
L-
Ch4
U
L1-
C4
B4
A4
I4
U
L-
Ch5
U
C5
B5
A5
I5
U
Ch6
U
C6
B6
A6
I6
U
Ch7
U
C7
B7
A7
I7
U
Ch8
U
C8
B8
A8
I8
U
48V+
0V
L2+
L2+
L2-
EM

3BSE020924-510 B
369
Figure 147 shows the connections for the DI885 when installed on a TU812.
TU812
Process
Connection
1 UP1
14
14 UP1
2 ZP1
15
15 ZP1
DI885
+24V
+
+
24V
_ 48V_
0V
Ch1 I
3 S1
16
16 S2
Ch1
4 S3
Ch2 I
17
17 S4
Ch2
5 S5
Ch3 I
18
18 S6
Ch3
6 S7
Ch4 I
19
19 S8
Ch4
7 S9
Ch5 I
20
20 S10
Ch5
8 S11
Ch6 I
21
21 S12
Ch6
9 S13
Ch7 I
22
22 S14
Ch7
10
10 S15
Ch8 I
23
23 S16
Ch8
11
11 UP2 +48 V
24
24 UP2
12
12 ZP2
25
25 ZP2
13
13 EM EM
I1
L+
LI2
L+
LI3
L+
LI4
L+
LI5
L+
I6
L+
I7
L+
I8
L+
0V
EM
370
3BSE020924-510 B
DO801 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sourcing
DO801 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current

Sourcing
Features

current sourcing outputs.
1isolated groups of 16
channels.
Output status indicators.
OSP sets outputs to

predetermined state upon
communication error.
Short-circuit protection to
ground and 30 V.
Over-voltage and overtemperature protection.
Process and power

connection via detachable
connectors.
S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16
STATUS
DO801
24V 0.5A
L+ L- 24V
Description
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
The DO801 is a 16 channel 24 V

digital output module for the
S800 I/O. The output voltage
range is 10 to 30 volt and the
maximum continuous output
current is 0.5 A. The outputs are protected against short circuits, over voltage and
over temperature. The outputs are in one isolated group.
Each output channel consists of a short circuit and over temperature protected high
side driver, EMC protection components, inductive load suppression, output state
3BSE020924-510 B
371
The outputs are current limited and protected against over temperature. If the
outputs are overloaded the output current will be limited. This means that the power
dissipation in the output stage will increase and the output will shutdown if the
temperature in the output stage increases above 150 C (302 F). The output will
switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased to about
140 C (284 F). If any output is shutdown due to overload, the indication LED on
that channel is not switched off. The output status of that channel cannot be read
from the module.
Technical Data
Table 75. DO801 Digital Output Module Specifications

DO801
Digital Output Module
Feature
372
Number of channels
16 (1 x 16)
Type of output
Transistor current source,

current limited
Voltage range
12 - 32 V d.c.
Load current, maximum
0.5 A
Short circuit current, maximum
2.4 A
Leakage current, maximum
<10 a
Signal delay
<0.2 ms
Output impedance
<0.4 ohm
80 mA
2.1 W

timer
256, 512, 1024 ms
Isolation
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 75. DO801 Digital Output Module Specifications (Continued)

DO801
Feature
50 V
500 V a.c.
Solid: 0.05-2.5mm2, 30-12 AWG

Recommended torque: 0.5-0.6 Nm
Block Diagram DO801

Output
drivers
STATUS
DAT
DAT-N
POS0-9
O1
CH2
.
.
.
O2
.
CH15
O9
CH16
O16
Process Connector
+5V
POWER-OK
0V
MBI
CH1
BLOCK
L-
Power
connector
L+
Figure 148. DO801 Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B
373
Process Connections
Table 76. DO801 Process Connections
374
Process
Connection
Process
Terminal
Ch 1 Output
Ch 2 Output
Ch 3 Output
Ch 4 Output
Ch 5 Output
Ch 6 Output
Ch 7 Output
Ch 8 Output
Ch 9 Output
Ch 10 Output
10
Ch 11 Output
11
Ch 12 Output
12
Ch 13 Output
13
Ch 14 Output
14
Ch 15 Output
15
Ch 16 Output
16
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 149 shows the process connections for the DO801.
DO801
Process
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
L+
L-
+24V
0V
EM
Figure 149. DO801 Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
375
DO802 Digital Output Module, 24-250 V, Relay Normally

Open
Features
8 channels for 110 V

d.c./250 V a.c. relay
Normally Open (NO)
outputs.
8 isolated channels.
OSP sets outputs to

predetermined state upon
error detection.

S 1
STATUS
DO802
Relay 24-250V
Description
The DO802 is an 8 channel

110 V d.c./250 V a.c. relay (NO)
output module for the S800 I/O.
The maximum voltage range is
250 V and the maximum
continuous output current is 2 A.
All outputs are individually
isolated.
1
A
2
B A
3
B A
4
B A
5
B A
6
B A
7
B A
8
B A
Each output channel consists of

optical isolation barrier, output state indication LED, relay driver, relay and EMC
protection components.
376
3BSE020924-510 B
The relay supply voltage supervision, derived from the 24 V distributed on the
ModuleBus, gives a channel signal error and a module warning signal if the voltage
disappears. The error signal and warning signal can be read through the ModuleBus.
This supervision can be enabled/disabled with a parameter.
Technical Data

DO802
Feature
Number of channels
Type of output
Relay (NO)
Voltage range
24 - 110 V d.c./250 V a.c.
2A
Load current, minimum
5 mA
Max break power
a.c. 500 VA
d.c. 60W
Maximum field cable length (d.c., a.c.)
Pick-up time, maximum
10 ms
Release time, maximum
6 ms
Number of operations per hour,

maximum
1000
Number of operations per lifetime:

Mechanical
>20 x 106
Electrical at 30 V d.c. / 250 V a.c.
>0,16 x 106 (2 A resistive)
70 mA
80 mA
(1)
2.2 W
Power dissipation
3BSE020924-510 B
377

DO802
Feature
timer
256, 512, 1024 ms
Power supervision
24/12 V Relay power converter monitor
Isolation
Individually isolated from ground
250 V
2000 V a.c.
Solid: 0.05-2.5mm2, 30-12 AWG

378
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DO802

X1
OUTPUT CHANNELS
BIC
+24V
12V
0V-24V
24V
X2
STATUS
POWER-OK
0V
DAT
DAT-N
MBI-1
ASIC
1A
1B
CH 1
2A
2B
CH 2
RS-485
POS0-9
.
.
.
Process Connector
+5VI
+5V
RESET
ModuleBus Connector
12V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8
.
.
.
8A
EEPROM
CH 8
8B
3BSE020924-510 B
379
Process Connections

Process
Connection
Ch1 Input
Process
Terminal
1A
1B
Ch 2 Input
2A
2B
Ch 3 Input
3A
3B
Ch 4 Input
4A
4B
Ch 5 Input
5A
5B
Ch 6 Input
6A
6B
Ch 7 Input
7A
7B
Ch 8 Input
8A
8B
380
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 151 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO802.
DO802
Process
110V d.c./250V a.c.
a.c/d.c.
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
5A
5B
110V d.c./250V a.c.

a.c/d.c.
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
8B
EM
Figure 151. DO802 Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
381
DO810 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A Current Sourcing

Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. current sourcing

outputs.

process voltage supervision.

Short-circuit protection to ground and 30

V.
Over-voltage and over-temperature

protection.
Description
The DO810 is a 16 channel 24 V digital output

digital outputs. The output voltage range is 10
to 30 volt and the maximum continuous output
current is 0.5 A. The outputs are protected
against short circuits, over voltage and over
temperature. The outputs are divided into two
individually isolated groups with eight output
channels and one voltage supervision input in
each group.
Each output channel consists of a short circuit
and over temperature protected high side driver,
EMC protection components, inductive load suppression, output state indication
The process voltage supervision input give channel error signals if the voltage
disappears.The error signal can be read through the ModuleBus.
382
3BSE020924-510 B
outputs are overloaded the output current will be limited. This means that the power
dissipation in the output stage will increase and the output will shutdown if the
temperature in the output stage increases above 150 C (302 F). The output will
switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased to about
140 C (284 F). If any output is shutdown due to overload, the indication LED on
that channel is also switched off. The output status of that channel cannot be read
from the module.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. TU830 Extended MTU and TU810 (or
TU814) Compact MTU have terminals for 24 V output power connections and two
terminals per channels. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
Technical Data

DO810
Feature
Number of channels
16 (2 x 8)
Type of output
Transistor current sourcing, current

limited
Voltage range
12 - 32 V d.c.
0.5 A
2.4 A
<10 a
Output impedance
<0.4 ohm
80 mA
(1)
2.1 W
Power dissipation
3BSE020924-510 B
383

DO810
Feature
timer
256, 512, 1024 ms
Isolation
TU810, TU812, TU814 or TU830
MTU keying code
AA
50 V
500 V a.c.
384
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DO810

BIC
X2
GROUP 1
24V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8
FAULT
OUTPUTDRIVERS
L1+
L1+
RUN
WARNING
O1
MBI-1
ASIC
CH 2
.
.
.
CH 8
L1+
O2
.
.
.
L1+
O8
X1
RESET
ModuleBus Connector
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
0V
L1DAT
DAT-N
RS-485
POS0-9
BLOCK
EEPROM
Process Connector
CH 1
OSP
GROUP 2
24V SUPERVISION
ERROR 9-16
8
/ CH 9-16
OUTPUTDRIVERS
L2+
L2+
8
/
O 9-16
L2-
3BSE020924-510 B
385
Process Connections

Process
Connection
386
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1+
B1, B2
Ch 1 Output
C1
C1
Ch 2 Output
B1
16
C2
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+
B3, B4
Ch 3 Output
C2
C3
Ch 4 Output
B2
17
C4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+
B5, B6
Ch 5 Output
C3
C5
Ch 6 Output
B3
18
C6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+
B7, B8
Ch 7 Output
C4
C7
Ch 8 Output
B4
19
C8
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+
B9, B10
Ch 9 Output
C5
C9
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 80. DO810 Process Connections (Continued)

Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25 male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Ch 10 Output
B5
20
C10
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2-
A5
A9, A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+
B11, B12
Ch 11 Output
C6
C11
Ch 12 Output
B6
21
C12
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2-
A6
A11, A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+
B13, B14
Ch 13 Output
C7
C13
Ch 14 Output
B7
22
C14
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2-
A7
A13, A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+
B15, B16
Ch 15 Output
C8
10
C15
Ch 16 Output
B8
23
C16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B
387
Figure 153 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO810
when installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
DO810
TU830/TU833
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
0V
B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
O3
O4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
L1+
O5
O6
L1-
B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
L2+
O 11
O 12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,A16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
+24V
Fuse
EM
+24V
L1+
O1
O2
L1-
6.3 A
Supervise
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
Process
0V
Figure 153. DO810 with TU830/TU833 Extended MTU Process Connections
388
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 154 shows the process connections for the DO810 when installed on a
DO810
TU810
(or TU814)
Process
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
Supervise
L1+
O1
O2
L1-
C1
B1
A1
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
O3
O4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
L1+
O5
O6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C5
B5
A5
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
C6
B6
A6
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C8
B8
A8
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2L2+
O 11
O 12
L2L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-
Supervise
EM
0V
L2+
L2+
L2-
+24V
0V
Figure 154. DO810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
389
when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
DO810
Supervise
L1+
O1
O2
L1L1+
O3
O4
L1L1+
O5
O6
L1L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2L2+
O 11
O 12
L2L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-
TU812
+24V
UP1 1
UP1 14
14
0V
ZP1 2
ZP1 15
15
Ch1
S1 3
Ch2
S2 16
16
Ch3
S3 4
Ch4
S4 17
17
Ch5
S5 5
Ch6
S6 18
18
Ch7
S7 6
Ch8
S8 19
19
Ch9
S9 7
Ch10
S10 20
20
Ch11
S11 8
Ch12
S12 21
21
Ch13
S13 9
Ch14
S14 22
22
Ch15
S15 10
10
Ch16
S16 23
23
+24V UP2 11
11
0V
Supervise
EM
UP2 24
24
ZP2 12
12
ZP2 25
25
EM 13
13
Process
Connection
Figure 155. DO810 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
390
3BSE020924-510 B
DO814 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sinking

Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. current sinking

outputs.


Short-circuit protection to ground and 30

V.
Over-voltage and over-temperature

protection.
Description

module with current sinking for the S800 I/O.
The output voltage range is 10 to 30 volt and
the maximum continuous current sinking is
0.5 A. The outputs are protected against short
circuits and over temperature. The outputs are
divided into two individually isolated groups
with eight output channels and one voltage
supervision input in each group.
Each output channel consists of a short circuit
and over temperature protected low side
switch, EMC protection components,
inductive load suppression, output state
The process voltage supervision input give channel error signals if the voltage
disappears.The error signal can be read via the ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 B
391
outputs are overloaded the output current sinking will be limited. This means that
the power dissipation in the output stage will increase and the output will shutdown
if the temperature in the output stage increases above 150 C (302 F). The output
will switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased to
about 140 C (284 F).
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables three
wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or TU814)
Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V output power connection, but requires
external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the devices. The TU812
Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
TU838 provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels or process power output.
Technical Data

DO814
Feature
Number of channels
16 (2 x 8) current sinking
Type of output
Transistor current sinking,

current limited
Voltage range
12 - 32 V d.c.
0.5 A
2.4 A
<10 a
Output impedance
<0.4 ohm
80 mA
(1)
2.1 W
Power dissipation
392
3BSE020924-510 B

DO814
Feature
timer
256, 512, 1024 ms
Isolation
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830 or

TU838
MTU keying code
BE
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 B
393
Block Diagram DO814

BIC
X2
GROUP 1
OUTPUT
24V SUPERVISION Current SinkingDRIVERS
UP1 24V
ERROR 1-8
FAULT
U1
RUN
CH 1
WARNING
O1
OSP
X1
Modulebus Connector
0V
DAT+
DAT-
RS-485
CLK+
CLK-
RS-485
POS0-6
BLOCK
MBI-1
CH 2
ASIC
.
.
.
CH 8
O2
.
.
.
U8
O8
ZP1
Process Connector
POWER-OK
U2
RESET
+5VI
+5V
GROUP 2
OUTPUT
24V SUPERVISION Current SinkingDRIVERS
ERROR 9-16
UP2 24V
U9-16
EEPROM
8 CH 9-16
/
8
/
O 9-16
ZP2
394
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
Table 82. DO814 Process Connection
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU830/TU833
male
Terminal
Connector (1)
TU838
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1+
B1, B2
A1 (F1)
Ch 1 Output
C1
C1
B1
Ch 2 Output
B1
16
C2
B2
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+
B3, B4
A3 (F2)
Ch 3 Output
C2
C3
B3
Ch 4 Output
B2
17
C4
B4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+
B5, B6
A5 (F3)
Ch 5 Output
C3
C5
B5
Ch 6 Output
B3
18
C6
B6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+
B7, B8
A7 (F4)
Ch 7 Output
C4
C7
B7
Ch 8 Output
B4
19
C8
B8
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+
B9, B10
A9 (F5)
Ch 9 Output
C5
C9
B9
3BSE020924-510 B
395
Table 82. DO814 Process Connection (Continued)
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU830/TU833
male
Terminal
Connector (1)
TU838
Terminal
Ch 10 Output
B5
20
C10
B10
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2-
A5
A9, A10
A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+
B11, B12
A11 (F6)
Ch 11 Output
C6
C11
B11
Ch 12 Output
B6
21
C12
B12
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2-
A6
A11, A12
A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+
B13, B14
A13 (F7)
Ch 13 Output
C7
C13
B13
Ch 14 Output
B7
22
C14
B14
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2-
A7
A13, A14
A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+
B15, B16
A15 (F8)
Ch 15 Output
C8
10
C15
B15
Ch 16 Output
B8
23
C16
B16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
396
3BSE020924-510 B
DO814
TU830/TU833
6.3 A
+24V
L1+
O1
O2
L1-
L1+
L1+
L1L1B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
O3
O4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
L1+
O5
O6
L1-
B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
L2+
O 11
O 12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
Supervise
Fuse
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
EM
Process
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
0V
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
+24V
0V
3BSE020924-510 B
397
(current sinking) when installed on a TU838 Extended MTU.
DO814
Process
TU838
Supervise
L1+
O1
O2
L1-
F1
L1+
O3
O4
L1-
F2
L1+
O5
O6
L1L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2L2+
O 11
O 12
L2L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-
Supervise
EM
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
+24V
0V
A1
B1
B2
A2
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
A3
B3
B4
A4
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
A5
B5
B6
A6
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
A7
B7
B8
A8
A9
B9
B10
A10
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
A11
B11
B12
A12
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
A13
B13
B14
A14
A15
B15
B16
A16
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
+24V
0V
Figure 158. DO814 with TU838 Extended MTU Process Connections
398
3BSE020924-510 B
DO814
TU810
(or TU814)
Process
24V Power Supply
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
Supervise
L1+
O1
O2
L1-
C1
B1
A1
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
L1+
O3
O4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
L1+
O5
O6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C5
B5
A5
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
C6
B6
A6
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C8
B8
A8
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2L2+
O 11
O 12
L2L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-
Supervise
EM
0V
L2+
L2+
L2-
+24V
0V
24V Power
Supply
3BSE020924-510 B
399
DO814
Supervise
L1+
O1
O2
L1L1+
O3
O4
L1L1+
O5
O6
L1L1+
O7
O8
L1L2+
O9
O 10
L2L2+
O 11
O 12
L2L2+
O 13
O 14
L2L2+
O 15
O 16
L2-
TU812
+24V
UP1 1
UP1 14
14
0V
ZP1 2
ZP1 15
15
Ch1
S1 3
Ch2
S2 16
16
Ch3
S3 4
Ch4
S4 17
17
Ch5
S5 5
Ch6
S6 18
18
Ch7
S7 6
Ch8
S8 19
19
Ch9
S9 7
Ch10
S10 20
20
Ch11
S11 8
Ch12
S12 21
21
Ch13
S13 9
Ch14
S14 22
22
Ch15
S15 10
10
Ch16
S16 23
23
+24V UP2 11
11
0V
Supervise
EM
UP2 24
24
ZP2 12
12
ZP2 25
25
EM 13
13
Process
Connection
400
3BSE020924-510 B
DO815 Digital Output Module 24 V, 2 A, Current Sourcing

Features
8 channels for 24 V d.c. current sourcing

outputs.
2 isolated groups of 4 channels with under

voltage detection.

upon communication error.
Output status indicators and a channel

wise error flag.
Short-circuit protection to ground and

positive supply.
Over load protection.
Open load and short-circuit detection.
Two output fault operation modes:

Automatic reset mode and Fault latching
mode.
Inductive load driving capability.
Filament lamp load up to 10W.
Description

module for the S800 I/O. The output voltage
range is 10 to 30 V and the maximum
continuous output current is
2 A @ 24 V. The outputs are protected against
short circuits, and over load. The outputs are divided into two individually isolated
groups with four output channels in each group.
Each output channel consists of a short circuit and over load protected high side
driver with open load detection (on active signal), EMC protection components,
3BSE020924-510 B
401
inductive load suppression, output status indication LEDs and optical isolation
barrier.
In addition to the four module LEDs, DO815 has two LEDs (one Yellow and one
Red) per channel. The Yellow LED indicates the output state (Yellow = output is
energized, Off = output is de-energized). The Red LED indicates channel errors
such as short circuit, over load, under voltage and open load (Red = channel error,
Off = no channel error).
The driver outputs provide a free-wheel diode to demagnetize inductive loads.
No external demagnetization arrangement is required up to loads of 1J.
DO815 outputs are able to drive filament lamp loads up to 10W, but only in
Automatic reset mode.
DO815 provides two protection operation modes. Each channel can be configured
to operate in one of the two modes:
1.
Automatic reset mode (Default mode): The fault condition disappears, then the
fault disappears, and the operation is resumed.
2.
Fault latching mode (This mode in not applicable in all controllers): The output
is switched off by any of the fault conditions. The fault latch remains in fault
condition until reset by temporarily setting the automatic reset mode.
The output drivers are current limited and protected against over load. If an output
has a short circuit to ground, the output current will be limited and the driver will
shutdown in order to minimize the power dissipation. In the automatic reset mode,
the output will switch on again automatically after a defined time interval. If the
short circuit condition is still present, the output is turned off again, otherwise the
normal operation is resumed.
In the fault latching mode, the output remains off until the fault condition is not
valid and the reset of the fault latch is activated. If any output is shutdown due to
fault condition, the indication LED (Yellow) on that channel remains on if the
channel is activated.The output status of the channel can be read from the module.
402
3BSE020924-510 B
Four different types of MTUs can be used, TU830 Extended MTU and TU810,
TU812 or TU814 Compact MTU have terminals for 24 V output power connection
and terminals for the output channels. With use of TU812 the current per group is
limited to 5 A.
Technical Data

DO815
Feature
Number of channels
8 (2 x 4)
Type of output
High side driver,

current limited
Process voltage (L+)

Normal
Range
24 V d.c.
10 - 32 V d.c.
On-state output voltage drop
Max. 0.5 V
2 A @ 24 V,
2,5 A @ 30 V
Total permissible current of outputs per

group
Max. 6 A
Loop monitoring
Open circuit and short circuit detection

in energized state.
Short circuit current
Max. 4 A
Open load detection current(1)
< 6 mA
Max. 500 A
Output impedance
<0.25 ohm
Filament lamp load

only in Automatic reset mode
Max. 10W
Inductive load switch off energy
Max. 1J
3BSE020924-510 B
403

DO815
Feature
Output signal delay
Max. 0.2 ms
Switching frequency resistive load
Max. 200 Hz
Switching frequency inductive load
Max. 2.5 Hz
120 mA, 150 mA max.
4 W @ 24 V

timer
256 (3), 512, 1024 ms
Isolation
TU810, TU812(4), TU814 or TU830
MTU keying code
AA
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
404
On active signal
Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated.
256 ms are used for Master. Set by the user for MOD.
Current per group is limited to 5 A.
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DO815

BIC
X2
GROUP 1
CH 1-4
CH 1
OSP
X1
RESET
ModuleBus Connector
RS-485
POS0-9
BLOCK
EEPROM
CH 2
.
.
CH 4
CTR
4 1-4
/
L1+
O2
.
.
L1+
O4
L1-
Process Connector
MBI-1
ASIC
O1
Fault Mode Control
WARNING
L1+
L1+
GROUP 2
CH 5-8
ERR.
4
/ 5-8
CH
4 5-8
/
4 CTR
/
5-8
F 5-8
Fault Mode
Control
RUN
DAT
DAT-N
OUTPUTDRIVERS
ERR.
4 1-4
/
FAULT
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
0V
F 1-4
OUTPUTDRIVERS
L2+
L2+
4
/
O 5-8
L2-
3BSE020924-510 B
405
Process Connections

TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
Ch 1/ L1+
B1, B2
Ch 1 Output
C1, B1
3, 16
C1, C2
Ch 1/L1-
A1
A1, A2
Ch 2/L1+
B3, B4
Ch 2 Output
C2, B2
4, 17
C3
Ch 2/, L1-
A2
A3, A4
Ch 3/ L1+
B5, B6
Ch 3Output
C3, B3
5, 18
C5
Ch 3/ L1-
A3
A5, A6
Ch 4/ L1+
B7, B8
Ch 4 Output
C4, B4
6, 19
C7
Ch 4/ L1-
A4
A7, A8
Ch 5/ L2+
B9, B10
Ch 5 Output
C5, B5
7, 20
C9
Ch 5/ L2-
A5
A9, A10
Ch 6/ L2+
B11, B12
Ch 6 Output
C6, B6
8, 21
C11
Ch 6/ L2-
A6
A11, A12
Process
Connection
406
TU830/TU833
Terminal
3BSE020924-510 B

Process
Connection
3BSE020924-510 B
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
Terminal
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Ch 7/ L2+
B13, B14
Ch 7 Output
C7, B7
9, 22
C13
Ch 7/ L2-
A7
A13, A14
Ch 8/ L2+
B15, B16
Ch 8 Output
C8, B8
10, 23
C15
Ch 8/ L2-
A8
A15, A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
407
DO815
TU830/TU833
6.3 A
Fuse
L1+
O1
L1L1+
O2
L1L1+
O3
L1L1+
O4
L1L2+
O5
L2L2+
O6
L2L2+
O7
L2L2+
O8
L26.3 A
Fuse
EM
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
Process
+24V
0V
B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
Ch1
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
Ch2
B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
Ch3
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
Ch4
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
Ch6
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
Ch7
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
+24V
L1-
L1-
L1-
L1L2+
Ch5
L2-
L2-
L2L2+
Ch8
L2-
0V
408
3BSE020924-510 B
TU812
DO815
+24V
0V
UP1 1
UP1 14
14
ZP1 2
ZP1 15
15
Ch1
S1 3
L1+
Ch1
S2 16
16
O2
L1-
Ch2
S3 4
L1+
O1
L1-
Ch2
S4 17
17
Ch3
S5 5
O3
L1-
Ch3
S6 18
18
L1+
Ch4
S7 6
O4
L1L2+
Ch4
S8 19
19
Ch5
S9 7
Ch5
S10 20
20
Ch6
S11 8
L2+
Ch6
S12 21
21
O6
L2-
Ch7
S13 9
Ch7
S14 22
22
Ch8
S15 10
10
Ch8
S16 23
23
+24V
UP2 11
11
UP2 24
24
ZP2 12
12
ZP2 25
25
EM 13
13
L1+
O5
L2-
L2+
O7
L2L2+
O8
L2-
0V
EM
Process
Connection
3BSE020924-510 B
409
DO815
TU810
(or TU814)
Process
L1+
+24V
L1-
0V
L1+
O1
L1-
C1
B1
A1
Ch1
C2
B2
A2
Ch2
C3
B3
A3
Ch3
C4
B4
A4
Ch4
C5
B5
A5
Ch5
C6
B6
A6
Ch6
C7
B7
A7
Ch7
C8
B8
A8
Ch8
L1-
L1+
O2
L1-
L1-
L1+
O3
L1-
L1-
L1+
O4
L1L2+
O5
L2-
L1-
L2-
L2+
O6
L2-
L2-
L2+
O7
L2L2+
O8
L2-
EM
L2-
L2+
+24V
L2-
0V
410
3BSE020924-510 B

Features
2 isolated groups (RIV50V) with 16 channels and

one process voltage supervision input in each group.
The process voltage range is 12-32V dc (nominally

24V dc) and the maximum continuous output current
is 0.5A per channel.
Description
The DO818 is a 32 channel 24 V digital output module for

the S800 I/O. This module has 16 digital outputs. The
output voltage range is 12 to 32 volt and the maximum
continuous output current is 0.5 A.
The outputs are protected against short circuits, over
voltage and over temperature. The outputs are divided into
two individually isolated groups with 16 output channels
and one voltage supervision input in each group.
Each output channel consists of a short circuit and over
temperature protected high side driver, EMC protection
components, inductive load suppression, output state indication LED and optical
isolation barrier. The process voltage supervision input give channel error signals if
the voltage disappears. The error signal can be read through the ModuleBus.
The channel-wise high side drivers are short circuit and over temperature protected.
The outputs are provided with a current limitation that enters a repetitive switched
mode after an initial peak current has been exceeded. The initial peak short circuit
current limit is set to IL(SCp) (typ 1.4A). During the repetitive mode short circuit
current, the limit is set to IL(SCr) (typ1.1A). If this operation leads to an
overtemperature condition, over 135C, a second protection level (Tj > 135C)
changes the output into a low duty cycle PWM (selective thermal shutdown with
restart) to prevent critical chip temperatures. If base chip temperature reaches a
3BSE020924-510 B
411
critical temperature, all 8 outputs are turned off. The output circuitry will shut off if
the process power drops below 11V.
The I/O signals are connected to the MTU with the process connector. Three
different types of MTUs can be used. The extended MTU (TU830) provides 32
outputs terminals and 16 return terminals. The compact MTU (TU818) provides 1wire connection to the load. The compact MTU (TU819) has two D-sub 25 pin
connectors for interfacing with the process.
Technical Data

DO818
Feature
Number of channels
32 (2 x 16)
Type of output

limited
Voltage range
12 - 32 V d.c.
0.5 A
<2A
<30 a
Output impedance
<0.32 ohm
Typ 70 mA
2.8 W
40mA
power supply, UPx)

timer
412
256, 512, 1024 ms
3BSE020924-510 B

DO818
Feature

Activated when process power drops
below 12V.
Isolation
TU830, TU818, TU819
MTU keying code
EA
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 B
413
Block Diagram DO818
414
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections

Process
Connection
TU830
TU818
TU819
24 V dc
L1 + (2)
L2 + (2)
1, 14, 11, 24 (X1a)
0 V dc
L1 - (2)
L1- (2)
2, 15, 12, 25 (X1a)
Ch 1 Output
C1
D1
3 (X1a)
Ch 2 Output
B1
C1
16 (X1a)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1 -
A1
Ch 3 Output
C2
B1
4 (X1a)
Ch 4 Output
B2
A1
17 (X1a)
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1 -
A2
Ch 5 Output
C3
D2
5 (X1a)
Ch 6 Output
B3
C2
18 (X1a)
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1 -
A3
Ch 7 Output
C4
B2
6 (X1a)
Ch 8 Output
B4
A2
19 (X1a)
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1 -
A4
Ch 9 Output
C5
D3
7 (X1a)
Ch 10 Output
B5
C3
20 (X1a)
Ch 9/Ch 10, L1 -
A5
Ch 11 Output
C6
B3
8 (X1a)
Ch 12 Output
B6
A3
21 (X1a)
Ch 11/Ch 12, L1 -
A6
3BSE020924-510 B
415

Process
Connection
416
TU830
TU818
TU819
Ch 13 Output
C7
D4
9 (X1a)
Ch 14 Output
B7
C4
22 (X1a)
Ch 13/Ch 14, L1 -
A7
Ch 15 Output
C8
B4
10 (X1a)
Ch 16 Output
B8
A4
23 (X1a)
Ch 15/Ch 16, L1 -
A8
Ch 17 Output
C9
D5
3 (X1b)
Ch 18 Output
B9
C5
16 (X1b)
Ch 17/Ch 18, L2 -
A9
Ch 19 Output
C10
B5
4 (X1b)
Ch 20 Output
B10
A5
17 (X1b)
Ch 19/Ch 20, L2 -
A10
Ch 21 Output
C11
D6
5 (X1b)
Ch 22 Output
B11
C6
18 (X1b)
Ch 21/Ch 22, L2 -
A11
Ch 23 Output
C12
B6
6 (X1b)
Ch 24 Output
B12
A6
19 (X1b)
Ch 23/Ch 24, L2 -
A12
Ch 25 Output
C13
D7
7 (X1b)
Ch 26 Output
B13
C7
20 (X1b)
Ch 25/Ch 26, L2 -
A13
Ch 27 Output
C14
B7
8 (X1b)
3BSE020924-510 B

Process
Connection
TU830
TU818
TU819
Ch 28 Output
B14
A7
21 (X1b)
Ch 27/Ch 28, L2 -
A14
Ch 29 Output
C15
D8
9 (X1b)
Ch 30 Output
B15
C8
22 (X1b)
Ch 29/Ch 30, L2 -
A15
Ch 31 Output
C16
B8
10 (X1b)
Ch 32 Output
B16
A8
23 (X1b)
Ch 31/Ch 32, L2 -
A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
1, 14, 11, 24 (X1b)
0 V d.c.
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
2, 15, 12, 25 (X1b)
Figure 166 shows the Field connection example with TU830 Extended Module
Termination Unit.
* FUSE max 6,3A due to limitation in UL standards.
Figure 167 shows Field connection example with TU818 Compact Module
Termination Unit.
Figure 168 shows Field connection example with TU819 Compact Module
Termination Unit.
3BSE020924-510 B
417
Figure 166. Field connection example with TU830 Extended Module Termination
Unit
418
3BSE020924-510 B
Unit
3BSE020924-510 B
419
Unit
420
3BSE020924-510 B

Features
8 channels for 230 V a.c./d.c. relay

Normal Open (NO) outputs.

Description
The DO820 is an 8 channel 230 V a.c./d.c.

relay (NO) output module for the S800 I/O.
The maximum output voltage is 250 V
a.c./d.c. and the maximum continuous output
current is 3 A. All outputs are individually
isolated.
Each output channel consists of optical
isolation barrier, output state indication LED,
relay driver, relay and EMC protection
components.
The relay supply voltage supervision, derived
from the 24 V distributed on the ModuleBus,
gives an error signal if the voltage disappears,
and the Warning LED turns on. The error
signal can be read through the ModuleBus.
This supervision can be enabled/disabled with
a parameter.
3BSE020924-510 B
421
Six different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831/TU851 Extended MTU,
TU811 Compact MTU, and TU813 Compact MTU enable two wire connection to
the devices without additional terminals. The extended MTUs, TU836, provides an
individual fuse (3 A max.) per channel on the load outlet terminals. The extended
MTUs, TU837, provides an individual fuse (3 A max.) per channel. Outputs can be
individually isolated or grouped by bridging. Signal return terminals are provided in
two groups of four terminals.
Technical Data

DO820
Feature
Number of channels
Type of output
Relay (NO)
Voltage range
5 - 250 V a.c./d.c.
3A
5 mA
Max. make current
30 A, 200ms, L/R >10 ms
Max break power
a.c. 720 VA @ power factor > 0.4,

d.c.40 W L/R < 40 ms
9 ms
5 ms

maximum
2000
422
Mechanical
>20 x 106
Electrical
>1 x 106
3BSE020924-510 B

DO820
Feature
60 mA
140 mA
2.9 W

timer
256(2), 512, 1024 ms
Power supervision
Isolation
TU811, TU813, TU831, TU836, TU837,

or TU851
MTU keying code
AD
250 V
2000 V a.c.

(2) 256 ms are used for Master. Set by the user for MOD.
3BSE020924-510 B
423
Block Diagram DO820

X1
OUTPUT CHANNELS
BIC
+24V
12V
0V-24V
24V
X2
WARNING
12V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8
OSP
POWER-OK
0V
DAT
DAT-N
MBI-1
ASIC
CH 1
O 1.1
O 1.2
O 2.1
CH 2
O 2.2
RS-485
POS0-9
BLOCK
.
.
.
Process Connector
+5VI
+5V
RESET
ModuleBus Connector
FAULT
RUN
.
.
.
O 8.1
EEPROM
CH 8
O 8.2
424
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections

Process
Connection
TU811/TU813
Terminal
TU831
Terminal
TU836
Terminal
TU837
Terminal
TU851
Terminal
Ch 1.1 Output
B1
B1
11 (fused)
B1
B2
Ch 1.2 Output
A1
A1
12
A1 (fused)
A2
Ch 2.1 Output
C2
B2
21 (fused)
B2
B4
Ch 2.2 Output
A2
A2
22
A2 (fused)
A4
Ch 3.1 Output
B3
B3
31 (fused)
B3
B6
Ch 3.2 Output
A3
A3
32
A3 (fused)
A6
Ch 4.1 Output
C4
B4
41 (fused)
B4
B8
Ch 4.2 Output
A4
A4
42
A4 (fused)
A8
Ch 5.1 Output
B5
B5
51 (fused)
B5
B10
Ch 5.2 Output
A5
A5
52
A5 (fused)
A10
Ch 6.1 Output
C6
B6
61 (fused)
B6
B12
Ch 6.2 Output
A6
A6
62
A6 (fused)
A12
Ch 7.1 Output
B7
B7
71 (fused)
B7
B14
Ch 7.2 Output
A7
A7
72
A7 (fused)
A14
Ch 8.1 Output
C8
B8
81 (fused)
B8
B16
Ch 8.2 Output
A8
A8
82
A8 (fused)
A16
Process Power
Source 1
L1, N1
N1, N1, 11,

12, 13, 14
Process Power
Source 2
L2, N2
N2, N2, 25,

26, 27, 28
3BSE020924-510 B
425
DO820
TU831
Process
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1
O 1.2
B1
A1
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
O 2.1
O 2.2
B2
A2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
O 3.1
O 3.2
B3
A3
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
O 4.1
O 4.2
B4
A4
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
O 5.1
O 5.2
B5
A5
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
O 6.1
O 6.2
B6
A6
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
O 7.1
O 7.2
B7
A7
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
O 8.1
O 8.2
B8
A8
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
EM
426
3BSE020924-510 B
DO820
TU811/TU813
Process
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1
O 1.2
B1
A1
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
O 2.1
O 2.2
C2
A2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
O 3.1
O 3.2
B3
A3
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
O 4.1
O 4.2
C4
A4
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
O 5.1
O 5.2
B5
A5
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
O 6.1
O 6.2
C6
A6
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
O 7.1
O 7.2
B7
A7
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
O 8.1
O 8.2
C8
A8
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
427
TU836 Extended MTU.
DO820
TU836
Process
L1
L1
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
N1
N1
O 1.1
O 1.2
O 2.1
O 2.2
O 3.1
O 3.2
O 4.1
O 4.2
O 5.1
O 5.2
O 6.1
O 6.2
O 7.1
O 7.2
O 8.1
O 8.2
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
11
12
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
21
22
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
31
32
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
41
42
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
51
52
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
61
62
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
71
72
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
81
82
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
L2
L2
EM
N2
N2
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
428
3BSE020924-510 B
TU837 Extended MTU.
TU837
DO820
ZP1
O 1.1
O 1.2
Process
0-250V
a.c./d.c.
N1
N1
11
12
13
14
B1
A1
Ch1.1
B2
A2
Ch2.1
B3
A3
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
B4
A4
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
3.15A
O 2.1
O 2.2
3.15A
O 3.1
O 3.2
3.15A
O 4.1
O 4.2
0-250V
a.c./d.c.
3.15A
0-250V
a.c./d.c.
B5
A5
O 5.1
O 5.2
3.15A
O 6.1
O 6.2
B6
A6
3.15A
O 7.1
O 7.2
B7
A7
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
B8
A8
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
3.15A
O 8.1
O 8.2
3.15A
EM
ZP2
0-250V
a.c./d.c.
25
26
27
28
N2
N2
0-250V
a.c./d.c.
3BSE020924-510 B
429

Features
8 channels for 230 V a.c./d.c. relay

Normal Closed (NC) outputs.

Description
The DO821 is an 8 channel 230 V a.c./d.c.

relay (NC) output module for the S800 I/O.
The maximum output voltage is 250 V a.c.
and the maximum continuous output current
is 3 A. All outputs are individually isolated.
Each output channel consists of optical
isolation barrier, output state indication LED,
relay driver, relay and EMC protection
components.
The relay supply voltage supervision, derived
from the 24 V distributed on the ModuleBus,
gives an error signal if the voltage disappears,
and the Warning LED turns on. The error
signal can be read via the ModuleBus. This
supervision can be enabled/disabled with a
parameter.
430
3BSE020924-510 B
Six different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831/TU851 Extended MTU,
TU811 Compact MTU, and TU813 Compact MTU enable two wire connection to
the devices without additional terminals. The extended MTU, TU836, provides an
individual fuse (3 A max.) per channel on the load outlet terminals. The extended
MTU, TU837 provides an individual fuse (3 A max.) per channel. Outputs can be
individually isolated or grouped by bridging. Signal return terminals are provided in
two groups of four terminals.
Technical Data

DO821
Feature
Number of channels
Type of output
Relay (NC)
Voltage range
5 - 250 V a.c./d.c.
3A
5 mA
Max. make current
30 A, 200ms, L/R >10 ms
Max break power
a.c. 720 VA @ power factor > 0.4,

d.c. 40 W L/R < 40 ms
9 ms
5 ms

maximum
2000

Mechanical
>20 x 106
Electrical
>1 x 106
3BSE020924-510 B
431

DO821
Feature
60 mA
140 mA
2.9 W

timer
256, 512, 1024 ms
Power supervision
Isolation

(RIV=250 V)
TU811, TU813, TU831, TU836, TU837,

or TU851
MTU keying code
CA
250 V
2000 V a.c.
432
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DO821

X1
OUTPUT CHANNELS
BIC
+24V
12V
0V-24V
24V
X2
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
POWER-OK
0V
DAT
DAT-N
MBI-1
ASIC
CH 1
O 1.1
O 1.2
O 2.1
CH 2
O 2.2
RS-485
POS0-9
BLOCK
.
.
.
Process Connector
+5VI
+5V
RESET
ModuleBus Connector
12V SUPERVISION
ERROR 1-8
OSP
.
.
.
O 8.1
EEPROM
CH 8
O 8.2
3BSE020924-510 B
433
Process Connections

Process
Connection
TU811/TU813
Terminal
TU831
Terminal
Ch 1.1 Output
B1
B1
11 (fused)
B1
B2
Ch 1.2 Output
A1
A1
12
A1 (fused)
A2
Ch 2.1 Output
C2
B2
21 (fused)
B2
B4
Ch 2.2 Output
A2
A2
22
A2 (fused)
A4
Ch 3.1 Output
B3
B3
31 (fused)
B3
B6
Ch 3.2 Output
A3
A3
32
A3 (fused)
A6
Ch 4.1 Output
C4
B4
41 (fused)
B4
B8
Ch 4.2 Output
A4
A4
42
A4 (fused)
A8
Ch 5.1 Output
B5
B5
51 (fused)
B5
B10
Ch 5.2 Output
A5
A5
52
A5 (fused)
A10
Ch 6.1 Output
C6
B6
61 (fused)
B6
B12
Ch 6.2 Output
A6
A6
62
A6 (fused)
A12
Ch 7.1 Output
B7
B7
71 (fused)
B7
B14
Ch 7.2 Output
A7
A7
72
A7 (fused)
A14
Ch 8.1 Output
C8
B8
81 (fused)
B8
B16
Ch 8.2 Output
A8
A8
82
A8 (fused)
A16
Process Power
Source 1
L1, N1
N1, N1, 11, 12, 13, 14
Process Power
Source 2
L2, N2
N2, N2, 25, 26, 27, 28
434
TU836
Terminal
TU837
Terminal
TU851
Terminal
3BSE020924-510 B
DO821
TU831
Process
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1
O 1.2
B1
A1
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
O 2.1
O 2.2
B2
A2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
O 3.1
O 3.2
B3
A3
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
O 4.1
O 4.2
B4
A4
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
O 5.1
O 5.2
B5
A5
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
O 6.1
O 6.2
B6
A6
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
O 7.1
O 7.2
B7
A7
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
O 8.1
O 8.2
B8
A8
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
435
DO821
TU811/TU813
Process
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1
O 1.2
B1
A1
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
O 2.1
O 2.2
C2
A2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
O 3.1
O 3.2
B3
A3
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
O 4.1
O 4.2
C4
A4
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
O 5.1
O 5.2
B5
A5
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
O 6.1
O 6.2
C6
A6
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
O 7.1
O 7.2
B7
A7
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
O 8.1
O 8.2
C8
A8
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
EM
436
3BSE020924-510 B
TU836 Extended MTU.
DO821
TU836
Process
L1
L1
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
N1
N1
O 1.1
O 1.2
O 2.1
O 2.2
O 3.1
O 3.2
O 4.1
O 4.2
O 5.1
O 5.2
O 6.1
O 6.2
O 7.1
O 7.2
O 8.1
O 8.2
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
3.15A
11
12
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
21
22
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
31
32
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
41
42
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
51
52
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
61
62
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
71
72
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
81
82
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
L2
L2
EM
N2
N2
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
3BSE020924-510 B
437
TU837 Extended MTU.
DO821
TU837
ZP1
Process
230V
N1
N1
O 1.1
O 1.2
B1
A1
3.15A
O 2.1
O 2.2
3.15A
O 3.1
O 3.2
3.15A
11
B2
A2
Ch2.1
Ch2.2
12
Bridging
B3
A3
Ch3.1
Ch3.2
13
B4
A4
O 4.1
O 4.2
3.15A
3.15A
O 6.1
O 6.2
3.15A
O 7.1
O 7.2
3.15A
3.15A
B6
A6
Ch6.1
Ch6.2
26
Bridging
B7
A7
Ch7.1
Ch7.2
27
28
N2
ZP2
230V
Ch5.1
Ch5.2
25
B8
A8
O 8.1
O 8.2
Ch4.1
Ch4.2
14
B5
A5
O 5.1
O 5.2
Ch1.1
Ch1.2
Ch8.1
Ch8.2
230V
230V
N2
EM
438
3BSE020924-510 B
DO828 Channel Relay Output Module

Features
16 channels for 125V d.c. / 250V a.c. relay

outputs.
OSP sets outputs to predetermined state upon

error detection.
Description
The DO828 is an 16 channel 125V d.c. / 250V a.c.

relay output module for the S800 I/O. The
maximum output voltage is 125V d.c. / 250V a.c.
and the maximum continuous output current is 2A.
All outputs are individually isolated.
Each output channel consists of optical isolation
barrier, output state indication LED, relay driver,
relay and EMC protection components.
The relay supply voltage supervision, derived from
the 12 V distributed on the ModuleBus, gives an
error signal if the voltage disappears, and the
Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be
read through the ModuleBus. This supervision can
be enabled/disabled with a parameter.
DO828 can be used on the Extended MTU TU851. The TU851 Extended MTU
provides two terminals per channel.
3BSE020924-510 B
439
Technical Data

DO828
Feature
Number of channels
16
Type of output
Relay (NO)
Voltage range
5-250V a.c. / 5-125V d.c.
2A
5 mA
Max. make current
30 A, 50ms, resistive
Max break power
a.c. 500VA
d.c 60W
10 ms
5 ms

maximum
2000

Mechanical
>20 x 106
Electrical at 30 V d.c. / 250 V a.c.
>0,16 x 106 (2 A resistive)
45 mA
80 mA
(1)
3.5 W
Power dissipation
440

timer
256(2), 512, 1024 ms
Power supervision
12 V Relay power converter monitor
3BSE020924-510 B

DO828
Feature
Isolation
Channel wise isolated (RIV 250)
TU851
MTU keying code
ED
250 V
2000 V a.c.

(2) 256 ms are used for Master. Set by the user for MOD.
3BSE020924-510 B
441
Block Diagram DO828
442
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
Connection
TU851
Terminal
Ch 1.1 Output
B1
Ch 1.2 Output
A1
Ch 2.1 Output
B2
Ch 2.2 Output
A2
Ch 3.1 Output
B3
Ch 3.2 Output
A3
Ch 4.1 Output
B4
Ch 4.2 Output
A4
Ch 5.1 Output
B5
Ch 5.2 Output
A5
Ch 6.1 Output
A6
Ch 6.2 Output
B6
Ch 7.1 Output
A7
Ch 7.2 Output
B7
Ch 8.1 Output
A8
Ch 8.2 Output
B8
Ch 9.1 Output
A9
Ch 9.2 Output
B9
Ch 10.1 Output
A10
Ch 10.2 Output
B10
443
444
Process
Connection
TU851
Terminal
Ch 11.1 Output
A11
Ch 11.2 Output
B11
Ch 12.1 Output
A12
Ch 12.2 Output
B12
Ch 13.1 Output
A13
Ch 13.2 Output
B13
Ch 14.1 Output
A14
Ch 14.2 Output
B14
Ch 15.1 Output
A15
Ch 15.2 Output
B15
Ch 16.1 Output
A16
Ch 16.2 Output
B16
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 180. Field Connection Example with TU851 Extended MTU
3BSE020924-510 B
445
DO840 Digital Output Module

Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. current

sourcing outputs.


Redundant or single applications.
Current limited and over-temperature

protection.
Description
The DO840 is a 16 channel 24 V digital

output module for single or redundant
application. This module has 16 digital
outputs. The maximum continuous output
current per channel is 0.5 A. The outputs are
current limited and protected against over
temperature. The outputs are divided into two
groups with eight output channels and one
voltage supervision input in each group.
Each output channel consists of a current
limited and over temperature protected high
side driver, EMC protection components,
inductive load suppression, output state
446
3BSE020924-510 B
In addition to the four module LEDs, DO840 has one LED (Yellow/Red) per
channel (16) that indicate output state and channel error (Yellow = output is
energized, Off = output is de-energized, Red = channel error).
External channel error is reported if process power is low and channel has over load.
Internal channel error is reported if output driver or main power switch has failed.
Module error is reported if internal power has failed or if internal communication
link between the modules in redundant applications has failed.
The pulse tests inverts all outputs for the group for < 1ms in intervals of 100 ms.
That will give a short pulse < 1ms on the output. The pulse tests can be
enabled/disabled by parameter.
The outputs can be set in two different modes for handling of over load, automatic
reset or latch on fault mode.
outputs are overloaded the output current will be limited. In automatic reset mode
the power dissipation in the output stage will increase and the output will shutdown
if the temperature in the output stage increases above 150 C (302 F). The output
will switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased to
about 140 C (284 F). In Latch on Fault mode the outputs will switch off and stay
so until the overload has disappeared and the fault is acknowledged. If any output is
shutdown due to overload the indication LED on that channel is also switched to
red.
Five different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. TU830/TU833
Extended MTU and TU810 (or TU814). The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25
pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
3BSE020924-510 B
447
Technical Data

DO840
Feature
Number of channels
16 (2 x 8)
Type of output

limited
Voltage range
19.2 - 32 V d.c.
0.5 A
Maximum continuos load current total per 4A @ <40C

module
2A @ <55C
Short circuit current per channel,
maximum
2.5 A
<10 a
Loop monitoring

in energized state.
On-state voltage drop
<0.3 V
130 mA

power supply, UPx), no external load
200 mA
4.3 W
Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) timer 256, 512, 1024 ms
448
Isolation
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830,

TU833, TU842 or TU843 and TU852
3BSE020924-510 B

DO840
Feature
MTU keying code
CE
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 24 V and 4 A total load.
Block Diagram DO840
FAULT
RUN-N
WARN-N
OSP
MSL_txd
MSL OUT
MSL_rxd1
MSL IN
MBI
FPGA
UP1 UP2
OUT1-8 DO Circuits
OUT9-16
DO Circuits
CH1-8
CH9-16
UP1 UP2
EM
ZP
Figure 181. Block Diagram D0840
3BSE020924-510 B
449
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU830/TU833
male
Terminal
Connector(1)
TU842
TU843
Terminal
TU852
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+
1, 14 (X1a
and X1b)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1-
2, 15 (X1a
and X1b)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1+
Ch 1 Output
C1
C1
C1
3 (X1a)
Ch 2 Output
B1
16
C2
C2
16 (X1a)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A1, A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+
Ch 3 Output
C2
C3
C3
4 (X1a)
Ch 4 Output
B2
17
C4
C4
17 (X1a)
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A3, A3
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+
Ch 5 Output
C3
C5
C5
5 (X1a)
Ch 6 Output
B3
18
C6
C6
18 (X1a)
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A5, A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+
Ch 7 Output
C4
C7
C7
6 (X1a)
Ch 8 Output
B4
19
C8
C8
19 (X1a)
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A7, A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+
450
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU830/TU833
male
Terminal
Connector(1)
TU842
TU843
Terminal
TU852
Terminal
Ch 9 Output
C5
C9
C9
7 (X1a)
Ch 10 Output
B5
20
C10
C10
20 (X1a)
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2-
A5
A9, A10
A9, A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+
Ch 11 Output
C6
C11
C11
8 (X1a)
Ch 12 Output
B6
21
C12
C12
21 (X1a)
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2-
A6
A11, A12
A11, A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+
Ch 13 Output
C7
C13
C13
9 (X1a)
Ch 14 Output
B7
22
C14
C14
22 (X1a)
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2-
A7
A13, A14
A13, A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+
Ch 15 Output
C8
10
C15
C15
10 (X1a)
Ch 16 Output
B8
23
C16
C16
23 (X1a)
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
A15, A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+
11, 24 (X1a
and X1b)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2-
12, 25 (X1a
and X1b)
3BSE020924-510 B
451
DO840
TU830/TU833
6.3 A
Supervise
Fuse
0V
B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
O3
O4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
O5
O6
L1-
B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
O9
O 10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
O 11
O 12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
+24V
O 13
O 14
L2O 15
O 16
L26.3 A
Fuse
EM
+24V
O1
O2
L1-
O7
O8
L1-
Supervise
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
Process
0V
452
3BSE020924-510 B
when installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
DO840
TU810
(or TU814)
Process
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
Supervise
Supervise
EM
0V
O1
O2
L1-
C1
B1
A1
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
O3
O4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
O5
O6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
O7
O8
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
O9
O 10
L2-
C5
B5
A5
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
O 11
O 12
L2-
C6
B6
A6
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
O 13
O 14
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
O 15
O 16
L2-
C8
B8
A8
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L2+
L2+
L2-
+24V
0V
3BSE020924-510 B
453
DO840
Supervise
O1
O2
L1-
TU812
+24V
UP1 1
UP1 14
14
0V
ZP1 2
ZP1 15
15
Ch1
S1 3
Ch2
S2 16
16
Ch3
S3 4
Ch4
S4 17
17
Ch5
S5 5
Ch6
S6 18
18
Ch7
S7 6
Ch8
S8 19
19
Ch9
S9 7
Ch10
S10 20
20
Ch11
S11 8
Ch12
S12 21
21
Ch13
S13 9
Ch14
S14 22
22
O 13
O 14
L2-
Ch15
S15 10
10
Ch16
S16 23
23
O 15
O 16
L2-
+24V UP2 11
11
O3
O4
L1O5
O6
L1O7
O8
L1O9
O 10
L2O 11
O 12
L2-
0V
Supervise
EM
UP2 24
24
ZP2 12
12
ZP2 25
25
EM 13
13
Process
Connection
454
3BSE020924-510 B
when installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
DO840
Process
TU842/TU843
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
Supervise
+24V
0V
O1
O2
L1-
C1
C2
A1,A2
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
O3
O4
L1-
C3
C4
A3,A4
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
O5
O6
L1-
C5
C6
A5,A6
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
O7
O8
L1-
C7
C8
A7,A8
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
O9
O 10
L2-
C9
C10
A9,A10
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
O 11
O 12
L2-
C11
C12
A11,A12
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
O 13
O 14
L2-
C13
C14
A13,A14
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
O 15
O 16
L2-
C15
C16
A15,A16
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
Supervise
EM
+24V
0V
DO840
Supervise
---
O1
O2
L1-
O 15
O 16
L2Supervise
EM
Figure 185. DO840 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
455
DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module

Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. current

sourcing outputs in one isolated group.
Redundant or single configuration.
Loop monitoring, supervision of short

and open load with configurable limits
(see table Table 95).
Diagnostic of output switches without

pulsing on outputs.
Output status indicators (activated/error).
Degraded mode for normally energized

channels (supported from DO880 PR:G).
Current limitation at short circuit and

over-temperature protection of switches.
Fault tolerance of 1 (as defined in IEC

61508) for output drivers. For ND
(Normally De-energized) systems,
outputs can still be controlled with error
on output drivers.
Certified for SIL3 according to IEC

61508.

954-1.
Description
The DO880 is a 16 channel 24 V digital output module for single or redundant

application. The maximum continuous output current per channel is 0.5 A. The
outputs are current limited and protected against over temperature.
456
3BSE020924-510 B
Each output channel consists of a current limited and over temperature protected
high side driver, EMC protection components, inductive load suppression, output
state indication LED and an isolation barrier to the Modulebus.
In addition to the four module LEDs, DO880 has one LED (Yellow/Red) per
channel (16) that indicates the output state and channel error (Yellow = output is
energized, Off = output is de-energized, Red = channel error).
The outputs can be set in two different modes for handling of over load, automatic
reset when overload/short is removed or manual reset by operator (forcing output off
and on).
The outputs are current protected and protected against over temperature. If load
increases above 0,6A, the output will be switched off and an external channel error
reported.
Five different types of MTUs can be used for single configuration. TU830/TU833
Extended MTU and TU810 (or TU814). The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25
pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
For redundant configuration there are three types of MTUs, TU842/TU852 for
Shielded field cables are required for process connections (over all shield is
sufficient if a multi core cable contains sorted signal types).
Self-diagnostic Functions
The module cyclically performs comprehensive self-diagnostic. Detected failures

are grouped and reported as described below:
Errors in External power supply and detected field loop fault will be reported as
External error.
Errors in circuits only affecting specific channels on the module (short circuits,
open circuits, stuck-at faults) will be reported as Internal channel error.
Errors in internal power supplies, Errors in micro controller, FPGA and

Memory will be reported as Module Error.
3BSE020924-510 B
457
Technical Data
Table 95. DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module Specifications
DO880
Feature
458
Number of channels
16
Type of output

limited
Voltage range
19.2 - 32 V
0.5 A
Maximum continuos load current total

per module
8A @ <55C
See Figure 186
<100 A
Loop monitoring

in both de-energized and energized
state. Configurable for loop resistance
from 50 to 2 k depending on
configuration and mode of operation
(when using inductive loads, the time
constant (L/R) should be less than 3ms).
De-energized safe voltage at fault
<5 V
De-energized safe current at fault
<35 mA
On-state voltage drop
<0.8 V
45 mA
55 mA (max)

power supply, UPx), no external load
10 mA
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 95. DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module Specifications

(Continued)
DO880
Feature
Power dissipation
5.6 W (0,5 A x 16 channels)
Maximum switching frequency
1.25 Hz
Yes
Isolation
Yes
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830, TU833,

TU842, TU843 and TU852
MTU keying code
FE
Propagation delay Modulebus output
15 ms max
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 B
459
Figure 186. Short circuit current, worst case

The short circuit current is dependent on the power supply and the cable resistance.
A configuration with a power supply with very low internal resistance and a very
low cable resistance represents the worst case.
460
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DO880
FPGA
FS
R
W
SHUNT
CH1
MUX
CH1
CH16
MCU
MUX
CH16
SHUNT
FS
Figure 187. Block Diagram D0880
3BSE020924-510 B
461
Process Connections
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU830/TU833
male
Terminal
Connector(1)
TU842
TU843
Terminal
TU852
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
1, 14 (X1a and
X1b)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
2, 15 (X1a and
X1b)
Ch 1 Output
C1
C1
C1
3 (X1a)
Ch 2 Output
B1
16
C2
C2
16 (X1a)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1-
A1
A1, A2
A1, A2
Ch 3 Output
C2
C3
C3
4 (X1a)
Ch 4 Output
B2
17
C4
C4
17 (X1a)
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1-
A2
A3, A4
A3, A3
Ch 5 Output
C3
C5
C5
5 (X1a)
Ch 6 Output
B3
18
C6
C6
18 (X1a)
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1-
A3
A5, A6
A5, A6
Ch 7 Output
C4
C7
C7
6 (X1a)
Ch 8 Output
B4
19
C8
C8
19 (X1a)
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1-
A4
A7, A8
A7, A8
Ch 9 Output
C5
C9
C9
7 (X1a)
Ch 10 Output
B5
20
C10
C10
20 (X1a)
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2-
A5
A9, A10
A9, A10
462
3BSE020924-510 B
Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25
TU830/TU833
male
Terminal
Connector(1)
TU842
TU843
Terminal
TU852
Terminal
Ch 11 Output
C6
C11
C11
8 (X1a)
Ch 12 Output
B6
21
C12
C12
21 (X1a)
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2-
A6
A11, A12
A11, A12
Ch 13 Output
C7
C13
C13
9 (X1a)
Ch 14 Output
B7
22
C14
C14
22 (X1a)
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2-
A7
A13, A14
A13, A14
Ch 15 Output
C8
10
C15
C15
10 (X1a)
Ch 16 Output
B8
23
C16
C16
23 (X1a)
Ch 15/Ch16, L2-
A8
A15, A16
A15, A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
l2+ (2)
11, 24 (X1a
and X1b)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
12, 25 (X1a
and X1b)
3BSE020924-510 B
463
Figure 188 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Digital Output
Module DO880 when installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
DO880
TU830/TU833
6.3 A
Fuse
0V
B1,B2
C1
C2
A1,A2
L1+
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
O3
O4
L1-
B3,B4
C3
C4
A3,A4
L1+
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
O5
O6
L1-
B5,A6
C5
C6
A5,A6
L1+
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
O9
O 10
L2-
B7,B8
C7
C8
A7,A8
B9,B10
C9
C10
A9,A10
L1+
Ch7
Ch8
L1L2+
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
O 11
O 12
L2-
B11,B12
C11
C12
A11,A12
L2+
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
B13,B14
C13
C14
A13,A14
B15,B16
C15
C16
A15,A16
L2+
Ch13
Ch14
L2L2+
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
+24V
O 13
O 14
L2O 15
O 16
L26.3 A
Fuse
EM
+24V
O1
O2
L1-
O7
O8
L1-
Supervise
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
Process
0V
464
3BSE020924-510 B
Module DO880 when installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
DO880
TU810
(or TU814)
Process
+24V
L1+
L1+
L1-
Supervise
EM
0V
O1
O2
L1-
C1
B1
A1
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
O3
O4
L1-
C2
B2
A2
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
O5
O6
L1-
C3
B3
A3
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
O7
O8
L1-
C4
B4
A4
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
O9
O 10
L2-
C5
B5
A5
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
O 11
O 12
L2-
C6
B6
A6
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
O 13
O 14
L2-
C7
B7
A7
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
O 15
O 16
L2-
C8
B8
A8
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
L2+
L2+
L2-
+24V
0V
3BSE020924-510 B
465
Module DO880 when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
DO880
O1
O2
L1O3
O4
L1O5
O6
L1O7
O8
L1O9
O 10
L2O 11
O 12
L2O 13
O 14
L2O 15
O 16
L2-
TU812
+24V
UP1 1
UP1 14
14
0V
ZP1 2
ZP1 15
15
Ch1
S1 3
Ch2
S2 16
16
Ch3
S3 4
Ch4
S4 17
17
Ch5
S5 5
Ch6
S6 18
18
Ch7
S7 6
Ch8
S8 19
19
Ch9
S9 7
Ch10
S10 20
20
Ch11
S11 8
Ch12
S12 21
21
Ch13
S13 9
Ch14
S14 22
22
Ch15
S15 10
10
Ch16
S16 23
23
+24V UP2 11
11
0V
Supervise
EM
UP2 24
24
ZP2 12
12
ZP2 25
25
EM 13
13
Process
Connection
466
3BSE020924-510 B
Module DO880 when installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
DO880
Process
TU842/TU843
L1+
L1+
L1L1-
+24V
0V
O1
O2
L1-
C1
C2
A1,A2
Ch1
Ch2
L1-
O3
O4
L1-
C3
C4
A3,A4
Ch3
Ch4
L1-
O5
O6
L1-
C5
C6
A5,A6
Ch5
Ch6
L1-
O7
O8
L1-
C7
C8
A7,A8
Ch7
Ch8
L1-
C9
C10
A9,A10
Ch9
Ch10
L2-
O 11
O 12
L2-
C11
C12
A11,A12
Ch11
Ch12
L2-
O 13
O 14
L2-
C13
C14
A13,A14
Ch13
Ch14
L2-
C15
C16
A15,A16
Ch15
Ch16
L2-
O9
O 10
L2-
O 15
O 16
L2-
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
Supervise
EM
+24V
0V
DO880
---
O1
O2
L1-
O 15
O 16
L2Supervise
EM
Figure 191. DO880 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
467

Features
Two channels.
Interface for RS422, 5 V, 12 V, 24 V and

13 mA transducer signal levels.
Simultaneous pulse count and frequency

measurement.
Pulse count (length/position) by

accumulation in a bidirectional 29 bit
counter.
Frequency (speed) measurement 0.25

Hz - 1.5 MHz.
Description
The DP820 module consists of two identical

independent channels. Each channel can be
used for independent pulse count
(length/position) and frequency (speed)
measurement.
Transducer Connection
Each channel has four inputs (A, B, ST and

DI) and one output (DO). The input signals A
and B are used as pulse inputs. The input
signals ST and DI is used for synchronizing,
sampling and gated count purposes.
The balanced inputs A, B and ST can be
connected to pulse transducers with RS422, 5
V, 12 V, 24 V and 13 mA signal levels if an extended MTU is used (TU830).
Adaption to different signal levels is made by using different terminals on the MTU
(see section about process connection).
468
3BSE020924-510 B
Pulse transducers with RS422, 5 V, 12V, 24V and 13 mA signal levels can be used if
an compact MTU is used (TU810, TU812 or TU814).
An external resistor is needed for 12V and 24V range when using the compact
MTU (see the process connection diagrams for DP820).
The unipolar input (DI) is intended for 24 V unipolar signal level.
The DO output is a current limited digital output, current sourcing type,
24 V d.c., 0.5 A.
All signals are individually isolated.
All inputs have overvoltage protection. A maximum voltage of 30 V can be
connected without any damages.
Shielded twisted pair cables with characteristic impedance=100 (+/- 25%) ohm shall
be used for connection of transducers with RS422/5 V /13 mA signals.
Input Filter
Each DP820 input has a configurable input filter (see Technical Data). Notice the
following restrictions for selection of filters for inputs A or B:
The 1s filter shall always be used when 12 V and 24 V inputs are used.
Unfiltered inputs can be used if RS422/+5 V /13 mA inputs are used, but cables
between transducers and the DP820 module must then be separated from other
cables to avoid that extra pulses that occur due to EMI.
Pulse Encoding
The following different methods for pulse encoding are supported by DP820:
Input A is used for counting up, input B is used for counting down, u/d.
Input A is used for pulse counting, input B is used to determine count direction,
c/d, B=0: down, B=1: up.
Input A and B is used for a quadrature encoded signals. Multiplication factors

x 1, x 2 and x 4 can be specified. Count direction is determined by A and B
phase shift:
3BSE020924-510 B
469
. 00
. 11
10
10
11
00
01
01
00
11
10
10
...
...
A
B
PULSE
COUNT
-1
Figure 192. Up/Down Pulse Mode
A
B
PULSE
COUNT
-1
Figure 193. Count/Direction Mode
A
B
PULSE
COUNT
3
UP
DOWN
Figure 194. Quadrature Mode, #1 (Count on Pos. Edge Input A)
470
3BSE020924-510 B
A
B
PULSE
COUNT
UP
-1
DOWN
Figure 195. Quadrature Mode, #2 (Count on Pos. Edge and

Neg. Edge Input A)
A
B
PULSE
COUNT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314
UP
13121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3
DOWN
Figure 196. Quadrature Mode, #4 (Count on Pos. Edge and

Neg. Edge Input A and Input B)
Pulse Count (Length/Position) Measurement
Pulse count is done by pulse accumulation in a 29-bit (28bit + sign) bidirectional

pulse counter. The pulse counter value is normally continuously loaded into the
pulse register (see block diagram).
A pulse count sample condition can be specified by the user. When a sample
condition is fulfilled is the value in the pulse register freezed. The value in the
pulse register will remain freezed until a freeze disable command is received from
the controller. The pulse accumulation in the pulse counter continues during the
time when the pulse register is frozen.
3BSE020924-510 B
471
The value of the pulse register (that is, actual pulse count value or freezed value)
is read by the CPU, and transferred to the controller.
The pulse counter is synchronized (that is, set to zero) if a user selectable
synchronization condition is fulfilled.
A comparator is used to compare the value of the pulse counter with the content of
the compare register. The value of the compare register is specified by the user. A
coincidence occur when a equal condition is detected by the comparator.
The coincidence function can be used to control the digital output signal (DO), as
pulse count sample condition, as synchronization condition and as frequency sample
condition (see below).
The pulse counter has overflow detection.
Gated Count Mode
In gated count mode the pulse counter only counts when the gate is active. The gate
is controlled by the DI input. The gate can be controlled in two different ways:
The DI input is level sensitive, that is, the counter only counts when DI = high.
The DI input is edge sensitive, that is, the counter starts count on a positive edge on
the DI input, stops on the next positive edge, continues on the next positive edge,
and so forth.
A
Level sensitive
DI
Counter
Value
Edge sensitive
DI
Counter
Value
Figure 197. Gated Count Mode in Two different Ways
472
3BSE020924-510 B
Synchronization and sample conditions which uses the DI signal as part of the
condition can not be used in gated count mode.
Frequency (speed) Measurement.
The frequency measurement function consists of two counters, that is, the SX and
SR counters (see block diagram). The SX counter is used to count number of pulses
(Sx) from the unknown input frequency. The SR counter is used to count the
number of pulses (Sr) from a reference frequency source with frequency FREF. The
frequency value (Fx) is calculated as:
Fx = FREF x Sx / Sr
The SX counter is implemented by a 24 bit up/down counter (23 bit + sign). The SR
counter is implemented by a 24 bit up-counter.
The SX and SR counters accumulates pulses during a measurement period. The
measurement period can be determined in two different ways (user selectable):
By a measurement interval timer.
By the coincidence comparator function.
With the first method is a measurement interval for each channel defined by the user
in increments of 1 ms from 1 to 2.700 ms. By changing the measurement interval
the user can select a suitable filter time (integration time) with respect to the
applications requirements.
With the second method is the measure interval controlled by the coincidence
function, that is, a measurement interval is started when a coincidence is detected.
Next coincidence terminates the measurement interval, and starts a new
measurement interval.
At the end of each measurement period are the SX and SR registers is updated with
the value of the SX and SR counters. The CPU reads the content in the SX and SR
registers and calculates a frequency value.
It is possible to synchronize frequency measurements between the two channels,
that is, the measurement period from one of the channels is then used by both
channels.
A frequency sample condition can be specified by the user. When a sample
condition is fulfilled is the value in the SX and SR registers freezed. The value in
3BSE020924-510 B
473
the SX and SR registers will remain freezed until a freeze disable command is
received from the controller. The pulse accumulation in the SX and SR counters
continues during the time when the SX and SR registers is frozen
The reference counter (SR) has a overflow detection function. The SR overflow will
be activated if no incoming pulses has been detected during 4.3 s. When the CPU
detects SR overflow, is the frequency value set to zero.
Digital Output
The digital output function can be configured in four different ways:

1.
The digital output DO is activated when coincidence occur, and inactivated

after a configurable pulse-length (1ms - 65535 ms).
2.
The digital output DO is activated when DOVALUE =1, and inactivated after a
configurable pulse-length (1ms - 65535 ms). The function is retriggable.
3.
The digital output DO is activated when DOVALUE=1, and deactivated

DOVALUE=0.
4.
The digital output DO is activated when coincidence occur and the

DOVALUE =1, and inactivated when DOVALUE=0.
1.
DOTIME, 1ms - 65535 ms
DO
COINC
2.
DOTIME, 1ms - 65535 ms
DO
DOVALUE=1
3.
DO
DOVALUE=1
4.
DOVALUE=0
DO
COINC and DOVALUE=1
DOVALUE=0
Figure 198. Configuration of Digital Output Function
474
3BSE020924-510 B
OSP Function
The digital outputs will be set to a predetermined value if the OSP-watchdog timer
expires or if the SetOSPState command is received. The watchdog timer is retriggered every time the correct module address has been decoded (or broadcast). If
the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is received, the module
enters the OSP state.
The function in OSP state, and when reentering the operational state, will be
different depending on how the DO function is configured (see Digital Output 1 - 4
above):
1.
Function in OSP state: No more pulses will be activated as long as the module
remains in OSP state. The DO pulse is always completed if the OSP-state is
entered during an active DO pulse (this is, the pulse width is always in
accordance with the DOTIME value).
Function when reentering operational state: The coincidence function has to be
enabled before normal DO function will start.
2.
Function in OSP state: Same as in 1. above. Function when reentering

operational state: A new DO-pulse will be started as soon as a modulebus
frame with DOVALUE=1 is received.
3.
Function in OSP state: The digital outputs are set to their OSP values which
can be configured as a predefined value or to use last good value sent.
Function when reentering operational state: The outputs keeps the OSP value
until a modulebus frame with a new DOVALUE value is received.
4.
Same as 3.
LED Indicators
For description about the LED-indicators with comments see Table 97.
Table 97. Description of LED-Indicators
Name
Name
Color
PX1
PX2
Yellow
Activated on each pulse on A or B input

(>0.5s flash)
UP1
UP2
Yellow
Activated when count direction = up
3BSE020924-510 B
Comments
475
Table 97. Description of LED-Indicators (Continued)

Name
Name
Color
Comments
ST1
ST2
Yellow
Activated on each pulse on ST input

(>0.5s flash)
DI1
DI2
Yellow
Activated on each pulse on DI input

(>0.5s flash)
SY1
SY2
Yellow
Activated on PSX counter sync. (>0.5s flash)
DO1
DO2
Yellow
Activated when DO is activated (>0.5s flash)
TP1
TP2
Green
Transducer power OK
Technical Data
Table 98. DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module Specifications

DP820
Digital Pulse Counter
Feature
Number of channels
Power Supply voltage
24 V d.c.
(12 to 32 V d.c.)
Max non-destructive voltage on inputs

A, B, ST or DI
30 V d.c.
200 m
Cable type
Characteristic impedance
Shielded, twisted pair

100 (+/- 25%) ohm
Configurable input filters
476
Input A and B
Unfiltered or 1 s
Input ST
1 s or 220 s
Input DI
220 s or 2.2 ms
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 98. DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module Specifications (Continued)

Feature
DP820
Max input frequency / Min pulse width, input A

and B for the RS422/+5V/13mA range
Filter = unfiltered
Pulse encoding = u/d or c/d
Pulse encoding = quadrature
1.5 MHz / 333 ns

750 kHz / 667 ns
Filter = 1 s
200 kHz / 2.5 s

100 kHz / 5 s

and B for the 12V range (only TU830)
Filter = unfiltered
Not allowed
Filter = 1 s
200 kHz / 2.5 s

100 kHz / 5 s

and B for the 24V range (only TU830)
Filter = unfiltered
Filter = 1 s
Max. input frequency/Min. pulse width,
input ST
All voltage ranges
Filter = 1 s
Filter = 220 s
Not allowed
200 kHz / 2.5 s
100 kHz / 5 s
200 kHz / 2.5 s

1 kHz / 500 s
Max. input frequency/Min. pulse width,

input DI
Filter = 220 s
1 kHz / 500 s
Filter = 2.2 ms
0.1 kHz / 5ms
3BSE020924-510 B
477

DP820
Feature
RS422/+5 V /13 mA - range
100 (1) characteristic

impedance
12 V - range (only TU830)
1 k
24 V - range (only TU830)
2 k
Input impedance, DI - input
2.5 k
Input impedance, A, B and ST -inputs
Input signal voltage range

Input A, B, ST
RS422/+5 V /13 mA - range
1
2.5 V to 30 V
-30 V to 1.0 V
12 V - range (external
resistance)(2)
8 V to 30 V
-30 V to 2.0 V
0
24 V - range (only
TU830)(3)
15 V to 30 V
-30 V to 5.0 V
Input DI
478
15 V to 30 V
-30 V to 5.0 V
Digital output, max. load current
0.5 A
Digital output, max. short circuit current
2.4 A
Digital output, max. leakage current
10 A
Digital output, max. output impedance
0.4
3BSE020924-510 B

DP820
Feature
Max. frequency measurement error
Relative error
[ 260/(MEASTIMEx in ms)] ppm
Absolute error (Temperature drift included)
[ (260/(MEASTIMEx in ms))
+100] ppm
Resolution at frequency measurement in

percentage of actual frequency
Resolution in%
= 25.6 x 10-3 / Measuring time in ms
Measuring time 1 ms,

Resolution = 0,026
Measuring time 2700 ms,
Resolution = 9,5 x 10-6
Current consumption, 5 V (Modulebus)
120 mA
Power dissipation
2.5 W
256, 512, 1024 ms
Isolation
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830 or

TU833
MTU keying code
CB
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1) Load 20 mA at 5 V, 8 mA at 2.5 V

(2) With TU830 external resistor 1.8 k, see Figure 203.
With TU810, TU814 external resistor ca 920 , see Figure 200.
(3) With external resistor also TU810, TU814
External resistor 1.8 k, see Figure 200.
3BSE020924-510 B
479
Block Diagram DP820

FAULT
RUN
WARNING
X1
CHANNEL1 (FPGA)
COUNT
PULSE
PULSE
DIR
REGISTER COUNTER
MBI2
(MODULE
BUS
COMM.)
DAT- RS485
CLK+
CLK- RS485
POS0-6
BLOCK
COINC COINC
COMP
COMPARE
REGISTER
FREQUENCY
SX
REGISTER
COUNT
SX
DIR
COUNTER
Fref
SR
SR
REGISTER COUNTER
CHANNEL2 (FPGA)
OSP
PX1
PX2
UP1
UP2
ST1
ST2
CPU
DI2 (CONTROL
OF MODULE
SY1 SY2 BUS COMM.)
DO1 DO2
(FREQUENCY
TP1 TP2 CALC.)
PULSE COUNT
COUNT
PULSE
PULSE
DIR
REGISTER COUNTER
COINC COINC
COMP
COMPARE
REGISTER
DI1
UL2
FREQUENCY
SX
REGISTER
COUNT
SX
DIR
COUNTER
Fref
SR
SR
REGISTER COUNTER
A1
PULSE
DECODER
B1
ST1
DI1
DO1
A2
B2
PULSE
DECO- ST2
DER
DI2
DO2
TP2
L1+
X2
CA+_1
CA-_1
VA_11, VA_12
CB+_1
CB-_1
VB_11, VB_12
CST+_1
CST-_1
VST_11, VST_12
DI_1
DO_1
CA+_2
CA-_2
VA_21, VA_22
PROCESS CONNECTOR
DAT+
UL1
TP1
PULSE COUNT
RESET
MODULEBUS CONNECTOR
+5VI
+5V
POWER-OK
0V
CB+_2
CB-_2
VB_21, VB_22
CST+_2
CST-_2
VST_21, VST_22
DI_2
DO_2
L2+
Figure 199. DP820 Block Diagram
480
3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
Table 99. DP820 Process Connections

Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25 Male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
Ch1, CA+
C1
C1
Ch1, CA-
B1
16
C2
Ch1, VA_1
B1
Ch1, VA_2
B2
Ch1, Zp
A1
A1, A2
Ch1, CB+
C2
C3
Ch1, CB-
B2
17
C4
Ch1, VB_1
B3
Ch1, VB_2
B4
Ch1, Zp
A2
A3, A4
Ch1, CST+
C3
C5
Ch1, CST-
B3
18
C6
Ch1, VST_1
B5
Ch1, VST_2
B6
Ch1, Zp
A3
A5, A6
Ch1, DI
C4
C7
Ch1, DO
B4
19
C8
Ch1, L1+
B7
3BSE020924-510 B
481
Table 99. DP820 Process Connections (Continued)

Process
Connection
482
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25 Male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Ch1, L1+
B8
Ch1, Zp
A4
A7, A8
Ch2, CA+
C5
C9
Ch2, CA-
B5
20
C10
Ch2, VA_1
B9
Ch2, VA_2
B10
Ch2, Zp
A5
A9, A10
Ch2, CB+
C6
C11
Ch2, CB-
B6
21
C12
Ch2, VB_1
B11
Ch2, VB_2
B12
Ch2, Zp
A6
A11, A12
Ch2, CST+
C7
C13
Ch2, CST-
B7
22
C14
Ch2, VST_1
B13
Ch2, VST_2
B14
Ch2, Zp
A7
A13, A14
Ch2, DI
C8
10
C15
Ch2, DO
B8
23
C16
Ch2, L2+
B15
Ch2, L2+
B16
Ch2, Zp
A8
A15, A16
3BSE020924-510 B

Process
Connection
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
TU812
D-Sub 25 Male
Connector (1)
TU830/TU833
Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP)
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B
483
Figure 200 shows the process connections for DP820 when installed on a TU810 or
TU814 MTU.
PROCESS
RS422
+24V
0V
V+
0V
+
A
-
L1+
L1+
L1C1
+24V
0V
B1
A1
+
B
-
+
ST
-
V+
0V
A
L1+
L1CA+_1
VA_11
DP820
CA-_1
VA_12
C2
CB+_1
VB_11
B2
A2
CB-_1
VB_12
C3
CST+_1
VST_11
B3
A3
CST-_1
VST_12
C4
DI_1
L1+
B4
DO_1
L1+
A4
TU810 or
TU814
*
R
C5
CA+_2
VA_21
B5
CA-_2
VA_22
A5
B
R
ST
R
V+
0V
R = 0 for 5 V
R = ca 920 for 12 V
R = 1.8 k for 24 V
+24V
0V
C6
CB+_2
VB_21
B6
A6
CB-_2
VB_22
C7
CST+_2
VST_21
B7
A7
CST-_2
VST_22
C8
DI_2
L2+
B8
A8
L2+
L2+
L2-
DO_2
L2+
L2+
L2-
EM
Figure 200. DP820 with TU810 or TU814 MTU Process Connections
484
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 201 shows the process connections for DP820 when installed on a TU812
MTU.
PROCESS
CONNECTION
14
2
15
3
14
2
15
3
L1+
L1CA+_1
VA_11
16
16
CA-_1
VA_12
CB+_1
VB_11
17
17
CB-_1
VB_12
CST+_1
VST_11
18
18
CST-_1
VST_12
DI_1
L1+
19
19
DO_1
L1+
CA+_2
VA_21
20
20
CA-_2
VA_22
CB+_2
VB_21
21
21
CB-_2
VB_22
CST+_2
VST_21
22
22
CST-_2
VST_22
10
10
23
11
24
12
25
13
23
11
24
12
25
13
DI_2
L2+
DO_2
L2+
L2+
L2-
TU812
DP820
EM
Figure 201. DP820 with TU812 MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
485
MTU, and with RS422 transducer connected to channel 1 and +5 V transducer to
channel 2.
L1+
+24V L1+
L10V
L1C1
B1
A1
C2
B2
A2
PROCESS
RS422
+
A
-
TU830/TU833
6.3A
Fuse
L1+
L1CA+_1
VA_11
CA-_1
VA_12
CB+_1
VB_11
C3
B3
A3
C4
B4
A4
C5
B5
A5
C6
B6
A6
+
B
+
ST
-
CB-_1
VB_12
CST+_1
VST_11
CST-_1
VST_12
DI_1
L1+
C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8
5V
V+
0V
A
DO_1
L1+
CA+_2
VA_21
C9
B9
A9
C10
B10
A10
CA-_2
VA_22
CB+_2
VB_21
C11
B11
A11
C12
B12
A12
C13
B13
A13
C14
B14
A14
ST
V+
0V
+24V
0V
C15
B15
A15
C16
B16
A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DP820
CB-_2
VB_22
CST+_2
VST_21
CST-_2
VST_22
DI_2
L2+
DO_2
L2+
6.3A
Fuse
L2+
L2-
EM
Figure 202. DP820 with TU830 MTU Process Connections and with Transducer
Connections
486
3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 203 shows the process connections for DP820 when installed on a TU830 MTU,
and with +24 V transducer connected to channel 1 and +12 V transducer to channel 2.
PROCESS
L1+
+24V L1+
L1L10V
C1
B1
A1
C2
B2
A2
24V
A
ST
12V
CB+_1
VB_11
C5
B5
A5
C6
B6
A6
CST+_1
VST_11
C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8
DI_1
L1+
CB-_1
VB_12
CST-_1
VST_12
DO_1
L1+
CA+_2
VA_21
CB+_2
VB_21
1.8k
C11
B11
A11
C12
B12
A12
CST+_2
VST_21
1.8k
C13
B13
A13
C14
B14
A14
C15
B15
A15
C16
B16
A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DI_2
L2+
ST
0V
C3
B3
A3
C4
B4
A4
1.8k
+24V
0V
DP820
CA-_1
VA_12
C9
B9
A9
C10
B10
A10
V+
TU830/TU833
L1+
L1CA+_1
VA_11
6.3A
Fuse
CA-_2
VA_22
CB-_2
VB_22
CST-_2
VST_22
DO_2
L2+
6.3A
Fuse
L2+
L2-
EM
Figure 203. DP820 with TU830 MTU Process Connections and Transducer
Connections
3BSE020924-510 B
487

Features
8 channels.
The modules can be used in both single

and redundant applications.
Interface for NAMUR, 12 V and 24 V

transducer signal levels.
Each channel can be configured for

pulse count or frequency measurement.
The inputs can also be read as DI

signals.
Pulse count by accumulation in a 16 bit

counter.
Frequency (speed) measurement 0.5 Hz

- 20 kHz.
Description
The DP840 module consists of 8 identical

independent channels. Each channel can be
used for pulse count or frequency (speed)
measurement. The inputs can also be read as
DI signals.
Each channel has a configurable input filter.
The module perform self-diagnostics
cyclically. Module diagnostics include
among other things:
488
Transmitter power supply error, power supply error (process side), short circuit
and open wire. These errors will be reported as External Channel Error.
3BSE020924-510 B
Counter supervision. This will be reported as Internal Channel Error.
Error in data/address bus supervision will be reported as Module Error.
Synchronization error will be reported as Module Warning.
In addition to the four module LEDs, DP840 has two LEDs per channel that indicate
input state (Px - yellow) and channel fault (F - red). The Px LED glows if there is
pulse (high signal) on the input, and F LED glows if the channel is faulty.
Transducer Connection
Each channel has inputs for 12 V, 24 V and NAMUR input signals and a
configurable transducer power output. The configurable transducer power is set on
module (not channel vise) for all channels to either NAMUR, 12 V or 24V.
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2-wire or 3-wire transmitters. The
transmitter power is supervised and current limited. The inputs can be supervised
for short circuit and open wire. The supervision can be enabled/disabled per module
(not channel vise).
The transducers should be connected by shielded twisted pair cable if the used filter
time is less than 800s.
The MTU have to be chosen with consideration to function and signal range, see
Table 100. Type of sensor to be used is defined by parameters.
The parameter set the sensor power output for NAMUR sensors to 8.2 V, for 12 V
sensors to 12 V and for 24 V sensors to 24 V.
Table 100. Function and Signal Range with Different MTUs
Redundant configuration
MTU type
Namur
sensors
12 V
sensors
24 V
sensors
Single configuration
Namur
sensors
12 V
sensors
24 V
sensors
TU810/TU812/TU814
TU818
TU830/TU833
3BSE020924-510 B
489
Table 100. Function and Signal Range with Different MTUs (Continued)
Redundant configuration
MTU type
Namur
sensors
12 V
sensors
Single configuration
24 V
sensors
Namur
sensors
12 V
sensors
24 V
sensors
TU842/TU843
TU844/TU845
TU852/
TU854
The parameter for internal and external shunt shall only be set to External when
DP840 is used with TU844 or TU845 or TU854.
Pulse Count Measurement
Pulse count is done by pulse accumulation in a 16 bit pulse counter. The pulse
counter value is continuously loaded into the pulse register.
The value of the pulse register (that is, actual pulse count value) is read by the CPU,
and transferred to the ModuleBus master.
Frequency (speed) Measurement.
The frequency measurement function consists of two counters, that is, the SX and
SR counters. The SX counter is used to count number of pulses (Sx) from the
unknown input frequency. The SR counter is used to count the number of pulses (Sr)
from a reference frequency source with frequency FREF. The frequency value (Fx) is
calculated as:
Fx = FREF x Sx / Sr
The SX counter is implemented by a 12 bit up-counter. The SR counter is
implemented by a 20 bit up-counter.
The SX and SR counters accumulates pulses during a measurement period.
490
3BSE020924-510 B
The measurement interval for each channel defined by the user to 10 ms, 20 ms,
50 ms or 100 ms. By changing the measurement interval the user can select a
suitable filter time (integration time) with respect to the applications requirements.
At the end of each measurement period are the SX and SR registers is updated with
the value of the SX and SR counters. The CPU reads the content in the SX and SR
registers and calculates a frequency value.
The reference counter (SR) has a overflow detection function. The SR overflow will
be activated if no incoming pulses has been detected during 3 s. When the CPU
detects SR overflow, is the frequency value set to zero.
Redundant Applications
In a redundant application one module is set to primary and one to backup. The
primary module synchronize the counter on the backup module every 10 seconds.
After start-up it will take about 30 s before the backup has been synchronized.
Technical Data
Table 101. DP840 Incremental Pulse Counter Module Specifications

DP840
Feature
Number of channels
Power Supply voltage
24 V d.c.
(19.2 to 30 V d.c.)
Max non-destructive voltage on inputs
30 V d.c.
200 m
Cable type
Twisted pair(1)
Input filter time
10 s, 100 s, 800 s and 6400 s,
3BSE020924-510 B
491

DP840
Feature
Frequency range at different filter time
10 s input filter: 0.5 Hz - 20 kHz

100 s input filter(2): 0.5 Hz - 5 kHz
800 s input filter(2): 0.5 Hz - 625 Hz
6400 s input filter(2): 0.5 Hz - 78 Hz
Min pulse width (1 or 0) at different

filter time
10 s input filter: 10 s
Input thresholds, NAMUR
Open wire: 0 mA IIN < 0.1 mA

Contact open: 0.1 mA < IIN< 1.6 mA
Contact closed: 1.6 mA < IIN< 6.0 mA
Short circuit: IIN > 6.0 mA
Input thresholds, 12V / 24 V
Open wire: 0 V VIN < 0.1 V

Contact open: 0.1 V < VIN < 1.6 V
Contact closed: 1.6 V < VIN < 6.0 V
Short circuit: VIN > 6.0 V
With external resistor for cable

supervision
Input threshold, 12 V
No resistors for cable supervision
No resistors for cable supervision
Contact open: 0 VIN < 8.3 V

Contact closed: VIN > 8.3 V
Maximum pulse frequency
20 kHz(3)
Hysteresis
(ION - IOFF) / Input threshold: >20%

or
(VON - VOFF) / Input threshold: >20%
Input impedance
NAMUR: 1 k, +/-10%
12 V range: 2.8 k, +/-10%
24 V range: 4.0 k, +/-10%
Input threshold, 24 V
492
Contact open: 0 V VIN < 5.0 V

Contact closed: VIN > 5.0 V
3BSE020924-510 B

DP840
Feature
Sensor supply (voltage, max 20 mA
per channel)
NAMUR: 8.2 V +/-10%

12 V range: 12 V +/-10%
24 V range: VL+ - (3.0 +/-1.0) V
Sensor supply (current)
38 mA +- 10%
Max. measurement error, frequency

measurement
Max relative error(4):

PRIT = 10 ms: 300 ppm
Max error in crystal oscillator:
120 ppm + 5 ppm/year
Max absolute error = rel. error + oscillator
error (PRIT = 10 ms, age < 16 year): 500
ppm (= 0.05%)
Min. sampling interval when used in

pulse count mode
fMAX - Maximum expected input

frequency: 216 x (1/fMAX)
fMAX = 20 kHz: 3.27 s
Synchronization accuracy
+/-1 pulse
Current consumption 5 V (Modulebus) 115 mA

External power supply consumption
(Internal load + external load)
NAMUR: 208 mA (max) (56 mA +

0.5 * sensor current)

power supply, UPx)
12 V: 302 mA (max) (89 mA +

0.7 * sensor current)
24 V: 401 mA (max) (97 mA + sensor
current)
Power dissipation
4W
1 channel
3BSE020924-510 B
493

DP840
Feature
Module termination units, single
applications
TU810, TU812, TU814, TU818, TU830,

TU833
Module termination units, redundant

applications
TU842/TU843, TU844/TU845 or
TU852/TU854
MTU keying code
CF
50 V
500 V a.c.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
494
Shielded cables for transmitters at filter times less than 800 s

Symmetric input pulse (i.e. 50% duty cycle)
Input channel pulse supervision does not work with pulse frequency <2 Hz
Relative error - Max difference in frequency measurement between two channels on the same
module connected to the same source.
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DP840

L+
5VP
Fault (F)
Sensor
Power
Run (R)
Warning (W)
SP
24V
Ch 1
12V
NAMUR
Primary (P)
1Px
1F
+5V
FPGA
Int Shunt
SP
24V
Ch 8
12V
NAMUR
OW
SC
det
ModuleBus
8Px
8F
CLK
Data
MCU
Block
SYNC
SYNC DATA
Figure 204. DP840 Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B
495
Process Connections
Table 102. DP840 Process Connections

TU812
TU810 or D-Sub 25
Process
TU814
Male
Connection
Terminal Connector
(1)
TU830
TU842
TU844
or
or
or
TU818
TU852
TU854
TU833
TU843
TU845 Terminal Terminal Terminal
+24 V d.c.
L1+ (2)
1, 14
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
L1+ (2)
1, 14
1, 14
(X1a and
X1b)
0 V d.c.
L1-
2, 15
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
L1- (2)
2, 25
2, 15
(X1a and
X1b)
I1, NAMUR
C1
C1
C1
B2
D1
3 (X1a)
16
U1
B1
B1
B1
C1
3 (X1b)
ZP
A1
A1
A1
I1, 24 V
B1
16
C2
C2
B1
16 (X1a) -
I1, 12 V
B2
B2
A1
16 (X1b) -
ZP
A1
A2
A2
A2
I2, NAMUR
C2
C3
C3
B4
D2
4 (X1a)
17
U2
B3
B3
B3
C2
4 (X1b)
ZP
A3
A3
A3
I2, 24 V
B2
17
C4
C4
B2
17 (X1a) -
I2, 12 V
B4
B4
A2
17 (X1b) -
ZP
A2
A4
A4
A4
I3, NAMUR
C3
C5
C5
B6
D3
5 (X1a)
18
U3
B5
B5
B5
C3
5 (X1b)
ZP
A5
A5
A5
496
3BSE020924-510 B

TU812
TU810 or D-Sub 25
Process
Male
TU814
Connection
Terminal Connector
(1)
TU844
TU842
TU830
or
TU818
TU852
TU854
or
or
TU843
TU833
I3, 24 V
B3
18
C6
C6
B3
18 (X1a) -
I3, 12 V
B6
B6
A3
18 (X1b) -
ZP
A3
A6
A6
A6
I4, NAMUR
C4
C7
C7
B8
D4
6 (X1a)
19
U4
B7
B7
B7
C4
6 (X1b)
ZP
A7
A7
A7
I4, 24 V
B4
19
C8
C8
B4
19 (X1a) -
I4, 12 V
B8
B8
A4
19 (X1b) -
ZP
A4
A8
A8
A8
I5, NAMUR
C5
C9
C9
B10
D5
7 (X1a)
20
U5
B9
B9
B9
C5
7 (X1b)
ZP
A9
A9
A9
I5, 24 V
B5
20
C10
C10
B5
20 (X1a) -
I5, 12 V
B10
B10
A5
20 (X1b) -
ZP
A5
A10
A10
A10
I6, NAMUR
C6
C11
C11
B12
D6
8(X1a)
21
U6
B11
B11
B11
C6
8(X1b)
ZP
A11
A11
A11
I6, 24 V
B6
21
C12
C12
B6
21 (X1a) -
I6, 12 V
B12
B12
A6
21 (X1b) -
3BSE020924-510 B
497

TU812
TU810 or D-Sub 25
Process
Male
TU814
Connection
Terminal Connector
(1)
TU844
TU842
TU830
or
TU818
TU852
TU854
or
or
TU843
TU833
ZP
A6
A12
A12
A12
I7, NAMUR
C7
C13
C13
B14
D7
9(X1a)
22
U7
B13
B13
B13
C7
9(X1b)
ZP
A13
A13
A13
I7, 24 V
B7
22
C14
C14
B7
22 (X1a) -
I7, 12 V
B14
B14
A7
22 (X1b) -
ZP
A7
A14
A14
A14
I8, NAMUR
C8
10
C15
C15
B16
D8
10(X1a)
23
U8
B15
B15
B15
C8
10(X1b)
10
ZP
A15
A15
A15
I8, 24 V
B8
23
C16
C16
B8
23 (X1a) -
I8, 12 V
B16
B16
A8
23 (X1b) -
ZP
A8
A16
A16
A16
+24 V d.c.
L2+ (2)
11, 24
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
L2+ (2)
11, 24
11, 24
(X1a and
X1b)
0 V d.c.
L2-
12, 25
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
L2- (2)
12, 25
12, 25
(X1a and
X1b)
498
3BSE020924-510 B
TU814 MTU.
PROCESS
24 V
Supply
24 V
sensor
2-wire
TU810/TU814
L1+
L1+
L1C1
B1
A1
C2
B2
A2
C3
B3
24 V
sensor
3-wire
A3
C4
B4
10 k
33 k
SC/OW
supervision
A4
C5
B5
A5
C6
NAMUR
sensor
B6
A6
C7
B7
8.2 V
Supply
A7
C8
Ch
ann
el
B8
A8
L2+
L2+
L2-
DP840
I1, NAMUR
U1
ZP
I1, 24 V
I1, 12 V
ZP
I2, NAMUR
U2
ZP
I2, 24 V
I2, 12 V
ZP
I3, NAMUR
U3
ZP
I3, 24 V
I3, 12 V
ZP
I4, NAMUR
U4
ZP
I4, 24 V
I4, 12 V
ZP
I5, NAMUR
U5
ZP
I5, 24 V
I5, 12 V
ZP
I6, NAMUR
U6
ZP
I6, 24 V
I6, 12 V
ZP
I7, NAMUR
U7
ZP
I7, 24 V
I7, 12 V
ZP
I8, NAMUR
U8
ZP
I8, 24 V
I8, 12 V
ZP
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
499
MTU.
PROCESS
24 V
Supply
24 V
sensor
2-wire
TU812
1
14
2, 15
3
16
4
17
5
18
24 V
sensor
3-wire
19
10 k
33 k
SC/OW
supervision
20
NAMUR
sensor
21
22
8.2 V
Supply
Channel supervision can be

enabled/disabled for the
module (not channel vice).
10
23
DP840
I1, NAMUR
U1
ZP
I1, 24 V
I1, 12 V
ZP
I2, NAMUR
U2
ZP
I2, 24 V
I2, 12 V
ZP
I3, NAMUR
U3
ZP
I3, 24 V
I3, 12 V
ZP
I4, NAMUR
U4
ZP
I4, 24 V
I4, 12 V
ZP
I5, NAMUR
U5
ZP
I5, 24 V
I5, 12 V
ZP
I6, NAMUR
U6
ZP
I6, 24 V
I6, 12 V
ZP
I7, NAMUR
U7
ZP
I7, 24 V
I7, 12 V
ZP
I8, NAMUR
U8
ZP
I8, 24 V
I8, 12 V
ZP
11
24
12, 25
13
EM
500
3BSE020924-510 B
MTU.
PROCESS
24 V
Supply
24 V
sensor
2-wire
24 V
sensor
3-wire
1)
12 V
sensor
2-wire
1)
NAMUR
sensor
1)
4.7 k
SC/OW 2)
supervision
15 k
1)
10 k
12 V
SC/OW 2)
supervision
33 k
1) The figure shows how to connect NAMUR, 12V,

24V sensors and voltage-free contact with, or
without, short circuit and open wire detection. But
notice that only one type of sensor power supply
can be distributed from the module at time. The
sensor power can be set to either NAMUR, 12 V
or 24 V.
2) Notice that the NAMUR input connection always
must be used for 12V and 24V signal range when
external resistors are used to achieve short circuit/
open wire supervision.
Channel supervision can be enabled/disabled

for the module (not channel vice).
24 V
L1+ TU830/TU833
L1+
L1L1C1
B1
A1
C2
B2
A2
C3
B3
A3
C4
B4
A4
C5
B5
A5
C6
B6
A6
C7
B7
A7
C8
B8
A8
C9
B9
A9
C10
B10
A10
C11
B11
A11
C12
B12
A12
C13
B13
A13
C14
B14
A14
C15
B15
A15
C16
B16
A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DP840
I1, NAMUR
U1
ZP
I1, 24 V
I1, 12 V
ZP
I2, NAMUR
U2
ZP
I2, 24 V
I2, 12 V
ZP
I3, NAMUR
U3
ZP
I3, 24 V
I3, 12 V
ZP
I4, NAMUR
U4
ZP
I4, 24 V
I4, 12 V
ZP
I5, NAMUR
U5
ZP
I5, 24 V
I5, 12 V
ZP
I6, NAMUR
U6
ZP
I6, 24 V
I6, 12 V
ZP
I7, NAMUR
U7
ZP
I7, 24 V
I7, 12 V
ZP
I8, NAMUR
U8
ZP
I8, 24 V
I8, 12 V
ZP
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
501
TU843 MTU.
PROCESS
24 V
Supply
24 V
sensor
2-wire
24 V
sensor
3-wire
1)
12 V
sensor
2-wire
1) The figure shows how to

connect 12V, 24V sensors and
voltage-free contact. But
notice that only one type of
sensor power supply can be
distributed from the module at
time. The sensor power supply
can be set to either NAMUR,
12 V or 24 V.
L1+
L1+
L1L1C1
B1
A1,A2
C2
B2
C3
B3
A3,A4
C4
B4
C5
B5
A5,A6
C6
B6
C7
B7
A7,A8
C8
B8
C9
B9
A9,A10
C10
B10
C11
B11
A11,A12
C12
B12
C13
B13
A13,A14
C14
B14
C15
B15
A15,A16
C16
B16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
TU842/TU843
DP840
I1, NAMUR
U1
ZP
I1, 24 V
I1, 12 V
I2, NAMUR
U2
ZP
I2, 24 V
I2, 12 V
I3, NAMUR
U3
ZP
I3, 24 V
I3, 12 V
I4, NAMUR
U4
ZP
I4, 24 V
I4, 12 V
I5, NAMUR
U5
ZP
I5, 24 V
I5, 12 V
I6, NAMUR
U6
ZP
I6, 24 V
I6, 12 V
I7, NAMUR
U7
ZP
I7, 24 V
I7, 12 V
I8, NAMUR
U8
ZP
I8, 24 V
I8, 12 V
EM
DP840
I1, NAMUR
U1
ZP
I1, 24 V
I1, 12 V
I8, NAMUR
U8
ZP
I8, 24 V
I8, 12 V
EM
502
3BSE020924-510 B
TU845 MTU.
PROCESS
24 V
Supply
NAMUR
sensor
4.7 k
1)
15 k
12 V
SC/OW
supervision
10 k
1)
33 k
24V
SC/OW
supervision
1) The figure shows how to connect

NAMUR, voltage-free contact
with short circuit and open wire
detection. But notice that only one
type of sensor power supply can
be distributed from the module at
time. The sensor power supply
can be set to either NAMUR, 12 V
or 24 V.
Channel supervision can be

enabled/disabled for the module
(not channel vice).
Shunt stick TY804 in pos I.
TU844 or TU845
L1+
L1+
L1L1Shunt
sticks
B1
B2
A1,A2
B3
B4
A3,A4
B5
B6
A5,A6
B7
B8
A7,A8
B9
B10
A9,A10
B11
B12
A11,A12
B13
B14
A13,A14
B15
B16
A15,A16
L2+
L2+
L2L2-
DP840
U1
I1, NAMUR
ZP
U2
I2, NAMUR
ZP
U3
I3, NAMUR
ZP
U4
I4, NAMUR
ZP
U5
I5, NAMUR
ZP
U6
I6, NAMUR
ZP
U7
I7, NAMUR
ZP
U8
I8, NAMUR
ZP
EM
DP840
U1
I1, NAMUR
ZP
U8
I8, NAMUR
ZP
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
503
TU805 Terminal Unit
TU805 Terminal Unit

Features
Enables 2- and 3-wire

connections of process signals.
Direct mounting on the I/O

module.
Requires no extra space.
Description
The TU805 is a 16 channel 50 V terminal unit for the S800L I/O modules DI801
and DO801. The Terminal Unit is a passive unit for distribution of external process
power.
The module has 2 x 2 connections for external power and 2 x 16 connections for
distribution.
Technical Data
Table 103. TU805 Compact MTU Specifications

Item
Process Connections
Value
18
2 x 2 Process power terminals
2 x 16 Process power distribution
terminals
Rated maximum continuous current per 1 A

terminal
504
3BSE020924-510 B
TU805 Terminal Unit
Table 103. TU805 Compact MTU Specifications (Continued)

Item
Acceptable Wire Sizes
Value
Solid: 0.2 - 1.5 mm2
Stranded: 0.2 - 1.5 mm2,
24- 16 AWG
Recommended torque
0.3 Nm
Equipment class
Class I according to IEC 61140; (earth

protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 B
505
TU805 Terminal Unit
Block Diagram TU805

TU805
+
L
L
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
24 V
L+
L-
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
L
L
Figure 210. TU805 Block Diagram
506
3BSE020924-510 B
TU810/TU810V1 Compact MTU
Up to 16 channels of field signals and

process power connections.
Connections to ModuleBus and I/O

modules.
Mechanical keying prevents insertion

of the wrong I/O module.
Latching device to DIN rail for

grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
A
E
F
Compact installation of I/O modules

using one-wire connections.
A
B
C
50 Volt applications - use with AI810,

AI815, AI820, AI830, AI830A, AI835,
AI835A, AI845, AO810, AO810V2,
AO815, AO820, AO845, AO845A,
DI810, DI811, DI814, DI830, DI831,
DI840, DI880, DI885, DO810,
DO814, DO815, DO840, DO880,
DP820 and DP840 I/O modules.
B
C
E
F
Features
Description
Row C
The TU810/TU810V1 is a 16 channel 50 V

compact module termination unit (MTU)
for the S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit
used for connection of the field wiring to
the I/O modules. It also contains a part of
the ModuleBus.
Row B
Row A
L1+C1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C8 L2+
L1+B1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B8 L2+
L1- A1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A8 L2-
The TU810/TU810V1 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels and two process
voltage connections. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated
3BSE020924-510 B
507
current is 2A per channel. Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules.
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position
signals to the next MTU.
with a screwdriver.
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals are divided into 2 equal and individually isolated
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O connections, one process voltage connection
and 5 common L- connections.
an operational system. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
508
3BSE020924-510 B
Technical Data
Table 104. TU810/TU810V1 Compact MTU Specifications

Item
Process Connections
Value
30
up to 16 I/O channels
2 x 2 Process power
5 x 2 Process power (0 V)

I/O channel
process voltage connection (L+)
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5 V current distribution
1.5 A
1.5 A
Acceptable Wire Sizes
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Recommended torque: 0.5 - 0.6 Nm
Stripping length: 7 mm
Mechanical Keys (2)
36 different combinations
I/O Module Lock
Locks module and enables operation
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
64 mm (2.52) including connector, 58.5

mm (2.3) edge to edge installed
Depth
64 mm (2.52) including terminals
3BSE020924-510 B
509
Table 104. TU810/TU810V1 Compact MTU Specifications (Continued)

Item
Value
Height
170 mm (6.7) including latch
Weight
0.17 kg (0.37 lbs.)
Connections
Table 105. TU810/TU810V1 Process Connection Screw Terminals (X1)

Position
Row B
Row C
L1-
L1+
L1+
A1 (L1-)
B1
C1
2 (L1-)
3 (L1-)
4 (L1-)
5 (L2-)
6 (L2-)
7 (L2-)
A8 (L2-)
B8
C8
L2-
L2+
L2+
10
510
Row A
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram TU810/TU810V1

TU810
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
I/O module
UP1
UP1
EM
ZP1
I1
ZP1
I1 1
I 21
I2
BLOCK
ZP1 1
I3
I4 2
ZP12
Module Process Connector
ModuleBus Connector Metral Female

3
/
/ 3
2
/
2
/
7
/
I3 2
I4
I5
I5 3
I6 3
I6
I7
I8 4
I8
I9
I 10
I9 5
I 11
I 12
I 11 6
I 13
I 14
I 13 7
I 15
I 15 8
I16
ZP1 3
I7 4
ZP1 4
I 10 5
ZP2 5
I 12 6
ZP2 6
I 14 7
ZP2 7
I 16 8
UP2
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
ZP2 8
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
ZP2
UP2
ZP2
EM
Figure 211. TU810/TU810V1 Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B
511
Up to 8 isolated channels of field

signals.

modules.


grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
A
E
F
Compact installation of I/O modules.
250 Volt applications - use with

DI820, DI821, DO820, and DO821
I/O modules.
B
C
E
F
Features
A
B
C
Description
The TU811/TU811V1 is a 8 channel 250

V compact module termination unit
(MTU) for the S800 I/O. The MTU is a
passive unit used for connection of the
field wiring to the I/O modules. It also
contains a part of the ModuleBus.
The TU811/TU811V1 MTU can have up
to 8 I/O channels. The maximum rated
voltage is 250 V and maximum rated
current is 3 A per channel. Two
mechanical keys are used to configure the
MTU for different types of I/O modules.
512
Row C
Row B
Row A
C 2
B1
4
3
6
5
C8
7 B
A1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A8
3BSE020924-510 B
with a screwdriver.
The process signal terminals has 8 individually isolated I/O channels. Each channel
has two connections.
The TU811/TU811V1 is primarily intended for modules with individually isolated
channels.
3BSE020924-510 B
513
Technical Data

Item
Process connections
Value
16
(2 terminals per channel)

I/O channel
ModuleBus:
1.5 A
1.5 A
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Recommended torque 0.5 - 0.6 Nm
514
Mechanical keys (2)
I/O Module lock
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
250 V
2000 V a.c.
Width

Depth
64 mm (2.52), including terminals
Height
Weight
0.17 kg (0.37 lbs.)
3BSE020924-510 B
Connections

Position (1)
Row A
Row B
Row C
NC
NC
NC
A1
B1
NC
NC
C2
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
A8
NC
C8
10
NC
NC
NC
(1) All positions marked NC are not mounted in the connector.
3BSE020924-510 B
515

TU811
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
I/O module
B
S1 1
I 1.1
I 1.2
EM
I 2.1
S2 1
S3 2
I 2.2
S4 2
S5 3
I 3.2
BLOCK
I 3.1
I 4.1
S6 3
S7 4
I 4.2
S8 4
S9 5
I 5.1
S10 5
I 5.2
I 6.1
S11 6
I 6.2
S12 6
S13 7
I 7.1
S14 7
3
/
/ 3
2
/
7
/
I 7.2
I 8.2
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
I 8.1
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
S15 8
S16 8
EM
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
516
3BSE020924-510 B

modules.


grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
A
E
F

using D-sub connector.
A
B
C

AI815, AI820, AI830, AI830A, AI835,
AI835A, AI845, AO810, AO810V2,
AO815, AO820, AO845, AO845A,
DI810, DI811, DI814, DI830, DI831,
DI840, DI880, DI885, DO810, DO814,
DO840, DO880, DP820 and DP840
I/O modules.
B
C
E
F
Features
Description
The TU812/TU812V1 is a 50 V compact

module termination unit (MTU) for the S800
I/O system with 16 signal connections. The
MTU is a passive unit used for connection of
the field wiring. It also contains a part of the
ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 B
517
The TU812/TU812V1 MTU can have up to 16 I/O signals. The maximum rated
voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is 2A per channel. The MTU distributes
the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also generates the correct
address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
with a screwdriver.
The process signal connector is a D-Sub 25 pin (male).
Technical Data

Item
Process connections
Value
25 pin (male) D-Sub connector
up to 16 I/O signals

I/O channel
518
ModuleBus:
1.5 A
1.5 A
Mechanical keys (2)
I/O Module lock
3BSE020924-510 B

Item
Value
Equipment class
Class I according to IEC 61140;

(earth protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width

Depth
Height
Weight
0.17 kg (0.37 lbs.)
Rated max. continuos current per

process voltage connection Up/Zp.
5A
Connections
Table 109. TU812/TU812V1 Process Connection D-Sub Connector (X1)
3BSE020924-510 B
Position
Row A
UP1
ZP1
S1
S3
S5
S7
S9
519
Table 109. TU812/TU812V1 Process Connection D-Sub Connector (X1)

(Continued)
520
Position
Row A
S11
S13
10
S15
11
UP2
12
ZP2
13
EM
14
UP1
15
ZP1
16
S2
17
S4
18
S6
19
S8
20
S10
21
S12
22
S14
23
S16
24
UP2
25
ZP2
3BSE020924-510 B

TU812
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
I/O module
UP1
UP1 1
UP1 14
EM
ZP1
ZP1 15
BLOCK
3
/
/ 3
2
/
7
/
ZP1 2
Ch1
S1 3
Ch2
S2 16
Ch3
S3 4
Ch4
S4 17
Ch5
S5 5
Ch6
S6 18
Ch7
S7 6
Ch8
S8 19
Ch9
S9 7
Ch10
S10 20
Ch11
S11 8
Ch12
S12 21
Ch13
S13 9
Ch14
S14 22
Ch15
S15 10
Ch16
S16 23
UP2
UP2 11
ZP2
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
UP2 24
ZP2 12
ZP2 25
EM
EM 13
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
3BSE020924-510 B
521
TU813 Compact MTU
TU813 Compact MTU

Features
250 Volt applications - use with DI820,

DI821, DI825, DO820, DO821 and AI825
I/O modules.
Compact installation of I/O modules.
Up to 8 isolated channels of field signal

connections with crimped snap-in
connectors.

modules.
Mechanical keying prevents insertion of

the wrong I/O module.
Latching device to DIN rail for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
The TU813 is a 8 channel 250 V compact

module termination unit (MTU) for the S800
I/O. The TU813 has three rows of crimp
snap-in connectors for field signals and process
power connections. The MTU is a passive unit
used for connection of the field wiring to the
I/O modules. It also contains a part of the
ModuleBus.
The maximum rated voltage is 250 V and
maximum rated current is 3 A per channel. Two mechanical keys are used to
configure the MTU for different types of I/O modules.
522
3BSE020924-510 B
TU813 Compact MTU
with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the I/O module in its
the I/O module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The TU813 is primarily intended for modules with individually isolated channels.
an operational system. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal.
Crimp terminals are provided for connection to field wiring and insertion into the
3 snap-in connectors. Once the contacts are correctly placed in the connectors, the
cable can be easily inserted and removed without future wiring errors. This
assembly function can be performed before the cables are delivered to the site.
Crimp snap-in connectors are not included in TU813.
To provide protection from hazardous voltage, all plugs must be connected.
3BSE020924-510 B
523
TU813 Compact MTU
Technical Data

Item
Process connections
Value
16

I/O channel
ModuleBus:
1.5 A
1.5 A

Stranded: 0.2 - 0.5 mm2, 24 - 20 AWG
attached to crimped snap-in connectors
0.5 - 1.0 mm2, 20 - 18 AWG
(1)
(3)
1.5 - 2.5 mm2, 16 - 14 AWG
524
Mechanical keys (2)
I/O Module lock
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
250 V
Insulation test voltage

Channel to EM
Channel to Channel
24 V modulebus to EM
2300 V a.c.
1350 V a.c.
500 V a.c.
Width

Depth
3BSE020924-510 B
TU813 Compact MTU

Item
Value
Height
Weight
0.17 kg (0.37 lbs.)
(1) 3 pcs of cable plugs are supplied with TU813 (1809792 MSTBC 2.5/8/STZF-5.08)
3BSE020924-510 B
525
TU813 Compact MTU
Connections
Table 111. TU813 Process Connection Screw Terminals (X1)

Position (1)
Row A
Row B
Row C
NC
NC
NC
A1
B1
NC
NC
C2
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
A8
NC
C8
10
NC
NC
NC
526
3BSE020924-510 B
A
A
D
D
CB CB
3 pcs of cable plugs are

supplied with TU813
(Phoenix 1809792
MSTBC 2.5/8/STZF-5.08)
TU813 Compact MTU
FE FE
Contact crimping tool for

installation is not supplied
(Use Phoenix 1204038 CRIMPFOX MT2.5).
Remove insulation tool is not supplied
(Use Phoenix 1204384 QUICK WIREFOX 6).
Connection is made with removable
contacts crimped to the wires
(Phoenix 1879531 MSTBC-MT 0.2-0.5 or
3190564 MSTBC-MT 0.5-1.0 or
3190551 MSTBC-MT 1.5-2.5
Figure 214. Connections to TU813
3BSE020924-510 B
527
TU813 Compact MTU
Block Diagram TU813

TU813
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
I/O module
B
S1 1
I 1.1
I 1.2
EM
I 2.1
S2 1
S3 2
I 2.2
S4 2
S5 3
S6 3
I 3.2
BLOCK
I 3.1
I 4.1
S7 4
I 4.2
S8 4
S9 5
I 5.1
S10 5
I 5.2
I 6.1
S11 6
I 6.2
S12 6
S13 7
I 7.1
I 8.1
I 8.2
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
S14 7
3
/
/ 3
2
/
7
/
I 7.2
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
S15 8
S16 8
EM
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
528
3BSE020924-510 B

using one-wire connections.

process power connections with
crimped snap-in connectors.

grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
The TU814/TU814V1 is a 16 channel 50 V

compact module termination unit (MTU)
for the S800 I/O. The TU814/TU814V1 has
three rows of crimp snap-in connectors for
field signals and process power
connections. The MTU is a passive unit
3BSE020924-510 B
A
B
C

E
F

modules.

AI815, AI820, AI830, AI835A, AI835,
AI845, AO810, AO810V2, AO815,
AO820, AO845, AO845A, DI810,
DI811, DI814, DI830, DI831, DI840,
DI880, DI885, DO810, DO814,
DO815, DO840, DO880, DP820 and
DP840 I/O modules.
B
C
E
F
Features
Row C
Row B
Row A
Snap-on connector positions
529
used for connection of the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of
the ModuleBus.
voltage connections. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated
current is 2 A per channel. Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules.
with a screwdriver.
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O connections, 2 process voltage connection and
5 common L- connections.
Crimp terminals are provided for connection to field wiring and insertion into the 3
snap-on connectors. Once the contacts are correctly placed in the connectors, the
cable can be easily inserted and removed without future wiring errors. This
assembly function can be performed before the cables are delivered to the site.
Cable plugs and crimp snap in connectors are not included in TU814/TU814V1.
530
3BSE020924-510 B
Technical Data

Item
Process connections
Value
30
2 x 2 Process power
Rated maximum continuous current 2 A

per I/O channel
Rated maximum continuous current 5 A
per process voltage connection (L+)
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5 V current distribution:
Maximum 24V current distribution:
1.5 A
1.5 A

attached to crimped snap-in
connectors (3) (1)
Stranded: 0.2 - 0.5 mm2, 24 - 20 AWG

0.5 - 1.0 mm2, 20 - 18 AWG
1.5 - 2.5 mm2, 16 - 14 AWG
Mechanical keys (2)
I/O module lock
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width

Depth
3BSE020924-510 B
531

Item
Value
Height
Weight
0.17 kg (0.37 lbs.)
(1) 3 pcs of cable plugs are supplied with TU814/TU814V1 (1808890 MSTBC 2.5/10-ST-5.08)
532
3BSE020924-510 B
Connections
Table 113. TU814/TU814V1 Process Connection Crimp Connector (X1)

Position
Row B
Row C
L1-
L1+
L1+
A1 (L1-)
B1
C1
2 (L1-)
3 (L1-)
4 (L1-)
5 (L2-)
6 (L2-)
7 (L2-)
A8 (L2-)
B8
C8
L2-
L2+
L2+
10
3BSE020924-510 B
Row A
533
A
A
D
D
CB CB
3 pcs of cable plugs are

supplied with TU814
(Phoenix 1808890
MSTBC 2.5/10-ST-5.08)
FE FE
Contact crimping tool for

installation is not supplied
(Use Phoenix 1204038 CRIMPFOX MT2.5).
Remove insulation tool is not supplied
(Use Phoenix 1204384 QUICK WIREFOX 6).
Connection is made with removable
contacts crimped to the wires
(Phoenix 1879531 MSTBC-MT 0.2-0.5 or
3190564 MSTBC-MT 0.5-1.0 or
3190551 MSTBC-MT 1.5-2.5
Figure 216. Connections to TU814/TU814V1
534
3BSE020924-510 B

TU814
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
I/O module
UP1
UP1
EM
ZP1
I1
ZP1
I1 1
I2 1
I2
BLOCK
ZP1 1
I3
I4 2
ZP12
I5

3
/
/ 3
2
/
2
/
7
/
I3 2
I4
I5 3
I6 3
I6
I7
I7 4
I8
I9
I 10
I8 4
ZP1 4
I9 5
I 10 5
I 11
I 12
I 11
I 13
I 14
I 13 7
I 15
I 15 8
I 16
ZP1 3
ZP2 5
I 12 6
ZP2 6
I 14 7
ZP2 7
I 16 8
UP2
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
ZP2 8
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
ZP2
UP2
ZP2
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
535
TU818 Compact MTU
TU818 Compact MTU

Features

AI815, AI835A, AI843, AI845,
AI880A, DI810, DI811, DI818, DI830,
DI831, DI840, DI880, DI885, DO818,
DP840 I/O modules.

using one-wire or two-wire (depends
on I/O module type) connections.

process power connections.

modules.


grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
The TU818 is a 32 channel 50 V compact

module termination unit (MTU) for the
S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used
for connection of the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the
ModuleBus.
The TU818 MTU can have up to 32 I/O channels and two process voltage
connections. The maximum rated voltage is 50V, maximum rated current is 2.5A
per channel and 8A per process voltage connection. The Mechanical keys are used
for the I/O module slot to configure the MTU for different types of I/O modules.
536
3BSE020924-510 B
TU818 Compact MTU
with a screwdriver.
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver. The
MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its position.
This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps the
module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
groups. Each group consists of 16 I/O connections. The top part of the MTU can be
removed to replace the termination board even with an operational system. Such a
need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
3BSE020924-510 B
537
TU818 Compact MTU
Technical Data

Item
Process connections
Value
40 pole screw terminal
Rated maximum continuous current 2.5 A

per I/O channel
Rated maximum continuous current L1+ max 8A
per process voltage connection
L2+ max 8A
(L1+, L2+)
ModuleBus:
Maximum 24V current distribution:
1.5 A
1.5 A
Solid: 0.5 - 2.5 mm2

Stranded: 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
538
Mechanical keys (2)
I/O module lock
Equipment class
Class II according to IEC 61140; (earth

protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width

Depth
3BSE020924-510 B
TU818 Compact MTU

Item
Value
Height
Weight
0.17 kg (0.37 lbs.)
Connections
Table 115. Process Connector Pinning (X2)

Position
Row A
Row B
Row C
Row D
L1-
L1-
L1+
L1+
A1
B1
C1
D1
A2
B2
C2
D2
A3
B3
C3
D3
A4
B4
C4
D4
A5
B5
C5
D5
A6
B6
C6
D6
A7
B7
C7
D7
A8
B8
C8
D8
10
L2-
L2-
L2+
L2+
3BSE020924-510 B
539
TU818 Compact MTU
Figure 218. TU818 Process Connections
540
3BSE020924-510 B
TU819 Compact MTU
TU819 Compact MTU

Features
50 Volt applications - use with DI818

and DO818 I/O modules.

using D-sub 25 connector.

modules.


grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
The TU819 is a 50 V compact module

termination unit (MTU) for the S800 I/O
system with 32 signal connections. The
MTU is a passive unit used for connection
of the field wiring. It also contains a part of
the ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 B
541
TU819 Compact MTU
The TU819 MTU can have up to 32 I/O signals. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V
and maximum rated current is 2.5 A per channel. The MTU distributes the
ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also generates the correct
address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
with a screwdriver.
The process signal connector is a D-Sub 25 pin (male).
Technical Data

Item
Process connections
Value
Two D-sub connectors 25 pin (male)
up to 32 I/O signals
Rated maximum continuous current per 2.5 A

I/O channel
542
ModuleBus:
1.5 A
1.5 A
Mechanical keys (2)
I/O Module lock
3BSE020924-510 B
TU819 Compact MTU

Item
Value
Equipment class
Class II according to IEC 61140;

(earth protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width

Depth
Height
Weight
0.17 kg (0.37 lbs.)

L1+ max 8A
L2+ max 8A
3BSE020924-510 B
543
TU819 Compact MTU
Connections
Table 117. Process Connection D-sub 25 (X1A and X1B)

X1A
544
X1B
Pin.
MTU Signal
Pin.
MTU Signal
UP1
UP2
14
UP1
14
UP2
ZP1
ZP2
15
ZP1
15
ZP2
S1
S17
16
S2
16
S18
S3
S19
17
S4
17
S20
S5
S21
18
S6
18
S22
S7
S23
19
S8
19
S24
S9
S25
20
S10
20
S26
S11
S27
21
S12
21
S28
S13
S29
22
S14
22
S30
10
S15
10
S31
23
S16
23
S32
11
UP1
11
UP2
3BSE020924-510 B
TU819 Compact MTU
Table 117. Process Connection D-sub 25 (X1A and X1B)

X1A
3BSE020924-510 B
X1B
Pin.
MTU Signal
Pin.
MTU Signal
24
UP1
24
UP2
12
ZP1
12
ZP2
25
ZP1
25
ZP2
13
EM
13
EM
545
TU819 Compact MTU
Figure 219. TU819 Block diagram and connection to Modulebus
546
3BSE020924-510 B
3BSE020924-510 B
TU819 Compact MTU
547
TU830/TU830V1 Extended MTU
Row C
C1
L1+ L1+ B1 2
2
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
Complete installation of I/O

modules using 3-wire
connections, fuses and field
power distribution.
50 Volt applications - use

with AI810, AI815, AI820,
AI830, AI830A, AI835,
AI835A, AI843, AI845,
AO810, AO810V2, AO815,
AO820, AO845, AO845A,
DI810, DI811, DI814,
DI830, DI831, DI840,
DI880, DI885, DO810,
DO814, DO815, DO840,
DO880, DP820 and DP840
I/O modules.
L1- L1- A1
Row B
Features
Row A
E
F
D
E
F
B
C
A
B
C
19 20
DIN rail mounting.
11 12 13 14 15 C16
9 10
Latching device to DIN rail

for grounding.
13 14 15 B16 L2+ L2+
Mechanical keying prevents

insertion of the wrong I/O
module.
10 11 12
Connections to ModuleBus
and I/O modules.
10 11 12 13 14 15 A16 L2- L2-
548
Up to 16 channels of field
signals and process power
connections.
Fuse Holder
3BSE020924-510 B
Description
The TU830/TU830V1 is a 16 channel 50 V extended module termination unit

(MTU) for the S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used for connection of the field
wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
voltage connections. Each channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection.
The process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups. Each
group has a 6.3 A fuse. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated
current is 2 A per channel. It is recommended that the fuse rating be chosen to meet
the applications needs, see Table 118.
Table 118. Recommended fuse for TU830
Module Type
Configuration
(1)
Total current consumption

at 24V process power
Recommended fuse(2)
supply (both groups UP1 per group (L1 and L2)
and UP2)
DO810
NA
Depends on load
Total load one group

(8 ch) + 2A
DO814
NA
Depends on load

(8 ch) + 2A
DO815
NA
Depends on load

(4 ch) + 2A
DO818
NA
Depends on load
DO840
NA
Depends on load

(8 ch) + 2A
DO880
NA
Depends on load

(8 ch) + 2A
DI810
2-wire connection
144 mA (9mA per ch @ 30V) 125mA
DI811
2-wire connection
96 mA (6mA per ch @ 60V)
DI814
2-wire connection
144 mA (9mA per ch @ 30V) 125mA
3BSE020924-510 B
80mA
549
Table 118. Recommended fuse for TU830 (Continued)
Module Type
Configuration(1)

Recommended fuse(2)
and UP2)
DI818
2-wire connection
DI830
2-wire connection
144 mA (9mA per ch @ 30V) 125mA
DI831
2-wire connection
100 mA (6.25mA per ch @

30V)
80mA
DI840
2-wire connection
159 mA (internal + 9mA per

ch @ 30V)
250mA (L1)
DI880
2-wire connection
175 mA (internal 10mA per

ch @ 30V)
315mA (L1)
DI885
2-wire connection
32 mA (4mA per ch @ 30V)
63mA (L1 for 24 V, L2

for 48 V)
AO810/AO810V2
NA
245 mA
400mA (L1 or L2)
AO815
NA
218 mA
400mA (L1)
AO820
NA
(3)
NA
AO845/AO845A
NA
218 mA
400mA (L1)
AI810
2-wire connection
184 mA (23mA per ch)
160mA
AI815
2-wire connection
265 mA (internal + 23mA per 200mA

ch)
AI820
2-wire connection
92 mA (23mA per ch)
80mA
AI830/AI830A
2-wire connection
(3)
NA
AI835/AI835A
2-wire connection
(3)
NA
AI843
2-wire connection
(3)
NA
AI845
2-wire connection
265 mA (internal + 23mA per 200mA

ch)
550
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 118. Recommended fuse for TU830 (Continued)
Module Type
Configuration(1)

Recommended fuse(2)
and UP2)
DP820
NA
Depends on load
Depends on load
DP840
2-wire connection,
NAMUR
122 mA (internal + 8.2mA

per ch @ 8.2V)
200 mA (L1)
DP840
2-wire connection,
12 V
124 mA (internal + 4.3mA

per ch @ 12V)
200mA (L1)
DP840
2-wire connection,
24 V
145 mA (internal + 4mA per

ch @ 24V)
250mA (L1)
(1) If 3-wire field devices are connected, the internal current consumption must be considered.
(2) Use fuse 5 x 20 mm, Time-Lag.
(3) Unit does not use process power supply.
with a screwdriver.
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that
keeps the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O channels, process voltage connection and a
6.3 A fuse (as delivered). Each I/O channel has two I/O connections and one ZP
connection. For input modules, field power is provided by the B-row.
3BSE020924-510 B
551
Technical Data
Table 119. TU830/TU830V1 Extended MTU Specifications

Item
Process Connections
Value
56
up to 16 I/O channels (2 terminals per
channel)
4 Process power 6.3 A

I/O channel
ModuleBus:
1.5 A
1.5 A
Fuse (2)
6.3 A (slow glass tube, 5x20 mm)
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
552
Mechanical keys (2)
I/O module lock
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
126 mm (5) including connector,

120.5 mm (4.74) edge to edge installed
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 119. TU830/TU830V1 Extended MTU Specifications (Continued)

Item
Value
Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
Weight
0.28 kg (0.6 lbs.)
Connections

Position (1)
3BSE020924-510 B
Row A
Row B
Row C
L1-
L1+
NC
L1-
L1+
NC
A1
B1
C1
10
11
12
10
10
10
13
11
11
11
14
12
12
12
15
13
13
13
553
Table 120. TU830/TU830V1 Process Connection Screw Terminals (X1) (Continued)

Position (1)
Row A
Row B
Row C
16
14
14
14
17
15
15
15
18
A16
B16
C16
19
L2-
L2+
NC
20
L2-
L2+
NC
554
3BSE020924-510 B

TU830
C
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
I/O module
UP1
6.3A
UP1
UP1
ZP1
EM
I1
U1
ZP1
ZP1
I1 1
U1 1
ZP11
BLOCK
I2
ZP12
3
/
/ 3
2
/
2
/
U2 2
I3
U3
I3 3
I4
U4
I4 4
I5
U5
I5 5
I6
U6
I6 6
I7
U7
I7 7
I8
U8
I8 8
I9
U9
I9 9
.
.
.
I16
U16
U3 3
ZP13
U4 4
ZP14
U5 5
ZP15
U6 6
ZP16
U7 7
U8 8
U9 9
I16 16
ZP17
ZP18
ZP29
.
.
.
U1616
ZP216
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
7
/
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
I 22
U2
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
UP2
ZP2
EM
6.3A
UP2
UP2
ZP2
ZP2
3BSE020924-510 B
555

for grounding.

module.
and I/O modules.
B1 2
Up to 8 isolated channels of
field signals.
A
B
C
E
F
B8
A8
DIN rail mounting.
E
F
Greater connection area for

larger wires.

with DI820, DI821, DO820,
and DO821 I/O modules.
A1 2
Row B
Features
Row A
A
B
C
Description
The TU831/TU831V1 is a 8
channel 250 V extended module
termination unit (MTU) for the
S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive
unit used for connection of the
field wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
The TU831/TU831V1 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels. The maximum rated
voltage is 250 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
556
3BSE020924-510 B
with a screwdriver.
Technical Data

Item
Process connections
Value
16

I/O channel
ModuleBus:
1.5 A
1.5 A
Solid: 0.2 - 6mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 4 mm2, 24 - 10 AWG
Mechanical keys (2)
3BSE020924-510 B
557

Item
Value
I/O Module lock
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
250 V
2000 V a.c.
Width
126 mm (5) including connector, 120.5

Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
Weight
0.22 kg (0.48 lbs.)
Connections
558
Position
Row A
Row B
A1
B1
3BSE020924-510 B
3BSE020924-510 B
Position
Row A
Row B
A8
B8
559

TU831
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
I/O module
O 1.1
S1 1
S2 1
O 1.2
EM
O 2.1
S3 2
S4 2
O 2.2
S5 3
S6 3
O 3.2
O 4.1
BLOCK
O 3.1
S7 4
O 4.2
O 5.1
S8 4
S9 5
S10 5
O 5.2
O 6.1
S11 6
O 6.2
O 7.1
S12 6
S13 7
3
/
/ 3
2
/
7
/
O 7.2
O 8.1
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
O 8.2
S14 7
S15 8
S16 8
EM
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
560
3BSE020924-510 B
TU833 Extended MTU
TU833 Extended MTU

Features

with AI810, AI815, AI820,
AI830, AI830A, AI835,
AI835A, AI843, AI845,
AO810, AO810V2, AO815,
AO820, AO845, AO845A,
DI810, DI811, DI814,
DI830, DI831, DI840,
DI880, DI885, DO810,
DO814, DO815, DO840,
DO880, DP820 and DP840
I/O modules.

connections, fuses and field
power distribution.
Up to 16 channels of field signals and process power connections.
Connections to ModuleBus and I/O modules.
Mechanical keying prevents insertion of the wrong I/O module.
DIN rail mounting.
Spring-case terminal.
Description
The TU833 is a 16 channel 50 V extended module termination unit (MTU) for the
S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used for connection of the field wiring to the
I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 B
561
TU833 Extended MTU
The TU833 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels and two process voltage
connections. Each channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. The
process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups. Each group
has a 6.3 A fuse. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is
2 A per channel. It is recommended that the fuse rating be chosen to meet the
applications needs, see S800 I/O Getting Started chapter Power and Cooling.
with a screwdriver.
The process signal terminals are divided into two equal and individually isolated
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O channels, process voltage connection and a
6.3 A fuse (as delivered). Each I/O channel has two I/O connections and one ZP
connection. For input modules, field power is provided by the B-row.
The process connection terminals are of spring-case type. Only one wire per
terminal is recommended.
562
3BSE020924-510 B
TU833 Extended MTU
Technical Data
Table 123. TU833 Extended MTU Specifications

Item
Process Connections
Value
56
channel)
4 Process power 6.3 A

I/O channel
ModuleBus:
1.5 A
1.5 A
Fuse (2)
6.3 A (slow glass tube, 5x20 mm)
Solid: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 -12 AWG

Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Only one wire per terminal
Mechanical keys (2)
I/O module lock
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width

3BSE020924-510 B
563
TU833 Extended MTU
Table 123. TU833 Extended MTU Specifications (Continued)

Item
Value
Depth
Height
105 mm (4.1)
Weight
0.28 kg (0.6 lbs.)
Connections

Position (1)
564
Row A
Row B
Row C
L1-
L1+
NC
L1-
L1+
NC
A1
B1
C1
10
11
12
10
10
10
13
11
11
11
14
12
12
12
15
13
13
13
3BSE020924-510 B
TU833 Extended MTU
Table 124. TU833 Process Connection Screw Terminals (X1) (Continued)

Position (1)
Row A
Row B
Row C
16
14
14
14
17
15
15
15
18
A16
B16
C16
19
L2-
L2+
NC
20
L2-
L2+
NC
3BSE020924-510 B
565
TU833 Extended MTU
Block Diagram TU833

TU833
C
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
I/O module
UP1
6.3A
UP1
UP1
ZP1
EM
I1
U1
ZP1
ZP1
I1 1
U1 1
ZP11
BLOCK
I2

3
/
/ 3
U2 2
ZP12
I3
U3
I3 3
I4
U4
I4 4
I5
U5
I5 5
I6
U6
I6 6
I7
U7
I7 7
I8
U8
I8 8
I9
U9
I9 9
.
.
.
I16
U16
U3 3
ZP13
U4 4
ZP14
U5 5
ZP15
U6 6
ZP16
U7 7
U8 8
U9 9
I16 16
ZP17
ZP18
ZP29
.
.
.
U1616
ZP216
+5V
0V
2
/
/
+24V, 0V24
7
/
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
I 22
U2
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
UP2
ZP2
EM
6.3A
UP2
UP2
ZP2
ZP2
566
3BSE020924-510 B
TU834 Extended MTU
TU834 Extended MTU

Features

with AI880 and AI880A
modules.

connections and field power
distribution.
connections.

module.

for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Include 8 individual shunt sticks.
Description
The TU834 is a 8 channel module termination unit (MTU) for single S800 I/O
modules and for mounting on a vertical or horizontal DIN rail. The MTU is a
passive unit used for connection of the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also
The TU834 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels and 2+2 process voltage
connections. Each channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. Input
signals are connected via individual shunt sticks, TY801. The maximum rated
3BSE020924-510 B
567
TU834 Extended MTU
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the next MTU. It also generates the correct
address to the I/O modules by shifting the outgoing position signals to the next
MTU.
with a screwdriver.
Technical Data

Item
Process Connections
Value
40
channel)
4 Process power
20 Process power (0 V)

I/O channel
ModuleBus:
568
1.5 A
1.5 A
3BSE020924-510 B
TU834 Extended MTU

Item
Value
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Mechanical keys (2+2)
I/O module lock
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
126 mm (5.0) including connector,

Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3) including locking device
Weight
0.28 kg (0.6 lbs.)
Connections

Position
3BSE020924-510 B
Row A
Row B
L1-
L1+
L1-
L1+
A1
B1
569
TU834 Extended MTU

Position
570
Row A
Row B
10
11
12
10
10
13
11
11
14
12
12
15
13
13
16
14
14
17
15
15
18
A16
B16
19
L2-
L2+
20
L2-
L2+
3BSE020924-510 B
TU834 Extended MTU
Block Diagram TU834

TU834
Shunt stick
ModuleBus
Connector
UP1
L1+
L1+
I/O Module
ModuleBus Connector
BLOCK
ZP
U1
S1
U2
L1L11
2
3
S2
U3
S3
4
5
6
U4
S4
U5
7
8
9
S5
10
U6
11
S6
12
U7
13
S7
14
U8
15
10
11
12
13
14
15
S8
16
UP2
L2+
16
L2+
L2L2-
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
3BSE020924-510 B
571
Latching device to DIN

rail for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
A
B
C
Mechanical keying
prevents insertion of the
wrong I/O module.
L2- L2-
X12
E
F
Connections to
ModuleBus and I/O
modules.
E
F
B
C
Process voltage can be

connected to 2 individually
isolated groups.
L2+L2+
11 12 21 22 31 32 41 42 5152 61 62 71 72 8182
Each channel has one

fused transducer power
terminal and one signal
connection.
X11
L1-L1-
Row B
connections.

with the AI810, AI815 and
AI845 modules.
L1+L1+
Row A
Features
X13
Description
The TU835/TU835V1 is a 8 channel 50 V extended module termination unit (MTU)

for the S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used for connection of the field wiring
to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
572
3BSE020924-510 B
with a screwdriver.
has two connections: one fused transducer power terminal and one signal
connection. Process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups.
3BSE020924-510 B
573
Technical Data

Item
Process connections
Value
16
4 Process power
4 Process power (0V)
Rated maximum continuous current per

I/O channel
574
2A
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5 current distribution
1.5 A
1.5 A
Fuse (8)
100 mA (fast glass tube, 5x20 mm)
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Mechanical keys (2)
I/O Module lock
Equipment class

(earth protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width

Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
3BSE020924-510 B

Item
Value
Weight
0.26 kg (0.57 lbs.)

8A
Connections
Table 128. TU835/TU835V1 Process Power Source Connections (X11, X13)

Position
Row A
Row B
X11 - 1
L1-
L1+
X11 - 2
L1-
L1+
X13 - 1
L2-
L2+
X13 - 2
L2-
L2+

Position
3BSE020924-510 B
Row A
11 (F1, L1+ power)
12 (signal)
21 (F2, L1+ power)
22 (signal)
31 (F3, L1+ power)
32 (signal)
41 (F4, L1+ power)
42 (signal)
575

Position
9
576
Row A
51 (F5, L2+ power)
10
52 (signal)
11
61 (F6, L2+ power)
12
62 (signal)
13
71 (F7, L2+ power)
14
72 (signal)
15
81 (F8, L2+ power)
16
82 (signal)
3BSE020924-510 B

TU835
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
I/O module
X11
B
UP1
L1+ 1
L1+ 2
ZP1
EM
L1- 1
L1- 2
X12
A
F1
U1
F2
U2
21 3
22 4
F3
U3
31 5
32 6
F4
U4
41 7
42 8
F5
U5
51 9
52 10
F6
U6
61 11
62 12
F7
U7
71 13
72 14
F8
U8
81 15
82 16
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
X13
3
/
/ 3
2
/
7
/
S8
ZP2
L2+ 1
L2+ 2
L2- 1
L2- 2
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
UP2
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
11 1
2
12
S2
BLOCK
S1
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
577
and I/O modules.

for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
A
B
C
N2 N2

module.
L2 L2
X12
E
F
E
F

isolated groups.
B
C
11 12 21 22 31 32 41 42 51 52 61 62 71 72 81 82
Each channel has one fused

load power terminal and
one signal return
connection.
X11
N1 N1
Row B
Two groups with 4 channels

of field signals and process
power connections.

with the DO820, and
DO821 modules.
L1 L1
Row A
Features
X13
Description

578
3BSE020924-510 B
with a screwdriver.
groups. Each groups consists of 4 I/O connections and process voltage connection.
Each channel has two connections: one fused load outlet terminal and one signal
return connection.
3BSE020924-510 B
579
Technical Data

Item
Process connections
Value
16
4 Process power
4 Process power (0V)
580
Rated maximum continuous current per

process voltage connection (L1, L2, N1, N2)
10 A
Rated maximum continuous current per I/O

channel
3A
ModuleBus:
1.5 A
1.5 A
Fuse (8)
3.15 A (fast glass tube, 5x20 mm)
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Mechanical keys (2)
I/O Module lock
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
250 V
2000 V a.c.
Width

3BSE020924-510 B

Item
Value
Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
Weight
0.26 kg (0.57 lbs.)
Connections
Table 131. TU836/TU836V1 Process Power Source Connections (X11, X13)

Position
Row A
Row B
X11 - 1
N1
L1
X11 - 2
N1
L1
X13 - 1
N2
L2
X13 - 2
N2
L2

Position
3BSE020924-510 B
Row A
11 (F1, L1 power)
12 (signal return)
21 (F2, L1 power)
22 (signal return)
31 (F3, L1 power)
32 (signal return)
41 (F4, L1 power)
581
Table 132. TU836/TU836V1 Process Connection Screw Terminals (X12) (Continued)

Position
582
Row A
42 (signal return)
51 (F5, L2 power)
10
52 (signal return)
11
61 (F6, L2 power)
12
62 (signal return)
13
71 (F7, L2 power)
14
72 (signal return)
15
81 (F8, L2 power)
16
82 (signal return)
3BSE020924-510 B

TU836
X11
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
I/O module
UP1
L1 1
L1 2
ZP1
N1 1
EM
N1 2
X12
A
F1 S11
S1
BLOCK
12
F2 S21
21 3
22 4
S2
S3
F3 S31
31 5
32 6
S4
F4 S41
41 7
42 8
S5
F5 S51
51 9
52 10
S6
F6 S61
61
62
11
12
S7
F7 S71
71
72
13
14
S8
F8 S81
81
82
15
16
3
/
/ 3
2
/
2
/
7
/
11 1
UP2
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
X13
B
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
ZP2
L2 1
L2 2
N2 1
N2 2
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
583

with the DO820, and
DO821 modules.
Allows a mix of isolated

and grouped channels.
Process voltage return can

be connected to two
individually isolated
groups.
B1
Each channel has two

terminals and one is fused.
N1 11 12
A1
Up to 8 individually
isolated channels of field
connections.
Fuse
Holders
X11
N1 13 14
Row B
Row A
Features
2
3
3
4
D
E
F
A
B
C
B8
25 26 N2
DIN rail mounting.
A
B
C
27 28 N2

for grounding.
A8

module.
and I/O modules.
E
F
X12
X13
Description

584
3BSE020924-510 B
with a screwdriver.
has two connections, one is fused. There are 2 individually isolated groups for
signal return connections.
3BSE020924-510 B
585
Technical Data

Item
Process connections
Value
28
2 x 6 power common terminals

signal return connection (N1, N2)
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
1.5 A
1.5 A
Fuse (8)
3.15 A (fast glass tube, 5x20 mm)

Signal connection
Return connection
586
Solid: 0.2 - 6 mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 4 mm2, 24 - 10 AWG
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Mechanical keys (2)
I/O Module lock
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
250 V
3BSE020924-510 B

Item
Value
2000 V a.c.
Width

Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
Weight
0.26 kg (0.57 lbs.)
Connections
Table 134. TU837/TU837V1 Process Power Connection X11

Row A
Row B
Terminal
Signal
Marking
Signal
Marking
ZP1
N1
ZP1
N1
ZP1
13
ZP1
11
ZP1
14
ZP1
12
Table 135. TU837/TU837V1 Process Power Connection X13

Row A
Row B
Terminal
3BSE020924-510 B
Signal
Marking
Signal
Marking
ZP2
27
ZP2
25
ZP2
28
ZP2
26
ZP2
N2
ZP2
N2
587
Table 136. TU837/TU837V1 Process Connection Terminals X12

Row A
Row B
Terminal
588
Signal
Marking
Signal
Marking
S21 (F1)
A1
S1
B1
S41 (F2)
S3
S61 (F3)
S5
S81 (F4)
S7
S101 (F5)
S9
S121 (F6)
S11
S141 (F7)
S13
S161 (F8)
A8
S15
B8
3BSE020924-510 B
B
TU837
X11
I/O module
ModuleBus Connector C/4 Male
N1 1
X12
B
S1
S2
N1 1
ZP1
B1 1
F1
A1 1
S21
EM
11 2
S3
S4
2 2
F2
2 2
S41
S6
3 3
F3
3 3
S61
13 2
BLOCK
12 3
S5
S7
S8
4 4
F4
S81
4 4
14 3
5 5
S9
S10
F5
5 5
S101
25 1
S11
S12
6 6
F6
S121
6 6
26 2
S14
7 7
F7 S141
27 1
S16
B8 8
F8
S161
A8 8
28 2
0V
+5V
+24V, 0V24
DAT, DAT-N
POWOK
S15
POS 0 - 6
7 7
3
/
2
/
7
/
S13
EM
ZP2
N2 3
ModuleBus Connector R/4 Female

N2 3
A
B
X13
3BSE020924-510 B
589
TU838 Extended MTU
TU838 Extended MTU

Features

modules using
3-wire connections, fuses
and field power distribution.
signals and 8 process power
connections.
Two channels share one

fused transducer power
terminal.

isolated groups, if the I/O
module supports it.
Module
connector
Row B

with the AI810, AI815,
AI845, DI810, DI811,
DI814, DI830, DI831,
DI840 and DO814 modules.
Row A
Fuse
Holders
L1
+
L1
L1
+
L1
-
B
1
A
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
9
9
10
11
E
F
10
12
11
13
B
C
12
13
E
F
14
14
15
15
A
16
B
C
B
16
L2
+

module.
L2
+
L2
-
and I/O modules.
L2
-
590
Screw terminals
DIN rail mounting.
3BSE020924-510 B
TU838 Extended MTU
Description
The TU838 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels. The maximum rated voltage is
50 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
with a screwdriver.
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O channels, four fused transducer power outlets,
four return connections and process voltage connection. Process voltage can be
connected to two individually isolated groups, only valid if the I/O module supports
that.
3BSE020924-510 B
591
TU838 Extended MTU
Technical Data

Item
Process connections
Value
40
8 fused sensor power outlets
4 Process power

process voltage connection
ModuleBus:
1.5 A
1.5 A

channel
3A
Fuse (8)
Only on delivery:100 mA (fast glass

tube, 5x20 mm)
Otherwise: Max. 3,5 A
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
592
Mechanical keys (2)
I/O Module lock
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 B
TU838 Extended MTU

Item
Value
Width

Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
Weight
0.26 kg (0.57 lbs.)
Connections

Row A
3BSE020924-510 B
Row B
L1- (L1- power)
L1+ (L1+ power)
L1- (L1- power)
L1+ (L1+ power)
A1 (F1, L1+)
B1 (signal)
A2 (L1-)
B2 (signal)
A3 (F2, L1+)
B3 (signal)
A4 (L1-)
B4 (signal)
A5 (F3, L1+)
B5 (signal)
A6 (L1-)
B6 (signal)
A7 (F4, L1+)
B7 (signal)
A8 (L1-)
B8 (signal)
A9 (F5, L2+)
B9 (signal)
A10 (L2-)
B10 (signal)
A11 (F6, L2+)
B11 (signal)
593
TU838 Extended MTU

Row A
594
Row B
A12 (L2-)
B12 (signal)
A13 (F7, L2+)
B13 (signal)
A14 (L2-)
B14 (signal)
A15 (F8, L2+)
B15 (signal)
A16 (L2-)
B15 (signal)
L2- (L2- power)
L2+ (L2+ power)
L2- (L2- power)
L2+ (L2+ power)
3BSE020924-510 B
TU838 Extended MTU
Block Diagram TU838

TU838
I/O module
B
UP1
ZP1
L1+ 1
L1- 1
L1+ 2
EM
S1
S2
S3
BLOCK
S4
S5
S7
S6
S8
S9
S10
S11
S12
S13
S14
/ 3
3
/
B1 3
F1 U1
B2 4
B3 5
F2 U2
B4 6
B5 7
F3 U3
B6 8
B7 9
F4 U4
B8 10
B9 11
F5 U5
B1012
L1- 2
A1 3
A2 4
A3 5
A4 6
A5 7
A6 8
A7 9
A8 10
A9 11
A10 12
B1113
F6 U6
A11 13
B1214
A12 14
B1315
F7 U7
A13 15
B1416
A14 16
B1517
F8 U8
A15 17
B1618
A16 18
L2+ 19
L2- 19
L2+ 20
L2- 20
0V
2
/
S16
UP2
ZP2
+5V
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
7
/
S15
EM
3BSE020924-510 B
595
TU839 Extended MTU
TU839 Extended MTU
and I/O modules.

module.

for grounding.
Row C
Row B
Two individually isolated,

fused groups for sensor
power distribution.
C1
8 individually isolated I/O

channels.
B1
L1 L1
250 Volt applications- use

with DI820, DI821and
DI825 I/O modules.
A1
Row A
Features
2
3
3
4
4
5
6
B
C
E
F
A
B
C
C8
B8
A8
19 20
L2 L2
The TU839 is a 8 channel 250 V

extended module termination
unit (MTU) for the S800 I/O.
The MTU is a passive unit used
for connection of the field wiring
to the I/O modules. It also
DIN rail mounting.
Description
E
F
Fuse Holder
The TU839 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels and two groups of connections for
sensor power distribution. Each channel has two I/O connections. The process
voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups for sensor power
distribution. Each group has a 200 mA fuse. The maximum rated voltage is 250 V
596
3BSE020924-510 B
TU839 Extended MTU
and maximum rated current is 1 A per channel. It is recommended that the fuse
rating be chosen to meet the applications needs.
with a screwdriver.
3BSE020924-510 B
597
TU839 Extended MTU
Technical Data

Item
Process Connections
Value
28
2x6 Process Power terminals 0.2 A
Rated maximum continuous current

per I/O channel
1A
Rated maximum continuous current

per process voltage connection (L)
10 A
ModuleBus:
1.5 A
1.5 A
Fuse (2)
200 mA (slow glass tube, 5x20 mm)
Stranded: 24-14 AWG

0.2-2,5 mm2 (solid and stranded)
Recommended torque 0.5 Nm.
Mechanical keys (2)
36 different combinations.
I/O module lock
Equipment class

(earth protected)
Protection rating
250 V
2300 V a.c. channel to ground

1350 V a.c. channel to channel
Width
598

120.5 mm (4.74) edge to edge
installed.
3BSE020924-510 B
TU839 Extended MTU

Item
Value
Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
Weight
0.28 kg (0.6 lbs.)
Connections
Table 140. TU839 Process connection screw terminals (X1)

Row A
Position(1)
Signal
3BSE020924-510 B
Row B
Marking
Row C
Signal
Marking
NC
UP1
L1
NC
UP1
L1
S2
U1
B1
NC
S4
NC
S6
NC
S8
10
NC
11
S10
12
NC
13
S12
14
NC
A1
NC
2
U1
U1
U1
U2
U2
NC
S3
S5
S7
NC
5
NC
6
C1
NC
NC
5
S1
NC
NC
4
Marking
NC
NC
3
Signal
S9
NC
6
S11
NC
599
TU839 Extended MTU
Table 140. TU839 Process connection screw terminals (X1) (Continued)

Row A
Row B
Row C
Position(1)
Signal
Marking
Signal
Marking
Signal
Marking
15
S14
U2
S13
16
NC
17
S16
18
NC
NC
19
NC
UP2
L2
20
NC
UP2
L2
NC
A8
U2
NC
B8
S15
C8
NC
600
3BSE020924-510 B
TU839 Extended MTU
Block Diagram TU839
C
F1 UP1
TU839
ModuleBus Connector
C/4 Male
L1 1
I/O module
L1 2
U1
B1 3
C1 1
S1
A1 3
S2
EM
2 5
2 3
S3
2 5
S4
3 7
3 5
BLOCK
S5
3 7
4 9
4 7
S7
S6
S8
4 9
5 11
S9
5 9
5 11
S10
6 13
6 11
S11
6 13
S12
7 15
7 13
S13
3
/
/ 3
2
/
7
/
S14
7 15
B8 17
S15
C8 15
EM
+5V
0V
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
S16
A8 17
U2
L2 19
F2
L2 20
UP2
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
Figure 228. Block Diagram of TU839
3BSE020924-510 B
601
TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU

Features

with AI843, AO845,
AO845A, DI840, DI880,
DO840, DO880 and DP840
I/O modules.

distribution.
connections.
Connections to two
ModuleBuses and I/O
modules.

module.

for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
The TU842 is a 16 channel module termination unit (MTU) for redundant S800 I/O
modules and for mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. The MTU is a passive unit used
ModuleBus.
602
3BSE020924-510 B
maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
The MTU distributes the two ModuleBuses to each I/O module and to the next
MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O modules by shifting the
outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
Four mechanical keys, two for each I/O module, are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does
not affect the functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six
positions, which gives a total number of 36 different configurations.
The configuration can be changed with a screwdriver.
Each I/O channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. For input
modules, field power is provided by the B-row.
Technical Data
Table 141. TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU Specifications

Item
Process Connections
Value
56
channel)
4 Process power

I/O channel
3BSE020924-510 B
603
Table 141. TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU Specifications (Continued)

Item
Value

ModuleBus:
604
1.5 A
1.5 A
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
I/O module lock
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width

124 mm (4.88) edge to edge installed
Depth
Height
186.5 mm (7.34) including locking

device
Weight
0.6 kg (1.3 lbs.)
3BSE020924-510 B
Connections

Position
3BSE020924-510 B
Row A
Row B
Row C
L1-
L1+
L1-
L1+
A1
B1
C1
10
11
12
10
10
10
13
11
11
11
14
12
12
12
15
13
13
13
16
14
14
14
17
15
15
15
18
A16
B16
C16
19
L2-
L2+
20
L2-
L2+
605
Block Diagram TU842

TU842
MSL
UP1
ModuleBus
Connector
L1+
L1+
B
ZP
L1L1-
S1
U1
S2
U2
S3
U3
S4
U4
S5
U5
S6
U6
S7
U7
S8
U8
S9
U9
S10
U10
10
S11
U11
11
S12
U12
12
S13
U13
13
S14
U14
14
S15
U15
15
S16
U16
16
1
1
2
2
3
ModuleBus Process Connector
I/O Module A
ModuleBus Connector
BLOCK
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
UP2
EM
13
14
14
15
15
16
L2+
L2+
16
L2L2-
- - - - - -
I/O Module B
BLOCK
MSL
UP1
ZP
S1
U1
13
S16
U16
UP2
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
Figure 229. Block Diagram TU842
606
3BSE020924-510 B
TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU

Features

with AI843, AO845,
AO845A, DI840, DI880,
DO840, DO880 and DP840
I/O modules.

distribution.
connections.
Connections to two
ModuleBuses and I/O
modules.

module.

for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
modules and for mounting on a vertical DIN rail. The MTU is a passive unit used
ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 B
607
maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
The MTU distributes the two ModuleBuses, one to each the I/O module and to the
next MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O modules by shifting the
Four mechanical keys, two for each module, are used to configure the MTU for
Each I/O channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. For input
modules, field power is provided by the B-row.
Technical Data
Table 143. TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU Specifications

Item
Process Connections
Value
56
channel)
4 Process power

I/O channel
608
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 143. TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU Specifications (Continued)

Item
Value

ModuleBus:
1.5 A
1.5 A
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
I/O module lock
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width

Depth
Height

device
Weight
0.6 kg (1.3 lbs.)
3BSE020924-510 B
609
Connections

Position
610
Row A
Row B
Row C
L1-
L1+
L1-
L1+
A1
B1
C1
10
11
12
10
10
10
13
11
11
11
14
12
12
12
15
13
13
13
16
14
14
14
17
15
15
15
18
A16
B16
C16
19
L2-
L2+
20
L2-
L2+
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram TU843

TU843
MSL
UP1
ModuleBus
Connector
L1+
L1+
B
ZP
L1L1-
S1
U1
S2
U2
S3
U3
S4
U4
S5
U5
S6
U6
S7
U7
S8
U8
S9
U9
S10
U10
10
S11
U11
11
S12
U12
12
S13
U13
13
S14
U14
14
S15
U15
15
S16
U16
16
1
1
2
2
3
I/O Module A
ModuleBus Connector
BLOCK
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
UP2
EM
13
14
14
15
15
16
L2+
L2+
16
L2L2-
- - - - - -
I/O Module B
BLOCK
MSL
UP1
ZP
S1
U1
13
S16
U16
UP2
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
3BSE020924-510 B
611

Features

with AI845, AI880, AI880A
and DP840 modules.

distribution.
connections.
Connections to two
ModuleBuses and I/O
modules.

module.

for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
ModuleBus.
signals are connected via individual shunt sticks, TY801. The shunt stick is used to
612
3BSE020924-510 B
choose between voltage and current input. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and
maximum rated current is 2 A per channel.
The MTU distributes the two ModuleBuses, one to each I/O module and to the next
Technical Data

Item
Process Connections
Value
40
channel)
4 Process power

I/O channel
3BSE020924-510 B
613

Item
ModuleBus:
614
Value
1.5 A
1.5 A
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
I/O module lock
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width

Depth
Height

device
Weight
0.6 kg (1.3 lbs.)
3BSE020924-510 B
Connections

Position
3BSE020924-510 B
Row A
Row B
L1-
L1+
L1-
L1+
A1
B1
10
11
12
10
10
13
11
11
14
12
12
15
13
13
16
14
14
17
15
15
18
A16
B16
19
L2-
L2+
20
L2-
L2+
615
Block Diagram TU844

TU844
MSL
UP1
ModuleBus
Connector
A
Shunt stick
L1+
L1+
I/O Module A
ModuleBus Connector
BLOCK
ZP
U1
S1
U2
S2
4
5
S3
U4
S4
U5
I/O Module B
616
5
6
7
8
9
S5
10
U6
11
S6
12
U7
13
S7
14
U8
15
10
11
12
13
14
15
S8
16
UP2
L2+
16
L2+
L2L2-
MSL
UP1
ZP
U1
S1
BLOCK
B
3
4
- - - - - -
U3
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
L1L11
U8
S8
UP2
EM
3BSE020924-510 B

Features

with AI845, AI880, AI880A
and DP840 modules.

distribution.
connections.
Connections to two
ModuleBuses and I/O
modules.

module.

for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Include 8 individual shunt

sticks.
Description
modules and for mounting on a vertical DIN rail. The MTU is a passive unit used
ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 B
617
signals are connected via individual shunt sticks, TY801. The shunt stick is used to
choose between voltage and current input. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and
maximum rated current is 2 A per channel.
Technical Data
Table 147. TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU Specifications

Item
Process Connections
Value
40
channel)
4 Process power

I/O channel
618
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 147. TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU Specifications (Continued)

Item
Value

ModuleBus:
1.5 A
1.5 A
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
I/O module lock
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width

Depth
Height

device
Weight
0.6 kg (1.3 lbs.)
3BSE020924-510 B
619
Connections

Position
620
Row A
Row B
L1-
L1+
L1-
L1+
A1
B1
10
11
12
10
10
13
11
11
14
12
12
15
13
13
16
14
14
17
15
15
18
A16
B16
19
L2-
L2+
20
L2-
L2+
3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram TU845

TU845
MSL
UP1
ModuleBus
Connector
A
Shunt stick
L1+
L1+
I/O Module A
ModuleBus Connector
BLOCK
ZP
U1
S1
U2
S2
4
5
S3
U4
S4
U5
I/O Module B
3BSE020924-510 B
5
6
7
8
9
S5
10
U6
11
S6
12
U7
13
S7
14
U8
15
10
11
12
13
14
15
S8
16
UP2
L2+
16
L2+
L2L2-
MSL
UP1
ZP
U1
S1
BLOCK
B
3
4
- - - - - -
U3
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
L1L11
U8
S8
UP2
EM
621
TU850 Extended MTU
TU850 Extended MTU

Features
Complete 2-wire connections

for up to 16 channels.
Each channel has one current

limited sensor/transmitter
power outlet terminal and one
signal terminal.
Current limitation in
sensor/transmitter supply is
implemented with
disconnectable PTC fuse.
E
F

isolated groups, if the I/O
module supports it.
Module
connector
Fuse Holders
Screw
terminals
50 Volt applications - use with

the AI810, DI810,
DI811,DI830, DI831, modules.
B
C
Connections to ModuleBus and

I/O modules.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
622
3BSE020924-510 B
TU850 Extended MTU
50 V and maximum rated current is 15mA per I/O channel (digital input) or 25mA
per two I/O channels (analog input).
with a screwdriver.
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O channels, 8 current limited sensor/transmitter
power outlets, and process voltage connection. Process voltage can be connected to
two individually isolated groups, only valid if the I/O module supports that. Current
limitation in sensor supply is implemented with disconnectable PTC fuses.
3BSE020924-510 B
623
TU850 Extended MTU
Technical Data

Item
Process connections
Value
40
16 current limited sensor/transmitter
power outlets
D-sub connectors 25 pin (male)

process voltage connection
ModuleBus:
1.5 A
1.5 A

channel
15 mA per I/O channel (digital input) or

25 mA per two I/O channels (analog
input)
Fuse (2)
2A (fast glass tube, 5x20 mm)
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
624
Mechanical keys (2)
I/O Module lock
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 B
TU850 Extended MTU

Item
Value
Width

Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
Weight
0.26 kg (0.57 lbs.)
Connections

Row A
3BSE020924-510 B
Row B
L1- (L1- power)
L1+ (L1+ power)
L1- (L1- power)
L1+ (L1+ power)
A1 (U1)
B1 (signal)
A2 (U2)
B2 (signal)
A3 (U3)
B3 (signal)
A4 (U4
B4 (signal)
A5 (U5)
B5 (signal)
A6 (U6)
B6 (signal)
A7 (U7)
B7 (signal)
A8 (U8
B8 (signal)
A9 (U9)
B9 (signal)
A10 (U10)
B10 (signal)
A11 (U11)
B11 (signal)
A12 (U12)
B12 (signal)
625
TU850 Extended MTU

Row A
626
Row B
A13 (U13)
B13 (signal)
A14 (U14)
B14 (signal)
A15 (U15)
B15 (signal)
A16 (U16)
B15 (signal)
L2- (L2- power)
L2+ (L2+ power)
L2- (L2- power)
L2+ (L2+ power)
3BSE020924-510 B
TU850 Extended MTU
Block Diagram TU850

TU850
I/O module
B
2A
UP1
UP1
UP1
ZP1
ZP1
ZP1
U1 1
EM
PTC
I1
I1 1
PTC
I2
U2 2
I2 2
BLOCK
PTC
I3
PTC
PTC
U5 5
I5 5
PTC
I6
U6 6
I6 6
PTC
U7 7
I7 7
I7
PTC
I8
U8 8
I8 8
PTC
I9
.
.
.
.
U9 9
I9 9
.
.
.
.
PTC
/ 3
3
/
2
/
2
/
U4 4
I4 4
I5
I4
UP2
.
.
.
.
U16 16
I16 16
I 16
7
/
U3 3
I3 3
2A
UP2
UP2
3BSE020924-510 B
ZP2
0V
+5V
+24V, 0V24
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
DAT, DAT-N
ZP2
ZP2
EM
627
TU851 Extended MTU
TU851 Extended MTU

Features

with DI820, DI821, DI825,
DI828, DO820, DO821, and
DO828 I/O modules.
Up to 16 isolated channels
of field signals.
and I/O modules.

module.

for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
250 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
628
3BSE020924-510 B
TU851 Extended MTU
with a screwdriver.
The process signal terminals has 16 individually isolated I/O channels. Each
channel has two connections.
Technical Data

Item
Process connections
Value
32

I/O channel
ModuleBus:
1.5 A
1.5 A
Solid: 0.2 - 4mm2

Stranded: 0.2 - 4 mm2, 24 - 10 AWG
Mechanical keys (2)
I/O Module lock
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
250 V
2000 V a.c.
3BSE020924-510 B
629
TU851 Extended MTU

Item
630
Value
Width

Depth
Height
110 mm (4.3)
Weight
0.22 kg (0.48 lbs.)
3BSE020924-510 B
TU851 Extended MTU
Connections
Table 152. TU851 Process Connection 32 Pole Screw-Terminals (X1)
3BSE020924-510 B
Position
Row A
Row B
A1
B1
B2
A2
B3
A3
B4
A4
B5
A5
B6
A6
B7
A7
B8
A8
B9
A9
10
B10
A10
11
B11
A11
12
B12
A12
13
B13
A13
14
B14
A14
15
B15
A15
16
B16
A16
631
TU851 Extended MTU
Figure 230. TU851 Process Connection
632
3BSE020924-510 B
TU852 Redundant Horizontal Dual MTU

Features
50 Volt applications use with AI843,

AO845A, DI840,
DI880, DO840,
DO880 and DP840
I/O modules.
Horizontal
installation of I/O
modules using D-sub
connectors.
Up to 16 channels of
field signals and process power connections.
Connections to two ModuleBuses and I/O modules.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
ModuleBus.
The TU842 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels and process voltage connections.
Each channel has two uncommitted I/O connections. Normally S1-16 (signals) on
X1A and U1-16 (power out) on X1B. Each DB25 include terminals for ZP, UP and
EM.
3BSE020924-510 B
633
The MTU distributes the two ModuleBuses to each I/O module and to the next
Technical Data

Item
Value
Process Connections
16
channel), Two D-sub connectors 25 pin (male)
Rated maximum continuous

current per I/O channel
3A
Rated maximum continuous

current per process voltage
connection (L+)
10 A
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5 V current distribution 1.5 A
Maximum 24 V current distribution 1.5 A
634
I/O module lock
3BSE020924-510 B

Item
Value
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
131 mm (5.16) including connector, 124 mm

(4.88) edge to edge installed
Depth
Height
186.5 mm (7.34) including locking device
3BSE020924-510 B
635
Connection
Table 154. Process connection D-sub 25 (X1A and X1B)

X1A
636
X1B***
Pin.
MTU Signal
Pin.
MTU Signal
UP1
UP1
14
UP1
14
UP1*
ZP
ZP
15
ZP
15
ZP
S1
U1
16
S2
16
U2
S3
U3
17
S4
17
U4
S5
U5
18
S6
18
U6
S7
U7
19
S8
19
U8
S9
U9
20
S10
20
U10
S11
U11
21
S12
21
U12
S13
U13
22
S14
22
U14
10
S15
10
U15
23
S16
23
U16
11
UP2
11
UP2
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 154. Process connection D-sub 25 (X1A and X1B)

X1A
X1B***
Pin.
MTU Signal
Pin.
MTU Signal
24
UP2
24
UP2**
12
ZP
12
ZP
25
ZP
25
ZP
13
EM
13
EM
* [S+] Function in AI843 module

** [I_cjc 0,24mA] Function in AI843 module
*** Not used on: AO845A, DO840 and DO880
3BSE020924-510 B
637
Process Connections
Figure 231. TU852 - Block Diagram
638
3BSE020924-510 B

Features
50 Volt
applications - use
with AI845,
AI880A and
DP840 modules.
Horizontal
installation of I/O
modules using Dsub connectors.
Up to 8 channels
of field signals
and process power
connections.
Connections to two ModuleBuses and I/O modules.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
ModuleBus.
The TU854 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels and process voltage connections.
Each channel has two I/O connections. Input signals are connected via individual
shunt sticks, TY801.
3BSE020924-510 B
639
Technical Data

Item
Process Connections
Value
8
channel)
D-sub connector 25 pin (male)

I/O channel
640
ModuleBus:
1.5 A
1.5 A
I/O module lock
3BSE020924-510 B

Item
Value
Equipment class

protected)
Protection rating
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width

Depth
Height

device
3BSE020924-510 B
641
Connection
Table 156. Process connection X1 D-sub 25

X1
Pin.
642
MTU Signal
Description
UP
Incoming field power (+)
14
UP
ZP
Incoming field power (-)
15
ZP
Supply, Ch1
Transducer supply output, ch1
16
U/I_IN, Ch1
Voltage/Current input, ch1
Supply, Ch2
17
U/I_IN, Ch2
Supply, Ch3
18
U/I_IN, Ch3
Supply, Ch4
19
U/I_IN, Ch4
Supply, Ch5
20
U/I_IN, Ch5
Supply, Ch6
21
U/I_IN, Ch6
Supply, Ch7
22
U/I_IN, Ch7
10
Supply, Ch8
23
U/I_IN, Ch8
11
UP
3BSE020924-510 B
Table 156. Process connection X1 D-sub 25

X1
Pin.
3BSE020924-510 B
MTU Signal
Description
24
UP
12
ZP
25
ZP
13
EM
Ground
643
Figure 232 shows the TU854 process connection.
Figure 232. TU854 Process Connection
644
3BSE020924-510 B
TY801 Shunt Stick
TY801 Shunt Stick

Features
Passive unit used for configuration of signal type.
Used withTU834, TU844 and TU845 together

with AI845 or AI880/AI880A.
Current/voltage
indicator
Description
The TY801 Shunt Stick is used to adjust the input for

current or voltage signals.
In the upper corner of the shunt stick there is a part of
the circuit board that is visible. If the visible part is to
the left, the shunt stick is configured for voltage and if
it is to the right it is configured for current.
Technical Data
Table 157. TY801 Shunt Stick Specifications

Item
Value
Module catch
Attaches module MTU TU834/TU844/TU845
Internal resistance
2 x 125 , 0.05%
Equipment class

protected)
Protection Rating
3BSE020924-510 B
645
TY801 Shunt Stick
Table 157. TY801 Shunt Stick Specifications (Continued)

Item
Value
Rated Insulation Voltage
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
11 mm (0.43)
Depth
15,5 mm (0.61)
Height
62 mm (2.44)
Weight
6 g (0.013 lbs.)
Block Diagram TY801
125
125
646
3BSE020924-510 B
TY804 Shunt Stick
TY804 Shunt Stick

Features
Passive unit used for configuration of signal type.
Used on TU844 and TU845 together with DP840.
Visible part of
circuit board
Description
The TY804 Shunt Stick is used to adjust the input current

to a voltage signal.
In the upper corner of the shunt stick there is a part of the
circuit board that is visible. The visible part shall be turned
to the right (current input) when the shunt stick is
mounted.
Technical Data
Table 158. TY804 Shunt Stick Specifications

Item
Value
Module catch
Attaches module MTU TU844/TU845
Internal resistance
1.08 k 1%
Equipment class

protected)
Protection Rating
3BSE020924-510 B
647
TY804 Shunt Stick
Table 158. TY804 Shunt Stick Specifications (Continued)

Item
Value
Rated Insulation Voltage
50 V
500 V a.c.
Width
11 mm (0.43)
Depth
15,5 mm (0.61)
Height
62 mm (2.44)
Weight
6 g (0.013 lbs.)
Block Diagram TY804
1 k
648
3BSE020924-510 B

Features
Passive unit for measuring of temperature.
Used together with AI835/AI835A and AI843 for measuring of the cold
junction temperature
Description
The TY820 is temperature sensor with a PT 100 element

casted in a transparent plastic material. The temperature
sensor has a 4-wire connection.
3BSE051254R1
Technical Data
Table 159. TY820 Temperature Sensor Specifications

Item
Value
Sensor
Pt 100 class B
Temperature range
- 40 to 100C
(-40 to 212F)
Time constant
3.5 minutes
Protection Rating
Width
20 mm (0.79)
Depth
8 mm (0.31)
Height
13 mm (0.51)
3BSE020924-510 B
649
Table 159. TY820 Temperature Sensor Specifications (Continued)

Item
Value
Weight
8g (0.017 lbs)
Connection wires
Area: 0.5 mm2 (20 AWG)

Length: 200mm (7.87)
Block Diagram TY820
650
3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix B Certifications
Certifications
The S800 I/O system is continuously enhanced with additional certificates.
Table 160 describes the current certifications.
Table 160. Current Certifications for S800 Modules
Module
Type
cULus
CSA
FM
El. safety
El. safety El. safety
CE Haz loc
Haz loc
Haz loc
C1 Zone
C1,
Div 2
C1,
Div
2
2(1)
ATEX
ATEX Zone
Zone 2
cULus
2 Category SIL1-3
Category
El.
safety
3 G (3)
3 (1) G (2)
Analog Input Modules

AI801
AI810
AI820
AI815
AI825
AI830
AI830A
AI835
AI835A
AI843
AI845
3BSE020924-510 B
651
Certifications
Table 160. Current Certifications for S800 Modules (Continued)
Module
Type
cULus
CSA
FM
El. safety
CE Haz loc
Haz loc
Haz loc
C1 Zone
C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2
(1)
2
AI880/
AI880A
AI890
AI893
AI895
ATEX
ATEX Zone
Zone 2
cULus
2 Category SIL1-3
Category
El. safety
(3)
3G
3 (1) G (2)
X
X(4)
X(4)
(4)
(4)
X
X
Analog Output Modules

AO801
AO810
AO810V2
AO815
AO820
AO845
AO845A
AO890
X(4)
X(4)
AO895
X(4)
X(4)
Field Communication Interface

CI801
CI810B
CI820V1
652
3BSE020924-510 B
Certifications
Module
Type
cULus
CSA
FM
El. safety
CE Haz loc
Haz loc
Haz loc
C1 Zone
C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2
(1)
2
CI830
CI840
CI840A
TB815
ATEX
ATEX Zone
Zone 2
cULus
2 Category SIL1-3
Category
El. safety
(3)
3G
3 (1) G (2)
Advant Fieldbus 100

TC501V150
TC506
TC513V1
TC514V2
TC515V2
Digital Input Modules

DI801
DI802
DI803
DI810
DI811
DI814
DI818
3BSE020924-510 B
653
Certifications
Module
Type
cULus
CSA
FM
El. safety
CE Haz loc
Haz loc
Haz loc
C1 Zone
C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2
(1)
2
ATEX
ATEX Zone
Zone 2
cULus
2 Category SIL1-3
Category
El. safety
(3)
3G
3 (1) G (2)
DI820
DI821
DI825
DI828
DI831
DI830
DI831
DI840
DI880
DI885
DI890
X
X
X(4)
X(4)
Digital Output Modules

DO801
DO802
DO810
DO814
DO815
DO818
DO820
654
3BSE020924-510 B
Certifications
Module
Type
cULus
CSA
FM
El. safety
CE Haz loc
Haz loc
Haz loc
C1 Zone
C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2
(1)
2
DO821
DO828
DO840
DO880
DO890
SD821(5)
SD822(5)
(5)
SS822(5)
SD832
SD833
SD834
SS823
SS832
SD823
ATEX
ATEX Zone
Zone 2
cULus
2 Category SIL1-3
Category
El. safety
(3)
3G
3 (1) G (2)
X
X(4)
X(4)
X
X
X
X
Pulse Counting Modules

DP820
DP840
Module Termination Units
3BSE020924-510 B
655
Certifications
Module
Type
cULus
CSA
FM
El. safety
CE Haz loc
Haz loc
Haz loc
C1 Zone
C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2
(1)
2
ATEX
ATEX Zone
Zone 2
cULus
2 Category SIL1-3
Category
El. safety
(3)
3G
3 (1) G (2)
TU801
TU807
TU810V1
TU811V1
TU812V1
TU813
TU814V1
TU818
TU819
TU830V1
TU831V1
TU833
TU834
TU835V1
TU836V1
TU837V1
TU838
TU839
TU840
TU841
656
X
X
3BSE020924-510 B
Certifications
Module
Type
cULus
CSA
FM
El. safety
CE Haz loc
Haz loc
Haz loc
C1 Zone
C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2
(1)
2
ATEX
ATEX Zone
Zone 2
cULus
2 Category SIL1-3
Category
El. safety
(3)
3G
3 (1) G (2)
TU842
TU843
TU844
TU845
TU846
TU847
TU848
TU849
TU850
TU851
TU852
TU854
TU890
TU891
TY801
TY804
X(4)
X(4)
ModuleBus Communication Parts

TB805
TB806
TK801V003
3BSE020924-510 B
657
Certifications
Module
Type
cULus
CSA
FM
El. safety
CE Haz loc
Haz loc
Haz loc
C1 Zone
C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2
(1)
2
TK801V006
TK801V001
2
TB807
TB810
TB811
TB820V2
TB825
TB826
TB840/
TB840A
TB842
TB845
TB846
ATEX
ATEX Zone
Zone 2
cULus
2 Category SIL1-3
Category
El. safety
(3)
3G
3 (1) G (2)
(1) Marking for mounting and interface: Class 1 Zone 2 AEx nC (or nA) IIC T4 and CL 1 DIV 2 GP A B C D T4
(2) Marking for mounting: Ex II 3G EEx nA [ia] IIC T4
Marking for interface: Ex II (1)G [EEx ia] IIC
(3) Marking for mounting and interface: Ex II 3G Ex nA IIC T5 Gc
(4) Provides Intrinsically safe circuit for Cl. I, Div 1; Cl. II, Div. 1; Cl. III, Div 1 or Cl. I, Zone 0 group IIc
(5) cULus; UL508, UL1950, CSA 22.2 No 950
658
3BSE020924-510 B
INDEX
A
AI801 39, 64
AI810 29, 70
AI820 29, 96
AI825 30, 105
AI830 30, 112
AI830A 30, 112
AI835 30
AI843 30, 134
AI845 31, 144
AI880 31, 159
AI880A 31, 159
Analog input module
AI801 39, 64
AI810 29, 70
AI820 96
AI825 105
AI830 112
AI830A 112
AI843 134
AI845 31, 144
AI880 31, 159
AI880A 31, 159
Analog output module
AO801 39, 172
AO810 31, 178
AO810V2 31, 178
AO820 196
AO845 32, 205
AO845A 32, 205
AO801 39, 172
AO810 31, 178
AO810V2 31, 178
AO820 32, 196
AO845 32, 205
3BSE020924-510 B
AO845A 32, 205
B
Bipolar analog output module
AO820 32
C
Channel Relay Output Module
DO828 439
Compact MTU 23, 517
TU810 23, 507
TU811 24, 512
TU812 24, 517
TU813 24, 522
TU814 24, 529
TU818 536
TU819 541
D
DI801 40, 215
DI802 40, 220
DI803 40, 226
DI810 32, 232
DI811 32, 244
DI814 32, 255
DI820 33, 276
DI821 33, 285
DI825 33, 294, 304
DI828 Digital Input Module 34
DI830 34, 312
DI831 34, 324
DI840 34, 335
DI880 35, 348
DI885 35, 361
Differential analog input module
659
Index
AI820 29
Digital input module
DI801 40, 215
DI802 40, 220
DI803 40, 226
DI810 32, 232
DI811 32, 244
DI814 32, 255
DI820 276
DI821 33, 285
DI825 33, 294, 304
DI830 34, 312
DI831 34, 324
DI840 34, 335
DI880 35, 348
DI885 35, 361
Digital input module, SOE 295, 325, 362
Digital output module
DO801 40, 371
DO802 40, 376
DO810 35, 382
DO814 35, 391
DO815 36, 401, 411
DO820 36, 421
DO821 36, 430
DO840 37, 446
DO880 37, 456
DO801 40, 371
DO802 40, 376
DO810 35, 382
DO814 35, 391
DO815 36, 401, 411
DO820 36, 421
DO821 36, 430
DO828 Digital Output Module 37
DO840 37, 446
DO880 37, 456
DP820 37, 468
DP840 38, 488
660
E
Extended MTU
TU830 24, 548
TU831 25, 556
TU833 25, 561
TU835 25, 572
TU836 25, 578
TU837 26, 584
TU838 26, 590, 622
TU839 26, 596
F
FCI 13
Frequency measuring
DP820 37, 468
DP840 38, 488
I
I/O modules
S800 46
S800L 46
I/O station 13
Incremental pulse counter
DP820 37, 468
DP840 38, 488
L
LEDs
S800L I/O module 51
S800M I/O module 47
M
Module termination units 18
ModuleBus master 14
MTU
TU805 504
TU810 507
TU811 512
TU812 517
3BSE020924-510 B
Index
TU813
TU814
TU830
TU831
TU833
TU834
TU835
TU836
TU837
TU838
TU839
TU842
TU843
TU844
TU845
MTUs 57
522
529
548
556
561
567
572
578
584
590, 622
596
27, 602
27, 607
27, 612
27, 617
O
OSP 36 to 37
P
Process connection terminals
TU837 588
Process connections
AI801 68
AI820 100, 109
AI830 118
AI835 128
AI843 139
AO801 176
AO810 182
AO810V2 182
AO820 200
AO845 191, 209
DI801 218
DI802 224
DI803 230
DI810 236
DI811 248
DI814 259
3BSE020924-510 B
DI820 280, 289, 299, 309, 443

DI830 317
DI831 328
DI840 340
DI880 353
DI885 367
DO801 374
DO802 380
DO810 386, 415
DO814 395
DO815 406
DO820 425
DO821 434
DO840 450
DO880 462
DP820 481
DP840 496
TU810 510
TU811 515, 526
TU812 519
TU814 533
TU830 553, 564
TU831 558
TU835 575
TU842 605
TU843 610
TU844 615
TU845 569, 620
Process power connections
TU837 587
Process power source connections
TU835 575
TU836 581
R
RTD input module
AI830 30, 112
AI830A 30, 112
661
Index
S
S800 I/O module replacement 53
S800 I/O modules 29
S800L I/O module replacement 57
S800L I/O modules 38
Sequence of event 312, 324, 361
Shunt stick
TY801 28, 622
TY804 28, 647
SOE 312, 324, 361
T
Terminal Unit
TU805 23, 504
Thermocouple/mV input module
AI835 30
AI843 30, 134
TU805 23, 504
TU810 23, 507
TU811 24, 512
TU812 24, 517
TU813 24, 522
TU814 24, 529
TU830 24, 548
TU831 25, 556
TU833 25, 561
TU834 567
TU835 25, 572
TU836 25, 578
TU837 26, 584
TU838 26, 590, 622
TU839 26, 596
TU842 27, 602
TU843 27, 607
TU844 27, 612
TU845 27, 617
TY801 28, 622
TY804 28, 647
TY820 649
662
3BSE020924-510 B
Revision History
Introduction
This section provides information on the revision history of this User Manual.
The revision index of this User Manual is not related to the 800xA 5.1 System
Revision.
Revision History
The following table lists the revision history of this User Manual.
Revision
Index
Description
Date
First version published for 800xA 5.1
June 2010
Updated review comments
December 2011
Updated for new I/O modules and

Termination Units (TUs)
March 2013
3BSE020924-510 B
663
Updates in Revision Index A
Updates in Revision Index A

The following table shows the updates made in this User Manual for
Revision Index A.
Updated Section/Sub-section
Section 2, Configuration
Appendix A, Specifications
664
Description of Update
In Table 2. MTU Usage and Key Settings:
Updated DO880 row.
Updated table footnotes
Updated Transmitter supply (per channel) row in

Table 31. AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog
Input Module Specifications at 25C.
Updated sub-section AI880/AI880A High

Integrity Analog Input Module > Process
Connections.
Updated Description of sub-section DI880 High

Integrity Digital Input Module.
Updated Sensor supply (per channel) row in

Table 67. DI880 High Integrity Digital Input
Module Specifications.
Updated Process Connection of sub-section

DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module, and
sub-section DO880 High Integrity Digital Output
Module.
Added Loop Monitoring row in Table 79 - DO815

Digital Output Module Specifications, and
Table 85 - DO840 Digital Output Module
Specifications.
Updated Description of sub-section DO880 High

Integrity Digital Output Module.
Updated Loop monitoring row in Table 87.

Specifications.
Updated Block Diagram TU844 and Block

Diagram TU845.
3BSE020924-510 B
Updates in Revision Index B
Appendix B, Certifications
In the Table 142. Current Certifications for S800
Modules:
Updated values for SD82X, SD83X, SS823 and

SS832.
Added new row for TB826.
Updated table footnote.

The following table shows the updates made in this User Manual for Revision Index
B.
Section 1, Introduction
3BSE020924-510 B
Updated for the following new IO modules and TUs:
DI818
DI828
DO818
DO828
TU818
TU819
TU851
TU852
TU854
In Table 2. MTU Usage and Key Settings:
Updated DO880 row.
Updated table footnotes
665
Appendix A, Specifications
Updated Table 2. MTU Usage and Key Settings with
new IO modules:
DI818
DI828
DO818
DO828
Added the following new IO modules and TUs:
666
DI818
DI828
DO818
DO828
TU818
TU819
TU851
TU852
TU854
3BSE020924-510 B
ABB AB
Control Technologies
Vsters, Sweden
Phone: +46 (0) 21 32 50 00
e-mail: [email protected]
www.abb.com/controlsystems
ABB Automation LLC

Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates
Phone: +971 (0) 2 4938 000
ABB Automation GmbH

Mannheim, Germany
Phone: +49 1805 26 67 76
www.abb.de/controlsystems
ABB China Ltd

Beijing, China
Phone: +86 (0) 10 84566688-2193
ABB S.P.A.
Sesto San Giovanni (MI), Italy
Phone: +39 02 24147 555
www.abb.it/controlsystems
Copyright 2003 - 2013 by ABB.

All rights reserved.
ABB Inc.
Wickliffe, Ohio, USA
Phone: +1 440 585 8500
ABB Pte Ltd
Singapore
Phone: +65 6776 5711
Power and productivity

for a better worldTM
3BSE020924-510 B
Contact us

S800 I O Modules Ans800 - I - O - Modules - and - Termination - Unitsd Termination Units

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

S800 I O Modules Ans800 - I - O - Modules - and - Termination - Unitsd Termination Units

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

S800 I O Modules Ans800 - I - O - Modules - and - Termination - Unitsd Termination Units

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

S800 I/O

Modules and Termination Units

Power and productivity

System Version 5.1

Copyright 2003-2013 by ABB.

S800L I/O Module LED ...................................................................................... 51

DI818 Digital Input Module, 24 v, Current Sinking......................................................265

TU819 Compact MTU .................................................................................................. 541

About This User Manual

User Manual Conventions

Warning, Caution, Information, and Tip Icons

About This User Manual

Feature Pack Functionality______________________________________________________________________

<Feature Pack Content>

Feature Pack functionality included in an existing table is indicated using a

Feature Pack functionality in an existing figure is indicated using callouts.

Warning, Caution, Information, and Tip Icons

About This User Manual

The Fieldbus Communication Interface (FCI) device

The module withstand more severe environmental

An I/O cluster can have up to 12 I/O devices.

A complete I/O device consists of one MTU and one I/O

Is an active, electronic and signal conditioning unit. Can

An I/O station consists of one or two FCI(s), 1-7 I/O

Is an incremental, electrical or optical, bus for

About This User Manual

ModuleBus master can be a controller (AC 800M) or a

The Module Termination Unit is a passive base unit

Outputs Set as Predetermined. A user configurable

Resistance Temperature Detector

Sequence of events. Time stamping of status changes

S800 I/O Getting Started

Describes the general installation and

S800 I/O Modules and Termination

Describes the modules and termination

S800 I/O Fieldbus Communication

Describes the AF100 FCI in the S800

About This User Manual

Released User Manuals and Release Notes

Table 1. List of Documents Related to S800 I/O system (Continued)

S800 I/O Fieldbus Communication

Describes the PROFIBUS-DP FCI in the

S800 I/O PROFIBUS_DP Fieldbus

Describes the memory mapping on

Describes the rules for the installation of

Released User Manuals and Release Notes

Published to ABB SolutionsBank when a User Manual or Release Note is

Released User Manuals and Release Notes

About This User Manual

Module Termination Units (MTU)

I/O modules S800 I/O modules and S800L I/O modules.

Module Termination Units and Terminal Units

Module Termination Units and Terminal Units

Module Termination Units and Terminal Units

Figure 2. S800L Module with TU805

Module Termination Units and Terminal Units

Figure 3. Typical Compact MTU with I/O Module

Module Termination Units and Terminal Units

Figure 4. Typical Extended MTU with I/O Module